April 29 – May 12, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… tackles the “we need more housing” question… Steinbruner… BESS… 3CE… SB1078… Hayes… Don’t Look Back! State Parks Forward? Patton… Get Rich Now, Or Else… Matlock… …reform… hatchets… rogues… term out.|. drama queen… legacy… band aid… just a dinner… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… A Killing in Cannabis… Quotes on… “Jury Duty”

...

“HELP” opens at the Del Mar August 11, 1965. This was almost exactly one year before their final concert at the Candlestick. Has there ever been such fan support for any group, any music in history?

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: May 3, 2026

BRATTON ON THE AIR ON KSCO RADIO! With blessings of Bruce’s daughters, Bratton Online contributors are now also going to be on the local KSCO radio air waves. The station owner, Mr. Michael Zwerling, invited Bratton Online contributors to have a one-hour program on Fridays, 6pm-7pm, to provide greater diversity in programming and engage more listeners. We are all for that!

The program goes live Friday, May 8 and will be a regular program. Tune in and join the conversation! Find AM 1080 or FM 104.1 on your radio, or you can listen online – on your computer, phone, or tablet. Click to listen, or download the app!

Jellies to study/relax/work to! Put this on, fullscreen – or stream to your TV – and have it on in the background while you get things done! I find that I can be very productive with this kind of stuff, or with high-powered techno… What’s your favorite “git ‘er done” music? 🙂

The inaugural program will feature Becky Steinbruner as host, introducing the new program, a tribute to Bruce Bratton (who did radio himself for years and years!), and talking about local issues including County Budget woes, and whatever you want to call in and discuss!

Call 831-479-1080

Other BrattonOnTheAir hosts will include Grey Hayes and Thomas Leavitt, with Gillian Greensite joining in later. Who knows, maybe we’ll even have guests?

JURY DUTY. Growing up in Sweden, all I knew of juries was from television. We don’t have “a jury of your peers” in Sweden. Many other countries don’t, so we’re not unique that way. Anyway, the whole system has always intrigued me. I get sent jury summonses, despite not being a citizen, and that doesn’t exactly inspire faith in the system… My partner, Brian, got a jury summons in January this year, and it became clear fairly early that he was on track to get on the jury. The judge said something pretty profound, in my opinion. He said, and I paraphrase, “I know many of you are thinking about how to claim hardship and not get on the jury, and I would like you to think about how to get on the jury instead. For our system to work, we need to not have juries that only consist of retired and independently wealthy people. If it’s not actually a hardship, but rather just an inconvenience to you, then do your civic duty.”

It is a weird system, to me. It is also, I know now, very hard and emotionally draining to be on a long trial, nevermind a murder trial, because unlike when you’re having a hard day at work, you can’t come home and decompress and talk about it! The trial Brian was on for all of February and part of March was the trial of final defendant in the Tushar Atre murder that happened in Santa Cruz in 2019. A book about it came out recently, A Killing In Cannabis, and there’s an interview with the author as my video this week.

Now I turn you over to our intrepid contributors. Happy Mother’s Day!


~Webmistress

...

PANTHEON. Netflix. Series. (8.5 IMDb) ****

What if the threat isn’t AI? What if it’s UI: uploaded intelligence. Human brains destructively scanned, living only in the cloud. “Pantheon” explores this idea as exquisite, real science fiction. Not cheesy animated sci-fi melodrama, but a genuine exploration of love, grief, immortality, endless simulations, conspiracies, global politics, and so much more.

The animation is restrained, there to serve the story rather than distract from it. The characters are rich, not cardboard cutouts, whether good or bad. No supervillains. No Mary Sues.

It’s a dense story, so if science fiction concepts tend to lose you, this may not be for you. But if they don’t, this absolutely deserves a watch.
~Sarge

STRANGER THINGS – TALES FROM ’85. Netflix. Series. (5 IMDb) ***

Stranger Things exits stage left…then pops back out for one more bow.

Set between seasons 2 and 3, this animated take brings back the core crew without sanding things down for kids. It’s not anime or cheap knockoff – dipping their pens in the Spiderverse/Arcane inkwell, with a creative, stylized look. It’s also more focused than the later live-action seasons, trimming most of the adults and zeroing in on the kids. Best of all, Will Byers actually gets to be a character instead of a punching bag, helped by the addition of Niki, an Amazonian punk rocker who connects with him over their shared outsider status. The recast voices are a little jarring at first, but you should settle in. Rough reviews aside, it’s worth a watch.

~Sarge

STRANGER THINGS (final season). Netflix. Series. (9.3 IMDb) ****

Final season, and once again Will Byers gets absolutely brain-fracked. For the uninitiated: Stranger Things is steeped in the early ’80s, following a quartet of young teens (I was all of 20 when it’s set) doing the usual – playing D&D, blasting a killer soundtrack, biking everywhere unsupervised… and occasionally getting snatched by nightmare creatures from the Upside Down, a vine-choked mirror of their hometown.

They cross paths with Eleven (Millie Bobby Brown), a runaway lab experiment with psychic powers and a deep love of Eggos. From there: more Upside Down lore, bigger and nastier villains, government conspiracies, a mall food court leveled, peak ’80s fashion, coming out, and a truly unfair amount of trauma for poor Will. Season 5 breaks up the cast in teams who each have their own stories – this season Linda “Sarah Conner” Hamilton pops up to give Vecna a run for his money as a “big bad”. Mike’s little sister gets dragged into things, and his mom finally gets to shine as a badass. It neatly cleans up all the loose threads. It’s both satisfying and a little sad to see it end – but no worries, the Duffer Brothers already have more Strangerverse on the way. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

PROJECT HAIL MARY. In theatres. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ***-

This is hard-science sci-fi that blends in laughs without undercutting the tension. Ryan Gosling – somehow I’d never really noticed him before, sort of Arthur Davrill – plays Ryland Grace, a middle-school science teacher turned astronaut, who wakes up alone on a spaceship light-years from home with zero memory of why he’s there. Slowly, he pieces together that Earth’s survival literally hangs on him – and then he meets an alien whose planet is in just as much trouble. Cue the odd-couple science team: two species, zero common language, and enough physics to make your head spin. Gosling is charmingly competent, the alien is nicely alien (not just a guy in a weird forehead prosthetic), and while the story feels a lot like The Martian, it’s a solid high-stakes ride. I enjoyed it, even with the odd shortcomings. Running 2:36, it didn’t really lag. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE PITT. Hulu, Max. Series. (8.97 IMDb) ***-
Noah Wyle is back in the ER… can George Clooney be far behind?

Set in a brutally busy Pittsburgh ER, a grizzled Wyle leads a rotating pack of residents, interns, and students through near–real-time shifts (one episode = one hour, one season = one day). The writing is sharp, the characters click, and the show pulls no punches on nudity or bodily damage—approach with caution, but it’s worth it. Season two is still rolling out weekly. Now with more ICE!
~Sarge

SCARPETTA. Prime. Series. (5.9 IMDb) **-

This series is about a noted Medical Examiner (Kidman) investigating a murder tied to a string of killings from 25 years ago.

Wait—no. It’s about sibling rivalry that apparently has no expiration date (Kidman/Curtis).

Then again, it’s about the adult niece of a Medical Examiner who can’t let go of her deceased wife and builds an AI replacement.

Any one of these might’ve made for an interesting series—just not all at once. Good cast, so-so mystery, and way too much going on. Pick a lane.

~Sarge

A MURDER BETWEEN FRIENDS. Prime. Movie. (3.5 IMDb) ***-

Half a point for being in focus. Joan Collins fronting for a series – at least according to the end card. Six… “people,” I guess… reunite at an Airbnb “castle” owned by a legendary mystery writer, played by Joan Collins. One of them ends up floating in the hot tub. That’s about it.

Everyone treats Joan Collins as a full-blown Mary Sue: “You’re a great mystery writer – we should all listen to you.” What does she actually do? Watch security cameras that most of the cast already know about, while they continue misbehaving anyway.

It’s embarrassing to watch, especially since I’m reasonably sure she bankrolled it. Not worth a watch. Stand well back. Mind the gap. Go watch “Agatha Christie’s 7 Dials” on Netflix.

~Sarge

THE LAST KIDS ON EARTH. Netflix. Series (1hr pilot). (7.2 IMDb) ***
This largely bloodless animated series began with a pilot-style special and ran for two seasons. It’s based on the children’s book series by Max Brallier, with character designs inspired by the illustrations of Douglas Holgate.

The story follows orphan Jack Sullivan as he adjusts to life after an invasion of extra-dimensional monsters and a zombie apocalypse. He soon bands together with a scrappy group of kids who missed the evacuation – along with a loyal monster-dog – forming their own ragtag survival team.

Aimed primarily at the 8–12 crowd, the show still has enough sharp humor and creature-feature flair to entertain adults. The voice cast includes Nick Wolfhard (brother of Finn), Mark Hamill, Keith David, Catherine O’Hara, and Rosario Dawson. Worth a watch – with or without your kids.
~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

May 6, 2026

If You Want Me on the Other Side of the Podium go to greensite4mayor.org

In an April 14th Opinion piece in Santa Cruz Lookout, Don Lane writes, “As voters consider housing in the months ahead, the most important step is not choosing a side—it’s understanding the issues and getting the facts right.” I heartily agree with his statement about getting the facts right.  If you get the facts right and understand the issues, one side has clearly got its facts wrong and is misleading the community into accepting housing growth as a solution to rising rents.  Housing growth may be making things worse.

Don Lane argues that gentrification is not caused by the new housing we see rising above the skyline downtown, along the river and soon to be along Water St. and Mission St. He says it is a result of the slow growth movement from the past 40 years which created a housing shortage. Santa Cruz pro-housing YIMBY members at every public hearing claim that we have built no housing in the past 40 years; that what we see rising today is just catch-up. This is simply not accurate.

If you research the US Census, you will see that there have been 11,000 housing units built in the city of Santa Cruz in the last 40 years; 79% more housing than existed at that time. This is not nothing. If you claim it is “not enough” how are you measuring that?  There is probably a bottomless pit of demand to live in this city.

UCSC doesn’t figure in Don Lane’s calculations, but it should. About fifty percent of UCSC students choose to live off campus in any given year. Forty years ago, there were 6,000 enrolled UCSC students; now there are close to 20,000. That increase in numbers represents a significant increase in student demand for off-campus rental housing. Rather than blaming slow growth for the current high price of housing, a more accurate statement is that significant housing has been built in the city over the past 40 years, along with continued growth at UCSC.

Will building more and making it easier to build lower the price of housing? Most likely not. A February 2026 study from Economists at the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco and the National Bureau of Economic Research, authored by Schuyler Louie, John Mondragon and Johannes Wieland found the following: “Our conclusions challenge the prevailing view of housing markets and suggest that relaxing regulatory supply constraints may not affect affordability.”

Their research, studying the years 2000 to 2020 found that “higher income growth predicts the same growth in house prices, housing quantities and population regardless of the estimated housing supply elasticity.” The same conclusion applied to rents. In other words, it is not housing supply, or limited supply that leads to increased prices for housing; it is the income of the people moving into the housing that determines the cost of housing. If you’ve lived in Santa Cruz long enough you’ve seen this happening in real time.

The mistaken belief that the cost of housing is a supply problem leads decision makers into risky territory. Since the state-required housing numbers (RHNA) are larger at the market-rate end, the cost of housing and rents will continue to rise as more people with bigger incomes move into Santa Cruz. The Area Median Income has already risen 25% in a three-year period.  More people moving into the new six and eight story housing puts a strain on all infrastructure. City staff acknowledge that new housing in the long run will raise the cost of city services, or in their words “are a net negative fiscal impact.”  Don’s claim that new units reduce the pressure on the older, more modest homes, opening them up for younger families is not based on data and side-steps the higher-income issues raised in the research. Older, more modest homes are priced above a million dollars.

What about affordable housing? Housing advocates state without evidence that such housing is going to local workers. If local means workers in the city of Santa Cruz, the city has no such data. The 90% figure they quote for Santa Cruzans moving into recently built affordable housing is a county-wide statistic.

Sonnenfeld and Roeth urge that all new housing projects that meet objective standards be ministerially approved “by-right,” which means no public hearings, with staff approval only. This includes projects at heights of six or eight stories, some of which will go deep into existing neighborhoods. They regard public hearings and impact fees as constraints on the building of more housing units. Their position is at odds with the research. More market-rate housing attracts more people with higher incomes which means the cost of rents and housing remain high.

The more you build, the worse it gets for lower income workers and residents. Affordable rents are based on the AMI and that keeps rising. Time to re-evaluate the “we need more housing” assumption and its impacts.

Greensite4Mayor.org
Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
ANOTHER SALES TAX COMING YOUR WAY IN NOVEMBER

If State Senator Laird’s SB 1078 makes it through the Assembly and is signed by the Governor by this August, the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors plans to approve placing a new Sales Tax measure on the November ballot. The SB 1078 is an urgency measure that would become effective immediately to allow the Board’s rapid action in August to pose a ballot measure that would allow the County to waive a sales tax cap of 2% imposed by the Transaction and Use Tax Law. It is co-authored by Assemblymembers Dawn Addis and Gail Pellerin.

Second District Supervisor Kim DeSerpa testified to the State Senate on April 8, 2026 in support of this bill. She claimed it is necessary to keep the Watsonville Hospital from closure and would help save many residents’ CalFresh and MediCal benefits that HR 1 threatens.
SB 1078: Transactions and use taxes: County of Santa Cruz. | Digital Democracy

The bill passed in the Senate, and now is before the Assembly.

BUT IS THIS AN EMERGENCY?

Following along on the issue above, when the County CEO Nicole Coburn and County Budget Officer Marcus Pimental (who also serves on the Pajaro Valley Health Care District Board of Trustees), presented the draft 2026-2027 Draft County County Budge on May 5, some on the Board of Supervisors questioned why the CEO did not want to declare a “fiscal state of emergency”? The bleak outlook projected $23 Million deficit, but claiming a “balanced budget” only due to withdrawing $43 Million from the County’s Reserve Fund. The Board has set a Reserve Fund Goal of 15%, but the CEO’s actions to rob that “rainy day account” would result in a 10.4% Reserve level. That would be enough to fund two pay cycles of County workers.

Supervisor Cummings pointed out that if the County did declare a fiscal state of emergency, it would require all contracts to be re-opened, but would help support the future half-cent sales tax planned for the November ballot.

Do you see how this chess game is shaping up???

Meanwhile, Supervisor Koenig stated that he felt instead of adding 6 new analysts to the OR3 staff and salary load, it would be better to spend the money replacing culverts and addressing deferred maintenance of County infrastructure.  He also pointed out that the proposed plan by County Parks to begin charging for parking at County Parks is not a good idea when there is such a maintenance problem at many parks…such as broken play equipment and $90 Million in deferred maintenance projects.

When questioned about the massive Law Enforcement Dept. budget, CEO Coburn admitted that the County is seeing an unusually large number of law enforcement staff on leave, many of whom have been on leave for a very long time. “We will need to look into that before June budget hearings,” she said.

Last year, the County’s CAO Carlos Palacios took the unprecedented action to convince the Board of Supervisors to approve a $90 Million bond debt for the County, to address storm repair and other emergency debt obligations not yet reimbursed by FEMA. Mr. Pimental said the County has a special account set up to deposit FEMA monies that is used to pay that annual $3 Million debt service. He answered Supervisor DeSerpa’s question about reimbursement levels by saying the County has been receiving about $10-$12 Million a year, and does get applied to the debt principle as well.

Deputy CEO Elissa Benson noted the County will receive about $10 Million in CDBG grant money for culvert work…but who knows when or where that work would happen.

Budget hearings are scheduled for June 10 at the new South County Government Center (500 Westridge Drive, Watsonville) and on June 11 in the 701 Ocean Street Government Building basement (the massive remodel of the 5th Floor Chambers is still not done). The Final Budget hearing on June 24 is at a location yet to be determined.
Search – PrimeGov Portal

The County entered FY 2026-27 budget development facing a projected General Fund deficit of $23.2 million along with additional cost pressures including federal policy changes such as H.R.1, with forecasted deficits exceeding $67 million in subsequent years absent corrective action. Balance is achieved through shared departmental restraint, a countywide hiring freeze, the elimination of a net 57.88 vacant positions, targeted revenue increases, and the strategic use of $43.0 million in one-time resources from General Fund reserves and department trust funds. There are no proposed reductions in force resulting in the layoff of current employees.

SUPPORT THE VETERANS

The Veterans filled the Board room on May 5 to testify in support of returning the Veterans Service Office to an independent department, rather than being sat upon by the County Health Services Department (HSD), and micro-managed to the harm of effectively serving the County’s 20,000 Veterans. The large group had to sit through the County Budget presentation, but at least was the second Regualr Agenda item, rather than the last, as had happened on January 27, 2026.

Why does it make sense to the County administration to tie the hands of the Veteran’s Service Office? The claim is that 31% of the Veterans also receive other social services administered by HSD. “We have some questions about that data and would like to evaluate that more carefully,” said Veterans Dave Ramos and Dean Kaufman.

For now, the Board approved the MOU between the County HSD, CEO and Veterans Service Office to continue building trust and examining data and solutions. They will submit quarterly reports to the CEO…and hopefully the Board and the Public.

Supervisor Justin Cummings added an amendment to the motion to require a report to the board at the February mid-year Budget Hearings in 2027, rather than waiting until May, 2027.

Good idea.

3CE POWER PAYS BIG BUCKS TO STAFF

How can it make any sense to add another layer of administrative bureaucracy to your power bill, adding 91 employees and salary levels of top executives at nearly half-a-million dollars, and purchasing multiple properties for new offices (e.g. Soquel Village area)?

Take a look and think about it

GCC : Central Coast Community Energy Authority (2024) < < Special Districts

3CE STAFF MADE A $5.7 MILLION MISTAKE

The 3CE staff failed to let their Policy Board know until a couple of weeks ago that the number of applications for solar / battery reimbursements had skyrocketed beyond the $3 Million budgeted for the reimbursements until the amount to re-pay people was nearly $5.7 Million.  Staff knew of the situation in January, 2026 but did not freeze new applications, did not notify the 3CE Board, and failed to change the website applications to alert new project owners that money might not be available.

At a Special Meeting on April 20, 2026, staff recommended that the Board simply let the people know that the fine print of the application states that “terms can change”, and not reimburse the people. A few solar installation contractors testified that some customers had already spent tens of thousands of dollars to design and build projects, based on the assurance that 3CE would reimburse them.

After great deliberation, the Board decided that the threat of bad press and customers opting out as 3CE customers would not look good, so voted to find the extra $3.7 Million to make good on the agency’s promises.  
Policy Board of Directors, April 20, 2026

One really has to wonder about the inner workings of this mysterious agency that holds 94% of the County’s electrical rate payer accounts, pays big bucks to alot of staff, purchases lands for new offices (in Soquel) and is pushing our County to parallel their 2030 goal of 100% renewable energy.

Seriously consider Opting OUT of 3CE. Their agency supports and is waiting in the wings for permitting of the large lithium Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) project in Watsonville’s working class neighborhood, unconcerned of the known risks of flammable explosions emitting toxic hydrogen fluoride gas.

3CE Opt out

Many people who have opted out of 3CE report their utility bills decreased markedly.

EPA REPORTS ON MOSS LANDING VISTRA FIRE CLEAN-UP WORK

Moss Landing Vistra Battery Fire Response: Response Timeline | US EPA

Here is what the Monterey Bay Air Quality Control Board discussed on February 18, 2026 meeting:

Air Monitoring staff installed four Clarity PM 2.5 sensors at the Vistra battery plant
earlier this month. These sensors were installed at the facility’s property line to prepare
for the possibility of a fire during the facility clean-up. Data from this localized
monitoring will be available to the community in the event of a fire. The sensors are
paid for through a contract with Vistra.

Monterey Bay Air Resources District; BOARD OF DIRECTORS MEETING AGENDA

It is curious that the Board elected Santa Cruz county 4th District Supervisor Felipe Hernandez to chair the Board, even though he never showed up at the meeting.

TRUST THE LOCAL SCIENTISTS

In contrast to the Vistra-funded consultants who have argued “there is nothing to see here” in heavy metal contamination following the January 16, 2926 Vistra Battery Fire in Moss Landing, the local scientists have impartial data that local government officials should heed. Presented March 17, 2026 to the Monterey County Board of Supervisors, take a look at this good information and ask Santa Cruz County and Monterey County Boards of Supervisors to receive regular updates from this group:
Dr. Kerstin Wasson EMBER presentation 3-17-26

Also take a look at this interview with Dr. Michael Hogan, California Arts & Sciences Institute

WILL THE TRIBES REALLY HAVE A VOICE?

The California Energy Commission (CEC) is holding an IN-PERSON ONLY meeting on May 12 in Cabazon, CA to hear the opinions of the Central Southern Tribes regarding impacts of clean energy policies and energy independence.

Will the CEC listen to their voices?

On March 17, 2025, the CEC issued an Order Instituting an Informational Proceeding (OIIP) on Tribal Affairs and Tribal Energy Sovereignty. Chair David Hochschild is the Lead Commissioner, and Commissioner Noemí Otilia Osuna Gallardo is the Associate Commissioner for the OIIP. The OIIP (also called proceeding) is in alignment with the March 2, 2023 CEC Resolution Committing to Support Tribal Energy Sovereignty, which was adopted in alignment with Governor Gavin Newsom’s executive order N-15-19 (EXECUTIVE ORDER N-15-19), where he issued an apology to California Native American tribes for the violence against tribes committed by the state and established the Truth and Healing Council

Lithium batteries, commonly used in large-scale battery energy storage systems (BESS) projects is not only flammable and hazardous, but is also NOT clean energy. Consider the plight of the Native People at Thacker Pass: One Native Group’s Fight to Protect Sacred Land From Destructive Lithium Mining | First Nations Development Institute

Write the Monterey County and Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors and ask that the Draft BESS Ordinance not allow lithium BESS projects at all.

MAKE ONE CALL. WRITE ONE LETTER. ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING AND SPEAK UP ABOUT WHAT MATTERS TO YOU AND YOUR NEIGHBORS.
DO JUST ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers, and Happy Mothers Day,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Don’t Look Back! State Parks Forward?

Press is rolling unveiling what might seem like a ‘new’ initiative, obscuring and ‘moving on’ from some really UGLY past issues with California State Parks. But, hey- we all want to move on, keep moving forward…especially those with criminal records or histories of abuse.

Parks Forward: a brief history

The origin of the Parks Forward initiative was a crushing blow in 2012, an event that should make every Californian, especially those dedicated to natural areas access and conservation, doubt whether the California Department of Parks and Recreation can be trusted. Some may recall the closing of many State Parks supposedly due to budget shortfalls, which some of us recognized at the time as being a political ploy to pressure the California legislature into increasing Parks’ budget. Sure enough, ‘fiscal irregularities’ (as stated euphemistically in Parks’ subsequent report) were discovered, but only after the panicky scuttling of thousands of volunteers, non-profit organizations, and private donations to keep parks from closing down. Many nonprofits made good money from this fundraising boon, which also cemented their cache with the public.

The Bigger History

The State Parks corruption boondoggle in 2012 needs to be put into context with a larger history for a wholistic understanding of the situation. Since its inception, State Parks has been the recipient of lands purchased by private organizations. It has been typical that ‘conservation’ organizations use private donor funds to purchase properties while lobbying for public bond initiatives earmarked in such a way that they profit by subsequently selling those properties to the State. This process violates all sorts of legal and moral codes such as illicit 501(c)3 lobbying, private organizations setting State priorities, adding land to an agency already unable to manage the lands it holds, etc. Conservationists recognize that purchasing and ‘setting aside’ land for ‘protection’ is the relatively easy and affordable first step- the real work is sustaining species on those lands in perpetuity. For a while, recognition of these ‘irregularities’ put a halt to adding more land to the State Parks system.

Santa Cruz County Parks History

Much of that ‘bigger’ history is reflected in what has been occurring in Santa Cruz County where a disproportionate percentage of land is owned by State Parks. State Parks General Planning processes were successfully challenged for Castle Rock State Park, Nisene Marks State Park, and the Gray Whale Ranch addition to Wilder Ranch State Park. In each instance, private organizations were instrumental in transferring land to State Parks while State Parks was unable to either plan for or manage those properties in alignment with California law. And yet, each park welcomes visitors, pouring funding into private businesses at the expense of biodiversity protection and visitor experience. Henry Cowell State Park and the State Park beaches at Cotoni Coast Dairies were opened and remain highly used without any planning, whatsoever. The General Plan for Wilder Ranch State Park, a mecca for mountain bikers, does not allow mountain biking and private recreational businesses openly operate mountain biking concessions. Yet, Parks rangers have been ordered not to enforce prohibitions against either mountain bikers or their unpermitted concessions.

The ‘New’ Parks Forward Initiative

Surrounding Earth Day 2026, there has been much press about the Parks Forward initiative. One might even think it was ‘new.’ More new parks were added to the network of State Parks and some parcels were added to expand certain existing State Parks. In some cases, the press releases note property was ‘donated’ and in other cases, the situation is far opaquer. Nowhere in the press releases is there any mention of species conservation- it is all coached in ‘more access.’ Both access and conservation are expensive to do correctly, are not being done correctly in any State Park currently, and are conflicting uses with vast tradeoffs that go unanalyzed by Parks’ mandated General Plans and concomitant ‘carrying capacity analysis.’

Symptoms Make Sense

This new roll out of “Parks Forward” is quite predictable given public amnesia, popular myths, and the level of oversight from the Parks Forward Commission. Apparently, the public has forgotten about the origins of the Parks Forward initiative: if citizens remembered, there would be some acknowledgement in the many press releases. Overriding the grave concerns of the past is a fervor for more public access to natural areas. The myth, echoed by everyone touching this new version of the Parks Forward initiative, is that ‘more people accessing more natural areas is good for conservation.’ This balderdash flies in the face of science and common sense. The logical conclusion of this thinking is that if every human accessed every last piece of nature then every species would be conserved…the opposite is true. But, conservation organizations want to make money from donors and State politicians want to look successful, so enter the echo chamber of the deeply mistaken myth, which is doing permanent damage to the potential for wildlife conservation in California.

It is amazing to me that there is a Parks Forward Commission with smart people allowing such misguided endeavors to continue within State Parks. Perhaps they, too, accept the mythology. The symptoms of their complicity were present many years back when the Commission swallowed the poison of the progress report in year 2 of their formation. That report includes ‘four strategic focus areas’ with no metrics for success and two incredibly tiny ‘natural and cultural pilot efforts underway,’ which likewise have no metrics for conservation success. The apparent acceptability of these puerile efforts to the Commission point to an inability of the Commission to provide substantive oversight and input into the broken State Parks system.

Ask, Please

With the unveiling of new parks and new land ‘protections,’ we must ask: is there any additional funding for long term stewardship for biodiversity conservation, or are these new areas merely to continue the silent death of species to the overwhelmingly poorly managed public access/private inurement money machine?

Has California State Parks apologized to the People for the lies and manipulation it promulgated in 2012? Does that apology include details of what they will do to change this sordid past? Can we identify specific individuals who were responsible for those actions? Is there new management? Or, is this situation much like that exposed by the Epstein situation, where the abusers are still in charge? Abusers – is that too much to say? Well, in this case the victims do not have voices and will never speak out…the wildlife will simply go away while the abusers will vocally claim victory with their empty promises of conservation alongside public recreation and access to natural areas.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, April 28, 2026

The picture above is associated with a column by Tim Higgins. His column appeared in The Wall Street Journal on January 20, 2026. Online, the title of Higgins’ column read this way: “Why The Tech World Thinks The American Dream Is Dying.” The title on the print version, I suggest, was a little more inflammatory:

Tech World Says Get Rich Now, Or Else

I am reacting to that print version headline.

The essence of what Higgins is saying is that there is a good argument, which must be taken seriously, that “the current artificial intelligence boom will be the last chance to get rich before artificial intelligence makes money essentially worthless.”

Presumably, those who are already rich, and the “tech bros” who are getting rich on the current A.I. boom, will be just fine. However, what about the rest of us poor schmucks? Well, the implicit lesson is found in that print version headline. You had better get rich now – or else! The door on “rich” is closing!

This idea, of course, is contrary to what we have all been told from time immemorial. Our faith, largely justified by past experience, too, is that new technologies ultimately make everyone better off. That “rising tide” we have always heard about will lift all boats.

Higgins doesn’t, completely, say that there is going to be a fundamental change. But he takes that headline I quoted pretty seriously. Here is how he ends his column, citing to a tech entrepreneur who predicted, last year, that “the mother of all tech booms is coming.” Here is what he said, by way of advice, just following that quote:

Get Some While You Can

I am somewhat dubious about the value of the A.I. developments that are driving massive investments right at the moment – and I don’t necessarily believe that there is no stopping A.I.. The massive (and negative) impacts that giant data centers are having on the natural environment, the environment that sustains all life on the planet, makes me think that this may be a “pride goeth before a fall” moment.

However, let’s assume that A.I. will proceed to “take over” our lives, making everyone almost totally dependent on it, and upon the infrastructure that makes it all possible. If that might turn out to be true, it probably does make sense to pay some attention to Higgins’ warning.

Upon reading Higgins’ column, and thinking about the question, I had two immediate reactions. First, being “rich” doesn’t mean that a person’s life is going to be either “better” or more satisfying. Being “poor” is a different story. If I don’t get “rich,” I am not going to pout. If A.I. makes us “poor,” however, so my grandkids won’t get medical care, a good education, or enough to eat – and if the advent of A.I. means that my family members and all our friends won’t have a roof over their heads (all these things going along with being “poor”), I am going to be very upset.

In fact, I think that what Higgins is suggesting is that missing the A.I. boom will, essentially, make huge numbers of people truly “poor,” and that talking about how missing the A.I. boon might foreclose a person’s chance to be “rich” is just trying to put a positive spin on things. If it does turn out to be true that if you don’t end up being “rich” then you are going to be “poor,” and plunged into poverty, then we ought to be doing something to stop what’s happening, as opposed to trying to figure out how to become individually “rich.”

This brings up the second thought I had. Higgins column focuses on the “individual.” The column doesn’t provide any sense of our collective ability, perhaps, to make everyone “rich.” In truth, we are not just a collection of individuals, we are “in this together.” If A.I. is going to increase productivity, and cut costs, and produce economic benefits, then society at large, which includes all of us, should be the beneficiary.

In order to make that idea work out in real life, of course, those who are not likely to become individually rich need to get organized, and start making rules that will insure that everyone benefits from the new technologies that are coming.

That means “politics.” That means, to alter the headline I have quoted, that the following admonition is the advice we need to follow:

Get Organized Now, Or Else!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
JIM CROW GAVEL, COURT CROWNING, BREAK GLASS

Well, they finally did it last week! And you can’t say it came out of nowhere. It’s only the “culmination of a decades-long effort that’s the logical result of a broken system that needs reform,” says Brian Tyler Cohen. He says that the Supreme Court’s taking a hatchet to the Voting Rights Act was depressingly unsurprising, because of course they would — since this court has pretty much declared their fealty to Trump over the Constitution. In Cohen’s opinion, it was a foregone conclusion. Even with the ideal situation of Democrats ensconced in the three branches of government, being able to enact a new Voting Rights Act, the current 6-3 court will be there, hatchets at the ready. So “we have six unelected judges in robes deciding that Black voices are unconstitutional, segregation by map, Jim Crow with a gavel,” says Louisiana Congressman Cleo Fields.

Cohen proposes that to restore democracy, and to overhaul the judicial system, the Supreme Court needs reforms that are based on principle, not politics, in order to have legitimacy or public support. “If any subsequent reforms are to stand a chance at surviving, we cannot leave in place a rogue branch of government with the power to strike down anything that doesn’t comport with its far-right ideology. The first reform should be to expand the Court, in line with the principles that determined the number of justices in the early years of the republic,” adds Cohen.  He recounts historically, the initial six justices to reflect the six federal courts; the year 1807 saw an additional justice added when a seventh circuit court was added. The court grew to nine with the addition of two circuit courts in 1837, and today there are thirteen federal court circuits with no ensuing changes in the court makeup. Cohen believes the Supreme Court should reflect the size of the country and the scope of its legal challenges, as it did over a century ago.

A second reform proposed by Cohen, also supported by 75 percent of Americans according to a PRRI survey in 2025, are term limits for the court justices. He sees a term of eight years which would allow newly elected presidents to choose their own nominees regularly, reducing the opportunities for procedural delays, which occurred with President Obama’s nomination of Merrick Garland in 2016, his final year in the White House. In Cohen’s view, the regular flow of new appointments would help remove the national drama from each nomination by diluting the novelty of each new appointment.

USA Today poll in 2024 shows support by 76 percent of Americans, for the establishment of an enforceable code of conduct, which would empower a panel mandated to investigate allegations of wrongdoing and impropriety. The panel should be given the power to force the recusal of justices in cases where they have personal ties, and even go so far as to remove justices in cases of conduct unworthy of the Supreme Court. A final Supreme Court reform would be to retire any justice over age seventy, regardless of who appointed them. The interpretation of the Constitution that judges “shall hold their Offices during good Behavior,” has given lifetime appointments to court appointees, but there are other considerations — a retired justice could be moved to a lower court and still stay within a constitutional framework.

The Pew Research Center discloses that public support for retiring all public officials over a certain age has widespread consensus, in particular for elected offices, but also for the Supreme Court, with Democrats being in the upper echelons of the poll. The only age specified by the Constitution requires that presidential candidates must be thirty-five years of age. A mandatory retirement of seventy years of age would lead to four immediate vacancies on the current Supreme Court: three conservatives (AlitoRoberts & Thomas) and one liberal (Sotomayor), leaving all three Trump judges. It has been almost a century since President Franklin Roosevelt attempted to expand the high court (termed ‘packing’ back then), a plan which Congress defeated, and since that time no changes have been attempted. Included in FDR’s plan as he struggled to get his New Deal revivals during the Great Depression, was to retire justices at age seventy, and if they refused, he would be able to add an additional justice until the court reached fifteen members. Despite the Congressional defeat, time was on his side, because within five years, seven of the nine justices were appointed by him.

Cohen warns, “Today’s Supreme Court has weakened itself by its political activism, repeatedly disregarding the Constitution and its code of conduct. It is populated by older justices at a time when the American people are yearning to reform the status quo. If we want to revive our democracy, we need to revive our Supreme Court. If that seems extreme, consider an alternative that is already upon us: a Court that undermines the very Constitution it’s supposed to uphold. This week’s ruling on the Voting Rights Act was not a one-off. It’s the logical endpoint of a decades-long effort to disenfranchise minority voters and minority representation to an absolute minimum. The three longest-serving conservative justices on the court right now have a combined 75 years on the bench. This is their pet project. They own it. And the other three conservatives, all Trump appointees, are comparatively young and spry. Without court expansion, we’re stuck with this right wing majority for another couple of decades at least. We need to normalize ourselves to the idea of court expansion, so that when we have power, we don’t waste our time negotiating what we should be doing, but rather spend our time doing it.”

Pema Levy writes in Mother Jones that the high court’s gerrymandering decision, in Louisiana v. Callais, against the Voting Rights Act is hardly a “mere tweak,” or as Justice Alito characterized it, a “humble update.” Levy terms the 6-3 opinion a “counter-revolution” against Section 2 of the 1965 act, which requires that people of color have an equal opportunity to elect representatives of their choice, taking us back to the dark days when Black and brown voters in many states cast meaningless ballots. Since the original enactment, the reversal of previous diluted, powerless and gerrymandered votes, resulted in Southern states sending Black representatives to Congress, state legislatures, and local political bodies, with Congress repeatedly defending and continuing the protections. In last week’s diminution by the court, Justice Kagan chided the majority for downplaying the gravity of its decision, by laying “the groundwork for the largest reduction in minority representation since the era following Reconstruction.”

The Robert’s Court has been slowly dismantling the Voting Rights Act since 2013, and Levy sees this recent action as the final nail in the coffin, improbable that any plaintiff will ever be able to avail themselves of the law’s protections. By elevating permission to conduct partisan gerrymandering above voting rights, Black voters become dispersed, lacking any ability to elect a representative of their choice — wasted votes again! Kagan writes, “For how else, the majority reasons, can we preserve the authority of States to engage in this practice than by stripping minority citizens of their rights to an equal political process? And with that, the majority as much as invites States to embark on a new round of partisan gerrymanders.” The majority does not dispute this — it’s a damning silence that tacitly admits just how sweeping is this decision.

Quickly responding to the Supreme Court decision was Louisiana’s Republican governor Jeff Landry, as he suspended his state’s US House primaries to allow lawmakers to draw up a new congressional map. No matter that early voting was set to begin, with some absentee ballots already cast, the executive order states that the primaries are “suspended for the duration of the May 16, 2026 and June 27, 2026 election cycles and until July 15, 2026 or until such time as determined by the Legislature,” the legislature then to follow instructions to “pass legislation to enact new congressional maps.” Outraged and alarmed, Joel Payne of MoveOn Civic Action charged that, “Republicans are colluding in broad daylight to try to rig the election and silence Black voters. The MAGA court made their decision to gut voting rights just in the nick of time for Louisiana Republicans to postpone the scheduled primaries to slice and dice voting maps to pick and choose voters of their liking.

Heather Williams, president of the Democratic Legislative Campaign Committee said, “Even in ruby red states, Republicans see the writing on the wall that voters will hold them accountable for soaring costs this November, which is why they’re rigging the system to dodge accountability — the mission to transform the landscape of state legislative power has never mattered more.” The Washington Post reported that Governor Landry notified Republican US House candidates that he planned to suspend the Louisiana primaries, with The Post noting that one or two more GOP seats could result in the midterms from his delay. Democracy Docket’s Marc Elias responded by saying, “What is happening in Louisiana right now is both a redistricting power grab and a dry run for authoritarian election subversion this fall.

US House Speaker Mike Johnson voiced support for the new congressional maps, but Landry’s order is already facing legal action from state residents. “These harms are not speculative. They are imminent: early in-person voting commences on Saturday, May 2, 2026. They are irreparable: once an election day passes, no monetary remedy can restore the franchise,” warns one lawsuit. Voting rights group Fair Fight Action analyzed that Democrats could redraw anywhere from 10 to 22 additional congressional seats for their party in time for the 2028 elections if they push hard enough with redistricting in seven blue and swing states. “Democrats have a clear path to neutralize this GOP power grab if they want to take it,” says Max Flugrath, senior communications director of Fair Fight Action. “This is the ‘break the glass in case of emergency’ moment for American democracy.

Twenty-two House seats across seven states may sound like a heavy lift,” says Flugrath, “but our analysis shows it’s well within reach if blue-state governors and legislatures squeeze every potential seat out of the maps. What’s more, much will be decided by how hard Democrats push.” But they are gearing up with House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries telling Politico that Democrats will seek gerrymanders at minimum in New YorkColoradoMaryland and Illinois. None of this should have to happen, though Democrats have gerrymandered themselves, but Republicans went full throttle after capturing many state legislatures in their 2010 midterm rout.

The Democrats position has been that neither side should gerrymander, attempting to model an alternative path with independent redistricting commissions, and with federal legislation ending gerrymandering for both sides, believing that it disrespects the opposition’s voters and allows lawmakers to insulate themselves from accountability. But if Republicans make good on their threats, the choice for Democrats will be stark: push forward, or perish. No matter if Republicans don’t like it — this is the world they wanted, and it is now they who are now inflicting it upon their rivals. “The arc of the moral universe doesn’t bend toward justice unless we bend it,” says Bryan Fair of the Southern Poverty Law Center.

Satirical writer, Andy Borowitz, followed up recent news from the English crown with his Borowitz Report: “A visibly shaken Donald J. Trump told reporters on Thursday that the arrest of Andrew Mountbatten of Windsor set a dangerous precedent of pedophiles facing consequences. ‘King Charles released a statement where he said no one is above the law,’ he said. ‘That was a horrible thing to say.’ Calling Andrew’s arrest ‘disgraceful,’ Trump said it had made him ‘rethink the whole idea of becoming king. If you can be a member of the royal family and still get arrested, what’s the point of having a crown?’ he said. ‘You’re better off just having your own Supreme Court.‘”


[Last week’s piece below… ~Webmistress]

MOTIONLESS PICTURE, MINIMIZATION, RUMBLE RUBBLE

The lead up to last Saturday’s White House Correspondents’ Dinner had garnered much commentary by a diverse press corps, many choosing to boycott the event with Donald Trump’s first attendance as president. The decision to abandon the tradition of inviting a comedian to roast the attendees because of the thin-skinned snowflake of a leader, and enlisting mentalist Oz Pearlman for entertainment, prompted Jimmy Kimmel to do his own scathing alternative ceremony on the Thursday preceding the main event. As he explained on his show, his substitute presentation would consist of some jokes and commentary that a comedian might do if “the trembling drama queen who’s scared of comedy” might hear under accepted circumstances. Video footage shows Kimmel standing behind a podium as he delivers quips to an audience full of photoshopped politicians and celebrities, saying, “Look at you, all dressed up in formal wear, dresses, tuxedos. I haven’t seen this much black since every page of the Trump-Epstein Files.” The comedian addresses President Trump with: “I’m happy you decided to stay, Mr. President. And don’t worry if we bruise your ego — it will only make your hands look less disgusting. By the way, in the unfortunate event that our president has a medical emergency tonight, do we have a doctor in the — I mean, I’m sorry. Do we have a Jesus in the house? I always confuse them, too.”

click here to continue (link expands, click again to collapse)

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

Dateline: May 3, 2026

Recently, I talked a little about the prospective town of Folger (one of many prospective real estate development efforts that never fully materialized), named after the San Francisco coffee/business magnate. Santa Cruz also had a local Folger family (no idea if there was a relationship) after which a local canyon in the Watsonville area is informally named. The persistence of informal names like this, long after the original rationale is no longer relevant, fascinates me (see previous entry on Rob Roy Junction for another example). There’s a whole thread of un/barely documented history in these names, passed down from one generation to the next.


What actually caught my attention about this entry was the elided comment about Peter Folger running a local “skating rink”. The idea of late Victorian/early Edwardian Americans zooming around a roller skating rink is irresistibly fascinating to think about, especially being a chid of the 1980s when roller skating was a big thing and rollerblades were invented. Apparently, roller skating was a huge thing in the late 1800s after roller skates became affordable due to mass production. See this article from the London Science Museum, [Wonderful Things: Roller Skates, 1880], for more information on that. The Santa Cruz Public Library has an old article from the Register-Pajaronian, [Skating a long time Watsonville tradition], talking about the history of roller skating rinks in Watsonville dating back to before 1900.

Folger Canyon

According to Jerome Alexander, that canyon shown as unnamed on the Watsonville East Quadrangle (USGS:17) as trending from the summit of the Santa Cruz Mountains in a southwesterly direction immediately to the west of and parallel to Casserly Ridge is known locally as Folger Canyon. Origin undetermined; however, Ed Martin in his 1873 Directory of the Town of Watsonville mentions “Peter Folger [who ran a skating rink at that time] has a snug little farm well improved of 200 acres on the former Rancho Salsipuedes” and the map listed below shows the lands encompassing the gulch were owned in 1908 by Clara Folger.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Jury Duty”

“Getting out of jury duty is easy. The trick is to say you’re prejudiced against all races.”
~Dan Castellaneta

“Political systems are run by self-selecting politicians. We don’t draft people; it’s not jury duty.”
~P. J. O’Rourke

“I vote and I do jury duty.”
~Christopher Hitchens

“It’s rare to find someone excited over jury duty. If they’re out there, I’ve never met them. Not a one. When the summons for jury duty arrives in the mail, how many people scream, ‘Yes!’ and run to clear the calendar? None. Our first and only reaction is, ‘Oh, no,’ quickly followed by, ‘How can I get out of this?'”
~Regina Brett

“Serving jury duty is a fascinating little slice of life, with its motley crew of personalities.”
~Nina Garcia

A KILLING IN CANNABIS. This is an interview with the author of a book about a murder that took place in Santa Cruz in 2019. The sentence for the last of the perpetrators was just handed out, and, fun fact, my partner Brian was on that Jury for over a month!

If you are interested in the book, here’s a link that lets you buy it, and not on Amazon! (Full disclosure: it’s my shop on Bookshop.org, where you can set up curated book lists and have sales benefit local bookstores.)


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

April 22 – 28, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… Back soon… Steinbruner… Ibogaine… changing charter… Hayes… Rerun this week… Patton… Are You Losing Your Will To Work?… Matlock… losers…doctors…warm fuzzies… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… No Fluff Academy… Quotes on… “Statistics”

...

MISSION AND KING STREETS. June 7, 1957. I can’t make out any price per gallon for their gas back then. The only gas there now is laughing gas administered by the Five Gables Family Dentistry dentists.

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: April 26, 2026

CULTURE, SHMULTURE… I was at a Fika event today at Viking Hall, i.e. the Scandinavian Cultural Center on Plymouth Street in Santa Cruz. I was standing in for Susan Ortmeyer of FIKA Bakeshop fame. It was so nice! Cardamom buns, coffee, and a presentation on the history and concept of Fika – I mean, what’s not to love?!

By the way, if you’ve always wanted to try Susan’s delicious pastries, but don’t want to come to Ben Lomond, she delivers to Viking Hall for pickup on the 2nd Saturday of every month! Next pickup date is May 9 (my birthday!!), and the ordering deadline is Wednesday, May 6.

Just go to the order page on her website! You can thank me later… 😉

I had a great time today, and I think I’m going to work on getting more involved with this organization. Maybe do a knitting thing there… it’s not like we Swedes don’t knit! I’ll keep you posted.

Until next time,


~Webmistress

...

STRANGER THINGS – TALES FROM ’85. Netflix. Series. (5 IMDb) ***

Stranger Things exits stage left…then pops back out for one more bow.

Set between seasons 2 and 3, this animated take brings back the core crew without sanding things down for kids. It’s not anime or cheap knockoff – dipping their pens in the Spiderverse/Arcane inkwell, with a creative, stylized look. It’s also more focused than the later live-action seasons, trimming most of the adults and zeroing in on the kids. Best of all, Will Byers actually gets to be a character instead of a punching bag, helped by the addition of Niki, an Amazonian punk rocker who connects with him over their shared outsider status. The recast voices are a little jarring at first, but you should settle in. Rough reviews aside, it’s worth a watch.

~Sarge

STRANGER THINGS (final season). Netflix. Series. (9.3 IMDb) ****

Final season, and once again Will Byers gets absolutely brain-fracked. For the uninitiated: Stranger Things is steeped in the early ’80s, following a quartet of young teens (I was all of 20 when it’s set) doing the usual – playing D&D, blasting a killer soundtrack, biking everywhere unsupervised… and occasionally getting snatched by nightmare creatures from the Upside Down, a vine-choked mirror of their hometown.

They cross paths with Eleven (Millie Bobby Brown), a runaway lab experiment with psychic powers and a deep love of Eggos. From there: more Upside Down lore, bigger and nastier villains, government conspiracies, a mall food court leveled, peak ’80s fashion, coming out, and a truly unfair amount of trauma for poor Will. Season 5 breaks up the cast in teams who each have their own stories – this season Linda “Sarah Conner” Hamilton pops up to give Vecna a run for his money as a “big bad”. Mike’s little sister gets dragged into things, and his mom finally gets to shine as a badass. It neatly cleans up all the loose threads. It’s both satisfying and a little sad to see it end – but no worries, the Duffer Brothers already have more Strangerverse on the way. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

PROJECT HAIL MARY. In theatres. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ***-

This is hard-science sci-fi that blends in laughs without undercutting the tension. Ryan Gosling – somehow I’d never really noticed him before, sort of Arthur Davrill – plays Ryland Grace, a middle-school science teacher turned astronaut, who wakes up alone on a spaceship light-years from home with zero memory of why he’s there. Slowly, he pieces together that Earth’s survival literally hangs on him – and then he meets an alien whose planet is in just as much trouble. Cue the odd-couple science team: two species, zero common language, and enough physics to make your head spin. Gosling is charmingly competent, the alien is nicely alien (not just a guy in a weird forehead prosthetic), and while the story feels a lot like The Martian, it’s a solid high-stakes ride. I enjoyed it, even with the odd shortcomings. Running 2:36, it didn’t really lag. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE PITT. Hulu, Max. Series. (8.97 IMDb) ***-
Noah Wyle is back in the ER… can George Clooney be far behind?

Set in a brutally busy Pittsburgh ER, a grizzled Wyle leads a rotating pack of residents, interns, and students through near–real-time shifts (one episode = one hour, one season = one day). The writing is sharp, the characters click, and the show pulls no punches on nudity or bodily damage—approach with caution, but it’s worth it. Season two is still rolling out weekly. Now with more ICE!
~Sarge

SCARPETTA. Prime. Series. (5.9 IMDb) **-

This series is about a noted Medical Examiner (Kidman) investigating a murder tied to a string of killings from 25 years ago.

Wait—no. It’s about sibling rivalry that apparently has no expiration date (Kidman/Curtis).

Then again, it’s about the adult niece of a Medical Examiner who can’t let go of her deceased wife and builds an AI replacement.

Any one of these might’ve made for an interesting series—just not all at once. Good cast, so-so mystery, and way too much going on. Pick a lane.

~Sarge

A MURDER BETWEEN FRIENDS. Prime. Movie. (3.5 IMDb) ***-

Half a point for being in focus. Joan Collins fronting for a series – at least according to the end card. Six… “people,” I guess… reunite at an Airbnb “castle” owned by a legendary mystery writer, played by Joan Collins. One of them ends up floating in the hot tub. That’s about it.

Everyone treats Joan Collins as a full-blown Mary Sue: “You’re a great mystery writer – we should all listen to you.” What does she actually do? Watch security cameras that most of the cast already know about, while they continue misbehaving anyway.

It’s embarrassing to watch, especially since I’m reasonably sure she bankrolled it. Not worth a watch. Stand well back. Mind the gap. Go watch “Agatha Christie’s 7 Dials” on Netflix.

~Sarge

THE LAST KIDS ON EARTH. Netflix. Series (1hr pilot). (7.2 IMDb) ***
This largely bloodless animated series began with a pilot-style special and ran for two seasons. It’s based on the children’s book series by Max Brallier, with character designs inspired by the illustrations of Douglas Holgate.

The story follows orphan Jack Sullivan as he adjusts to life after an invasion of extra-dimensional monsters and a zombie apocalypse. He soon bands together with a scrappy group of kids who missed the evacuation – along with a loyal monster-dog – forming their own ragtag survival team.

Aimed primarily at the 8–12 crowd, the show still has enough sharp humor and creature-feature flair to entertain adults. The voice cast includes Nick Wolfhard (brother of Finn), Mark Hamill, Keith David, Catherine O’Hara, and Rosario Dawson. Worth a watch – with or without your kids.
~Sarge

AGATHA CHRISTIE’S SEVEN DIALS. Netflix. Series. (6.2 IMDb) **-

There have been a fair few non-Poirot/Marple adaptations recently, and this is certainly one of them.

The cast is solid – Martin Freeman is great, and Mia McKenna-Bruce really shines in the lead role (though Helena Bonham Carter kind of phones in a stock twitchy character). The film doesn’t quite hook you into the mystery, though. It’s not slow, just… not all that engaging. The highlight for me was definitely Mia jumping out of a window to dodge a wedding proposal. On the plus side, it’s only 3 episodes. Many clocks.

It’s probably worth a watch if you’re looking for something to pass the time before the next episode of your favorite show drops.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

Gillian will be back soon!

Greensite4Mayor.org
Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
THIS COULD MAKE A HUGE POSITIVE DIFFERENCE

Ibogaine has shown excellent success in helping people who are drug-addicted just not want the drugs anymore.  Imagine that!  An executive Order came out April 18, and I think this is a wonderful improvement .
Accelerating medical treatments for serious mental illness. [The White House]

Consider this study result:

Results
Most participants (72%) had used opioids for at least 4 years and 69% reported daily use. Most (80%) indicated that ibogaine eliminated or drastically reduced withdrawal symptoms. Fifty percent reported that ibogaine reduced opioid craving, some (25%) reporting a reduction in craving lasting at least 3 months. Thirty percent of participants reported never using opioids again following ibogaine treatment. And over one half (54%) of these abstainers had been abstinent for at least 1 year, with 31% abstinent for at least 2 years. At the time of survey, 41% of all participants reported sustained abstinence (>6 months). Although 70% of the total sample reported a relapse following treatment, 48% reported decreased use from pretreatment levels and an additional 11% eventually achieved abstinence. Treatment responders had the lowest rates of depressive and anxious symptoms, the highest levels of subjective well-being and rated their ibogaine treatment as more spiritually meaningful compared with treatment non-responders.

Subjective effectiveness of ibogaine treatment for problematic opioid consumption: Short- and long-term outcomes and current psychological functioning. [PubMed]

Here is a study conducted by Stanford University reporting improvement for post-traumatic brain injury in Veterans: Psychoactive drug ibogaine effectively treats traumatic brain injury in special ops military vets. [Stanford]

Will the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors approve a pilot project for Ibogaine treatment, using some of the millions the County has received from the national opioid settlement case?  Maybe…if you write them and insist money be spent actually helping people get off the drugs, instead of paying millions of dollars to the non-profits to do “outreach”.

Write the Supervisors: Board of Supervisors < boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov > and the Supervisor for your District:

1st District: Manu Koenig
2nd District: Kimberly De Serpa
3rd District: Justin Cummings
4th District: Felipe Hernandez
5th District: Monica Martinez

CITY OF SANTA CRUZ CHANGING THE CHARTER

The City of Santa Cruz is changing its Charter…what does that mean?
Take a look:

Page 13: The City Council may establish rules for the conduct of its proceedings and may impose appropriate penalties on any member or other person for disorderly conduct at any meeting.

Page 16: The City Clerk is no longer appointed by the Council, and cannot be subject to removal, such as is the case for the City Manager and City Attorney.

Also, Page 16: Will the City Manager now have to be a resident of the City at time of appointment?  The section stating that residency is not required is being removed, but not clarified.

Page 17: Removes the provision that no blood relative of the City Manager can be employed by the City.

Page 19: the City Finance Director no longer would be required to provide the Council with financial reports on a monthly basis…just an annual report.

Page 28: The annual City Professional Audit would now be available on the City;s web page and available for public inspection at City Clerk’s office.

It is worth the time to review this Charter that governs how the City of Santa Cruz operates. Read the language on pages 28-30 in SECTION 1431, VOTER APPROVAL FOR DESALINATION PROJECTS, and know that it is there as a result of the hard work of many residents, led by Mr. Rick Longinotti and Desal Alternatives.

Also, ask some questions about where the funds of this money pot go: SECTION 1432. CITY OF SANTA CRUZ CHILDREN’S FUND. (page 30)

effective July 1, 2022, the Santa Cruz Children’s Fund shall receive funds from the City’s General Fund equivalent to twenty percent (20%) of the City of Santa Cruz’s audited total actual annual unrestricted revenues derived from the City’s Cannabis Business tax. The annual amount of revenue for the next fiscal year shall be estimated by the City Manager no later than January 15 of each year, beginning January 15, 2022.

Monies in the Santa Cruz Children’s Fund shall be appropriated by the City Council to support enhancement and expansion of evidenced-based programs to prioritize access to early childhood development, youth prevention, and vulnerable youth programs. The City Council shall designate a community oversight panel to make recommendations on the use of future revenues in a manner consistent with this Section which may include, but shall not be limited to, representatives of the following:

A. The City’s Parks and Recreation Commission;
B. The Santa Cruz City School District;
C. First Five Santa Cruz;
D. Youth Organizations;
E. The City Council

The City Manager site has information about the Children’s Fund Oversight Committee, stating applications for funding were available earlier this year for $529,000 in funding.  However, there are NO minutes or agendas of the Committee available, and no way to determine who is making the decision about how the money is spent.  Children’s Fund Oversight Committee

Other Commissions have active links to agendas…however the Historic Preservation Commission shows NO meetings for the year???   Hmmm… Does that mean our historic resources preservation is being ignored or just bad website management on the part of the city?

Please contact City Clerk Bonnie Bush at bbush@santacruzca.gov if you have any questions.

THANK YOU COUNTY PLANNING COMMISSIONERS FOR PROTECTING HISTORIC RESOURCES

Last  Wednesday, the Santa Cruz County Planning Commission took wise action to recommend the Board of Supervisors NOT include an amendment to the County Policy to allow owners of historic structures to gain ministerial approval by the Planning Director to remove historic designations if the structure were lost or damaged in calamity.  Currently, such action would require review by the County Historic Resources Commission, likely requiring documentation of the structure and analysis regarding whether restoration is possible.

“Is arson included in the definition of “calamity”?”  Chair Trina Barton asked.  “Yes”, replied Staff.
“Does the Historic Resources Commission know about this amendment?  It would take away their ability to review such situations.” stated Commission Renee Sheperd.  Staff replied “Yes, they are aware.”

However, I have attended nearly all County Historic Resources Commission meetings and saw nothing in writing about this on their agendas.

I was glad I could attend the Planning Commission meeting and testify about the danger of approving the proposed amended language because the Commission did not seem aware of my written correspondence of April 19 opposing the amendment:

I oppose this amendment because it incentivizes owners of historic structures who would like to quickly remove any historic designation of properties to easily accomplish that, without the expense of providing any structural analysis or rehabilitation feasibility studies.

It also makes the de-listing ministerial, thereby removing all significant involvement by the County Historic Resources Commission

E) Delisting of an Historic Resource that Longer Exists. In the event of a natural disaster or calamity that destroys an historic resource, the structure shall be delisted from the County Historic Inventory. The Director of Community Development and Infrastructure or their designee shall inform the Historic Resources Commission of the delisting at a regularly scheduled Historic Resources Commission meeting). The County Zoning Map shall
subsequently be amended to remove the Landmark “L” Combining District pursuant to SCCC 18.40.055)

page 205 of the packet

I really want to thank Commissioners Barton, Sheperd and Jimenez for recommending this section NOT be approved by the Board of Supervisors, scheduled for June 9, 2026.  Oddly, Commissioners Pavonetti and  Nickell opposed the recommendation.  Jesse Nickell, former VP of Barry Swenson Builders of the Aptos Village Project, represents District 2…where the historic Bayview Hotel is located.  Hmmm….

Staff informed the Commissioners that parcels scheduled for re-zoning  were removed from the agenda due to problems with noticing, and will be considered at the Commission’s May 13, 2026 meeting.  This likely was due to my correspondence and documentation regarding the historic Redman-Hirahara House in Watsonville.

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND SPEAK UP FOR WHAT MATTERS TO YOU.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

 
Cheers, 
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...

[I’M RERUNNING THIS, BECAUSE IT’S IMPORTANT! ~Webmistress]

The Upcoming Fire

How do you know if a catastrophic fire is coming? If you live around the Monterey Bay, the answer is not ‘if’ but ‘when?’ Here’s another piece of not-news: you can’t rely on the historic fire return interval to inform the ‘when’ part of the question. Best bet: plan on it coming this summer…are you ready?

Mechanisms

Several things add up to catastrophic wildfire: heat, drought, ignition and wind chief among them. I collected temperature data at 900′ elevation near Davenport from 2008-2020, when the CZU Lightning Complex Fire ate up my data loggers. That first decade had an average of 3 hours above 94F per year and an equal number of hours below 34F.  In 2019 and 2020, there were days and days above 94F with a stretch of many hours above 100F. Since then, we have regularly had heat waves for many days in the mid-90s. It seems to be getting hotter. March 2026 was the warmest March on record across the USA and the driest in most Californians’ lifetimes. Drought fuels wildfires by killing vegetation. In the shrublands and forests, drought kills back portions of plants, making the worst kind of wildfire fuel: dead woody vegetation. Add lots of dead stuff to the heat waves and you have half of the equation for wildfire. Next, we need some source of flame and then wind to feed the flames some oxygen and push the fire along. Wildfire ignition used to be caused by automobiles and backyard barbecue accidents. More recently, it is caused by remnants of summertime hurricanes. With human-caused greenhouse gas emissions filling the skies, the warmer planet holds more moisture aloft and the atmosphere becomes more energy-charged: hurricanes become more frequent and stronger. Recently, pieces of these hurricanes are sweeping from south to north up California during our dry-dry, hot-hot summers. Lightning starts the fires and the hurricane-originated winds get them going.

Directions

Directionality is meaningful for a few wildfire reasons: fire spread and escape routes. Firefighters still rely on historic fire data to predict how fires spread. In Santa Cruz County, it is been from north to south. Because vegetation is moister closer to the ocean, wildfire tends to calm a bit when getting close to the sea, “until it doesn’t” (firefighter joke).

More importantly, plotting an exit strategy is important…even in town. Recent bumper sticker sighting: “nothing ends well when it involves a getaway car.” If you live in town, you’ll need to think about how to flee wildfire on foot or bicycle because chances are there will be too much traffic to get out otherwise. Rural roads are much the same. Take home message: get out quickly when there’s an evacuation order. But how? To where? Do you know where you would go and how you would get there? Plan now!

Go Bag!

Too often, people are delayed in escaping wildfire because of their ‘stuff.’ Do you like ‘stuff?’ Most people do, but which stuff do you really need if, say, all the rest of your stuff is going to burn up in a wildfire? If you have 15 minutes to leave your house, how much of your stuff can you organize enough to fit in your car? Maybe don’t wait for that moment to come. Here’s a link to CALFIRE’s ‘Go Bag’ website replete with a well-informed list of what to take.

Preparing Your Home

Where I live out in the country, my neighbors report having to commit 4 hours a week, year-round, to protecting their homes from wildfire. We do pretty well in the preparation, judging from 2 wildfires and what structures survived. That’s 100′ radius all around every structure that needs vegetation management. That’s more than three quarters of an acre and an acre of vegetation production per year, dried bone dry, is at least 2 tons: lots to manage! Wait a year and do even more! No dead vegetation shall exist in that zone or else it will burn and threaten your home. The Zone 0 recommendation is for the 0 to 5 feet from the exterior wall of your house: not only no dead vegetation but also nothing else that could possibly burn – no cardboard boxes, wood chips, piles of leaves, etc. Speaking of leaves, time to clean off the roof and clean out the gutters! Something oft overlooked: wooden fences or gates that join the house wall – that’s continuous fuel…a wick…a fuse! Replace at least the final section up against the house with inflammable something.

Air Filters

One last thing that would behoove you to prepare for the upcoming wildfire season: air filter reminder! We can be miles and miles from the nearest wildfire but still suffer from the smoke. Inevitably, there’s a run on air filters right then. Don’t be one of those people. The time to save your lungs is now when air filters are available. Studies have indicated that wildfire smoke inhalation has major deleterious health effects…that are avoidable if you seal your house well, stay inside, and run an air filter when (not if) the wildfire smoke comes. Check for smoke ratings and have some backup filters handy for the occasion.

Remember: Only YOU can prepare YOU for wildfires (and vote for those most dedicated to real climate change solutions!)

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, April 21, 2026

We are all turning into “grasshoppers” now – at least according to Barton Swaim, writing in the April 18-19, 2026, edition of The Wall Street Journal. Swaim’s column was titled, “America Loses Its Will To Work.” Click the link if you’d like to read Swaim’s argument. I am told that no paywall will prevent you! Click right here if you need to refresh your memory about that that Aesop’s Fable about the ant and the grasshopper.

Swaim asserts that “evidence abounds that many Americans no longer consider gainful work a natural and necessary part of life.” He points to the “explosion of online sports betting” as the main proof that this is, in fact, an accurate statement.

I am absolutely in agreement that “betting,” in all of its various forms, is a plague upon society – and with online sports betting mainly intended, the way I see it, to filch scarce money from the pockets of those who succumb to its allure. Back in the middle of April, as Swaim was writing his column, the Chief of Police in New Haven, Connecticut was arrested in connection with his online gambling habit. It’s quite a story, let me tell you, and he was fully employed! Click that link to read it!

While I don’t really buy into the idea that Americans (and particularly young Americans) have turned into a plague of grasshoppers, enamored of personal enjoyment, and unconcerned about the fact that the winter is coming, I do think that we should be paying attention to “employment” and “work” issues.

Most of the news stories that I read are basically telling everyone in our society (and particularly young people, perhaps) that there aren’t going to be any jobs in the future. A.I., we are told, will replace pretty much all of the jobs now available, and it’s not welfare-dependent poor people who are carrying this message. To the contrary, it is the extremely wealthy (the A.I. giants who constantly boast of their billionaire status, and of the billionaire backers of the new A.I.-based economy yet to come). Those billionaires are the folks who are sending the message, to all the non-billionaires, that “work” isn’t going to support them in the future.

I think that this message from the billionaires, and not any moral failure on the part of a young “grasshopper generation,” is likely to be much more the cause of what Swaim is writing about than any moral collapse, caused by a whole generation deciding that they should get something for nothing.

The economic productivity that is a fact of our modern life should be mobilized for the benefit of everyone – meaning that food, shelter, education, health care, and meaningful employment opportunities should be something that everyone in our society should be able to count on. Taxes, you know, they’d be involved in making that happen. Then… What about collabortative efforts to provide a job to everyone – a job they’d find worthwhile, a job they’d want to do not because they were trying to “make a million,” but because they saw its importance and understood the benefits that the job would provide to them, as well as to others in society.

I’m thinking of jobs like: (1) Childcare; (2) Assistance for the elderly, who are trying to navigate a complicated society with diminished mental capacity; (3) Wildland stewards helping to replant forests, and to prevent forest fires; (4) Building rail and similar transportation projects to replace our dysfunctional automobile-based freeway system; (5) Environmental restoration projects; (6) Solar Energy installations; (7) Teachers! (8) Public Art; (9) Neighborhood Cleanups; (10) Etc.

The United States is the wealthiest society in the history of the world, and we got that way through hard work. Telling everyone (especially young people) that there aren’t going to be any jobs in the future, which is what they are being told, today, by the billionaire class, is totally counterproductive. There are LOTS of jobs that need doing, and we, with all our wealth, could make them available. The “Etc.” category is huge!

Could we do that?

Well, yes! Duh!!

But it would require us – “we, the people” – to decide that this is exactly what we need to do. In other words, instead of articles trying to “describe” what exists, let’s start writing articles about what we want to happen (so we can then get out, and get to work, and make it happen). This blog posting is one such article.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

KETCHUP, DEAD IN THE WATER, REPENTANCE

The illegal war against Iran is humming along with President Trump and Pete Hegseth continuing with their threats to destroy the country completely, though the president insists, “Whether we make a deal or not makes no difference to me, because we’ve won,” though Iran appears to be in control of the situation. International shipping is at a virtual standstill through the Strait of Hormuz, “the geopolitical equivalent of stabbing the global economy’s femoral artery,” in the words of Matt Ford in The New Republic. On-again-off-again cease fires, and passage through the strait, continue to plague any resolution, a result of the election of a loser to lead the world’s only superpower, says Ford — “loser” being the president’s favorite insult, followed closely by “failing” and “low IQ.” Ford sees that a loser is not someone who is left behind, nor someone who simply failed at something, since failure is a part of life and a possible step toward subsequent success.

His definition of a loser is one who thinks in terms of winners and losers at all, and believes that they have not received the status and rewards to which they feel entitled, always slighted by the world at large which has cheated and denied them things that they think belong to them by virtue of their supposed innate superiority. It’s curious that JD Vance wrote in ‘Hillbilly Elegy‘ that the message of the right-wingers is increasingly: “It’s not your fault that you’re a loser; it’s the government’s fault,” his implication being “it’s your fault if you’re a loser.” The Vice President probably regrets inclusion of that sentiment in his book. Ford writes, “Losers do not actually care about the reality of winning and losing — instead, they care about the perception of success and failure, a basis for Donald Trump’s insistence that he was the biggest and best in the New York real estate scene.” Trump is quoted as saying, “Show me someone without an ego, and I’ll show you a loser,” which might explain his tacky gold ornamentation in the White House. Also, when your blood type is ketchup…

Ford writes that “losers internalize their own self-perception and seek to reinforce it in the world. They are drawn to hierarchy, and are therefore hostile to America’s fundamentally egalitarian ethos. A stratified society gives them a clearer sense of their inferiors, which is usually bound together with their perceptions of race, sex, genetics, or some other apparently inborn trait. Racism is the most familiar redoubt for the loser, since it provides what they think as highly visible proof of their own supposed superiority.” Trump describes himself as “highly intelligent” based on genetic grounds — his uncle was an MIT professor, therefore becoming a credential for his own cognitive ability. Fascism and loserdom go hand in hand because fascism is predicated on the notion that the fascist has been unjustly cheated and robbed, and that only force can lead to restoration and revitalization. Fascists idolize losers because no fascist society has ever flourished and because they see themselves reflected in other people’s failure. Hence, the praise lavished upon the likes of General Robert E. Lee, the loser of ‘The War of Northern Aggression.’

Ford concludes his piece with, “The goal of Trumpism, is to create losers of us all. The political and economic project’s goal is not to materially improve its adherent’s lives. Instead, it is to create a sense of social order for some people that offers an aesthetic sense of improvement, even as one’s standard of living declines in real terms. These illusory gains can only go so far. Or as one frustrated Trump voter once told reporters, ‘He’s not hurting the people he needs to be hurting.'”

Nobel laureate Paul Krugman wrote on Substack: “President Trump has lost the war with Iran but is refusing to accept it.” Krugman says the president is “flat out unable” to deal with the fallout of the war, and is unable to accept that his intervention has failed — “it’s been clear for awhile that the United States has basically lost this war.” Goals to achieve regime change and take Iran’s uranium will not happen, with the regime being even more hardline. Iran is demonstrably strengthened with its ability to control the Hormuz Strait, and though temporarily permitting some access, Trump’s announced blockade hastened Iran’s decision to shut down all shipping, stating, “Control of the Strait of Hormuz has reverted to its previous state, and this strategic waterway is under strict management and control of the armed forces.” So, until Trump stops his meddling, allowing Iranian ships to navigate freely, the president is dead in the water.

American psychologist and psychotherapist, Dr. John Gartner, believes that Donald Trump is more like an animal at this point in his presidency, and will lash out at anything and everyone. As he told The Daily Beast, “A cornered, wounded animal is the most vicious and dangerous kind of animal there is, and that’s where he is right now.” Gartner worries that if the midterm elections bring about a complete turnover in both houses of Congress, Trump will still be a commander-in-chief who is getting off on the omnipotent destructiveness and power of blowing things up. Any thought Trump might have now is what he believes, even if it is completely false. Gartner says it’s a primitive type of thinking, where if you imagine it, it must be true — magical thinking! “Anything that occurs to him — any stray, crazy thought — is true,” warns Gartner. “His grandiosity is so extreme that not only does he want to be the Pope, and Jesus, and the president of Venezuela, and the Mullah of Iran — he wants to be all of these things at once. He wants the world to worship him, and he wants to erect massive monuments to praise himself.”

The now-infamous A.I.-generated image of Trump’s Truth Social post depicting himself as Jesus healing a patient, or raising someone from the dead, with an entourage of heavenly hosts and a plethora of American iconography, outraged religious and political leaders across the board. The president’s explanation that he saw himself as a Red Cross doctor healing the sick fell on deaf ears, so he was convinced to use his lighted celestial fingers for deleting the post. We can expect a surge in Halloween costumes this year of celebrants wearing white robes and carrying stethoscopes. Trump, of course, couldn’t let sleeping dogs lie, so he quickly followed up his chastisement with a Truth Social A.I. post depicting him being comforted by a Jesus-like figure.

Trump’s second A.I. post prompted a number of snarky comments on social media: “Wait a second. That’s not Jesus, that’s clearly a DOCTOR! Why does he look so forlorn? Is something wrong? Are the test results back? Is he breaking bad news to the president about his failing health? Is Trump trying to tell us something?“; and “Donald Trump is testing out a new portrayal of himself as the chosen one after deleting a post that sparked backlash for depicting himself as Jesus Christ.” As might be expected, Trump then posted, “The Radical Left Lunatics might not like this, but I think it is quite nice!!!! ” Right, warm fuzzies all around!

Since his return to the Oval OfficeTrump has enacted changes that have encouraged a resurgence of religion within the federal bureaucracy, which some federal workers view as an alarming breakdown of the boundary between church and state which can be seen in the proselytizing emails, invitations to worship services, and religious undertones in high-profile policy pronouncements. Most government employees see their jobs as working on behalf of all Americans, but what they are observing is very explicitly Christian — in a very narrow representation of the faith, at that! Administration officials scoff at these charges on the pretext that such expressions are not new and shouldn’t be controversial. Last year, Trump established the White House Faith Office, headed by Televangelist Paula White-Cain, who has compared the president to Jesus, inviting a bit of mockery after she claimed that Trump, as a child, attended Saturday and Sunday school up to three times a week. “Church was a big part of his life,” she insists. Perhaps this is only a test of the emergency fascism system — do not adjust your conscience.

The Office of Personnel Management, in July of last year, released a memo permitting federal workers to “encourage” peers “to participate in religious expressions of faith, such as prayer,” and on Easter SundayDepartment of Agriculture Secretary Brook Rollins sent an agency-wide email with the subject line “He has risen!” The email message described the life of Jesus as “the greatest story ever told, the foundations of our faith, and the abiding hope of all mankind.” One department employee called the email “grotesque,” adding that such conduct would be unacceptable even for military chaplains; but, a department spokesperson felt that the secretary was within her rights to send such a message. A government employee says “people are uncomfortable,” with another saying “there’s a lot of carrying on” and while no one’s forcing you to pray, it’s happening in the middle of a government workplace — meaning that we, the taxpayers, are supporting the breakdown of the wall? It seems that Christo-fascism can be defined as a belief that being productive at work equals having the right to tell co-workers they are going to hell.

The Daily Dose of Democracy website reports on “Secretary of War Crimes Pete Hegseth authorizing the deployment of weapons-grade cringe” last week at a Pentagon prayer service, as he quoted a Biblical-sounding verse that film buffs immediately recognized as the Samuel L. Jackson monologue from Quentin Tarantino’s black comedy ‘Pulp Fiction.’ The movie verse was delivered just before Jackson’s hitman character murders an unarmed man in cold blood, with Hegseth being too myopic to recognize that the speech is satirizing men who hide behind religion in order to justify unholy acts of violence — which is exactly what the Secretary himself is doing in Iran. “Nothing sums up the Trump regimes relationship with religion better than using fake Bible quotes to justify an illegal war of imperial aggression,” the writer charges. The verse is similar to Ezekiel 25:17 in the Old Testament, which uses only part of the scripture, the remainder being scripted by Tarantino. The comments section on DDoD prompted this post by Cy Clops: “And the Lord sayeth: ‘Spread out, numbskulls. Why I oughtta…’ Customized from The Book of Stooges: Nyuk 1, Nyuks 2 and 3.”

But wait! There’s more! Not satisfied with angering Christians all week, President Trump will be reading from the Bible as a publicity stunt in an effort to spread the lie that we live in a Christian Nation. MAGAs in the administration will be participating in a week-long Bible recitation as part of an initiative called ‘America Reads the Bible‘ at the Museum of the Bible to commemorate ‘250 Years of the Bible in America.’ As Hemant Mehta writes on The Friendly Atheist blog, Trump being fresh off posting the image of himself as Jesus while healing a Jeffrey Epstein-lookalike, and offending Pope Leo and Catholics world-wide, will be attempting to do damage control. To start, a recording of Trump reading a verse from the Old Testament — hopefully not Ezekiel 25:17 which should be given to Hegseth — to be released next week, to be followed by his reading of 2 Chronicles 7:14, a section about repentance. That’s sensible to Mehta, who says, “If the man lies during every speech and press conference, he might as well read a Bible verse he doesn’t believe in either. It’s not like they were going to ask him to read the Sermon on the Mount. Or anything from the Gospels.”

Mehta goes on to say that Trump was never going to be asked to follow the message of Jesus because he’s never been interested in that, so this is the next best thing for the right-wing Christians who have latched onto a man now being dubbed the Antichrist by many on the right. It’s good that they are recording it, which will be the only proof we ever get of Trump actually opening up The Book. In a more prudent world, those who cause as much harm in the world as that group would never be asked to hold a Bible, much less read from it, but conservatives have gone all in on hypocrisy. While no one is perfect, most of us put in a bit of effort, unlike Trump, who goes out of his way to be cruel and chaotic. That the people organizing the event won’t denounce his actions tells you a lot more about their values than a reading of the Bible that no one will ever listen to in full.

Mehta concludes that the event isn’t really about honoring the Bible, “It’s about projecting power over non-Christians. The fact that so many so many self-described Christian leaders are participating in the performance — when they would be appalled by a Democrat even citing one verse from the Qur’an in a speech — tells you everything you need to know about their intentions. If they cared about Christianity, they wouldn’t be reading a section of a book they’ve never bothered to read in full for an audience that’s never going to listen to them. They would talk from the heart about things like humility, repentance, compassion, and the vulnerable. But the same dishonest, cruel authoritarians who only care about Christianity to the extent that it keeps them in power don’t actually care about following any of the lessons from the faith. They don’t care if they have a leader shaped by the Bible; they just want one who knows how to use the Bible to control everyone else. That’s what Christian Nationalism is all about.”

The introduction of an exhilarated religious fervor by Trump and Hegseth into the Iran war is a gift to the mullahs of that country according to two former diplomats, who say that they are only going to make things worse. ‘Morning Joe‘ contributor Sam Stein approached former National Security Advisor Jake Sullivan with his question, “When you frame war in matters of theology, when you have the president mocking Islam in his tweets or Truth Social posts, how does that play with the leadership of Iran? How will they view this war when you have the defense secretary talking like that?” Sullivan answered, “Well, it does two things. First, in a way, it plays into their hands because these guys are theocrats themselves. And so the idea of having a holy war against the Great Satan, the United States, and the Little Satan, Israel, is core to their identity and core to their argument, to their own people who they were just mowing down. ‘You’ve got to back us in this holy war.’ So it really plays on the turf of the Iranian mullahs and clerics.”

MS NOW host Joe Scarborough added, “The continued deification, to follow up on what Jake said, and having people coming in — scam preachers, phony preachers saying Donald Trump is Jesus Christ is grotesque…every single day. Jake’s exactly right — they are turning this into a crusade. They are literally playing right into Iran’s hands, right into the Revolutionary Guards’ hands.” Former president of the Council on Foreign Relations Richard Haas replied, “Absolutely. And again, it works against the idea of compromise. For the Iranians this has become an existential conflict. For us, this is a limited conflict. It’s very hard to prevail in a limited conflict when you’re up against someone who basically feels if they lose, they’re gone.” As Lawrence Wright wrote in his novel, ‘The End of October,’ “Reverence for Life affords me my fundamental principle of morality, namely, that good consists in maintaining, assisting, and enhancing life, and that to destroy, to harm or to hinder life is evil. When good people do good, and evil people do evil, it is not surprising. But when good people do evil, it takes religion to do that.”

Instead of shrinking from the idea that there is a religious aspect to the Iran “excursion,” US administration leaders are leaning into it, invoking God and promising fire and brimstone, once again, for Iran’s civil society if its leaders do not buckle to US demands. A reporter asked Trump if he thinks God supports the US in the war. “I do, because God is good, and God wants to see people taken care of,” Trump said, adding that neither he nor God “like what’s happening.” In Trump’s mind, he may think God is on his side, but international law is not if he carries out the threat to bomb bridges and power plants, which is a war crime by targeting a civilian population. Trump apologist and Representative Russell Fry of South Carolina explained to Fox Business why the GOP-controlled Congress refuses to do its job and rein in the Iran war. “Congress, right now, certainly has an obligation in some ways to assist in matters of international importance, but to micromanage the president with 535 CEOs of the country doesn’t make sense to me — doesn’t make sense to the American people.” What a low IQ, failing, loser of an answer, eh?!!

And this just in from satirist Andy Borowitz, dateline Tehran: “In a major setback for Donald J. Trump, Iran announced that the Strait of Hormuz will be closed the next two years for renovations. The Strait of Hormuz board also approved a plan to put Mojtaba Khamenei’s name on the renovated waterway. ‘The Khamenei Strait of Hormuz will be the biggest and most beautiful trade chokepoint EVER!,’ the ayatollah announced in a social media post. In the same post, he indicated that the renovated strait would have a ‘world-class tollbooth’ fitted with marble armrests ‘unlike anything ever done or seen before.‘”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

Dateline: April 23, 2026

Sometimes I open the book with an agenda, other times, I just randomly flip through until something catches my eye. Who could resist “Squabble Hollow“, the former name of Glen Canyon, and a much more prosaic label? As the entry below demonstrates, there was substantial reason for the name to stick. There was even a company named the “Squabble Hollow Mining Company”. Curiously, although the clipping mentioned in the last sentence references an 1885 decision by the County Board of Supervisors to rename it Glen Canyon, an article from 1950 cited earlier in the entry, states that it was known as Squabble Hollow “until recent years”. Clark offers no explanation for the discrepancy. Perhaps another example of informal nomenclature being preserved by hyper-local culture over official names? I wonder how many current Glen Canyon residents are aware of the colorful history of their area. If the term has somehow survived into the modern day, or any locals can attest to their elders referring to it as such, I’d of course love to hear about that!


The source referenced in the last sentence, “Rowland Scrapbook”, caught my eye. Clark of course documents all of his sources, even from whom he heard about them (in this case, the indomitable local historian Sandy Lydon), so it turns out these are the legacy of Leon Rowland (1884-1952), who, according to the Santa Cruz County History wiki, was “a local-history columnist and reporter, mainly for the Santa Cruz Sentinel.” Leon is most famous, in contemporary times, for the post-humous collection, “Santa Cruz: The Early Years, the Collected Historical Writings of Leon Rowland” published in 1980 by Paper Vision Press (a name locals will of course recognize) with an introduction by Sandy Lydon (sometimes it is just referred to as “Santa Cruz: The Early Years”. I managed to find a review, published in [Volume 60, Issue 2 (July 1981)] written by one David A. Williams, professor Emeritus, History, CSLUB, who colorfully describes Rowland as “a veteran of the newspaper game, a man who had written millions of words and in the process had become a past master at the art of digging out the relevant facts, assembling them into a coherent package, and presenting them in clear, readable prose.” Whew!

The house he and his wife shared (she apparently outlived him by at least 25 years) has a [historical marker] on it. The marker lists both of them as “Santa Cruz Historians” and the residence dates as 1929 (when Rowland moved to Santa Cruz) to 1977 (presumably when she died). I can only find one reference validating her role as a historian: an [oral history] taken in 1977 by Faye Ellis, where she recounts the tumultuous story of one Harry Love’s life, 1818-1868.

Folger

A former name for Glen Canyon.

[John Henry] Brown was, according to legend of the times, “a little too addicted to alcohol for his own good,” and as such frequently in trouble with his neighbors which fact gave to his environs the title of Squabble Hollow, by which Glen Canyon was known until recent years.’–Riptide, October 19, 1950.

According to other writers the troubles centered around boundary disputes.

“It was the reported scene of a feud over property boundaries between the Webber and J. H. Brown families.”–Scotts Valley Banner, March 4, 1981. The date that the canyon acquired the name of Squabble Hollow is uncertain, but it must have been well established by 1856 when the Squabble Hollow Mining Company filed a claim with the county recorder on May 15, 1856 described as: “Commencing at an alder tree on the creek known as Squabble Hollow creek, on the left side and being more or less 150 yards above the bridge known as Blackburn bridge, thence up said creek northerly 100 yards to a marked redwood tree, thence easterly 500 yards through George Kittleman’s oat field, thence 100 yards to a stake near Blackburn’s creek and thence to place of beginning.”

In 1875, in Paulson’s Handbook, Squabble Hollow was given as a business address for a farmer, a teamster, and two woodsmen. Ten years later, the name was changed.

“The name and reputation of Squabble Hollow found no favor with its residents and in 1885 they appeared with a petition before the county supervisors who officially changed its designation to Glen Canyon.”–(from an unidentified clipping in Rowland Scrapbook, p.268).

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Statistics”

“Like dreams, statistics are a form of wish fulfillment.”
~Jean Baudrillard

“The Government are very keen on amassing statistics – they collect them, add them, raise them to the nth power, take the cube root and prepare wonderful diagrams.”
~Josiah Stamp

“There are two kinds of statistics, the kind you look up and the kind you make up.”
~Rex Stout

“You cannot feed the hungry on statistics.”
~Heinrich Heine

“Statistics show that of those who contract the habit of eating, very few survive.”
~George Bernard Shaw

MORE LIES, DAMN LIES, AND STATISTICS… No Fluff Academy has these little pieces on things like algebra, calculus, macroeconomics, and more. This one is on statistics, and I kinda love it. I appreciate when people get that “explain it like I’m 5” is not the same as “explain it like I’m stupid”…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice as soon as the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

April 15 – 21, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… campaigning, back soon… Steinbruner… out this week… Hayes… The Upcoming Fire… Patton… Apology Time… Matlock… image laundering…going rogue…rearview coverup… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… proof?… Quotes on… “Lies”

...

NEW LEAF MARKET-BANK OF ITALY-BANK OF AMERICA BUILDING. Chase’s Sidewalk Guide says this “1929 zig-zag Moderne building” was desdigned by Henry A. Minton. In 1977 it won a preservation battle and Thacher and Thompson adapted it for New Leaf Market. Before it was built there was a two story building there that contained the Santa Cruz Surf’s pressroom and a Buddhist Church presided by Swami Mazzanandi.

photo credit: Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: April 16, 2026

COMPARED TO LAST WEEK, I don’t have much to report on. It’s hard to beat a huge fireworks show, after all… We have a short crew this time around, but will be back in full force soon!

Do enjoy, and have the best time!


~Webmistress

...

STRANGER THINGS (final season). Netflix. Series. (9.3 IMDb) ****

Final season, and once again Will Byers gets absolutely brain-fracked. For the uninitiated: Stranger Things is steeped in the early ’80s, following a quartet of young teens (I was all of 20 when it’s set) doing the usual – playing D&D, blasting a killer soundtrack, biking everywhere unsupervised… and occasionally getting snatched by nightmare creatures from the Upside Down, a vine-choked mirror of their hometown.

They cross paths with Eleven (Millie Bobby Brown), a runaway lab experiment with psychic powers and a deep love of Eggos. From there: more Upside Down lore, bigger and nastier villains, government conspiracies, a mall food court leveled, peak ’80s fashion, coming out, and a truly unfair amount of trauma for poor Will. Season 5 breaks up the cast in teams who each have their own stories – this season Linda “Sarah Conner” Hamilton pops up to give Vecna a run for his money as a “big bad”. Mike’s little sister gets dragged into things, and his mom finally gets to shine as a badass. It neatly cleans up all the loose threads. It’s both satisfying and a little sad to see it end – but no worries, the Duffer Brothers already have more Strangerverse on the way. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

PROJECT HAIL MARY. In theatres. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ***-

This is hard-science sci-fi that blends in laughs without undercutting the tension. Ryan Gosling – somehow I’d never really noticed him before, sort of Arthur Davrill – plays Ryland Grace, a middle-school science teacher turned astronaut, who wakes up alone on a spaceship light-years from home with zero memory of why he’s there. Slowly, he pieces together that Earth’s survival literally hangs on him – and then he meets an alien whose planet is in just as much trouble. Cue the odd-couple science team: two species, zero common language, and enough physics to make your head spin. Gosling is charmingly competent, the alien is nicely alien (not just a guy in a weird forehead prosthetic), and while the story feels a lot like The Martian, it’s a solid high-stakes ride. I enjoyed it, even with the odd shortcomings. Running 2:36, it didn’t really lag. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE PITT. Hulu, Max. Series. (8.97 IMDb) ***-
Noah Wyle is back in the ER… can George Clooney be far behind?

Set in a brutally busy Pittsburgh ER, a grizzled Wyle leads a rotating pack of residents, interns, and students through near–real-time shifts (one episode = one hour, one season = one day). The writing is sharp, the characters click, and the show pulls no punches on nudity or bodily damage—approach with caution, but it’s worth it. Season two is still rolling out weekly. Now with more ICE!
~Sarge

SCARPETTA. Prime. Series. (5.9 IMDb) **-

This series is about a noted Medical Examiner (Kidman) investigating a murder tied to a string of killings from 25 years ago.

Wait—no. It’s about sibling rivalry that apparently has no expiration date (Kidman/Curtis).

Then again, it’s about the adult niece of a Medical Examiner who can’t let go of her deceased wife and builds an AI replacement.

Any one of these might’ve made for an interesting series—just not all at once. Good cast, so-so mystery, and way too much going on. Pick a lane.

~Sarge

A MURDER BETWEEN FRIENDS. Prime. Movie. (3.5 IMDb) ***-

Half a point for being in focus. Joan Collins fronting for a series – at least according to the end card. Six… “people,” I guess… reunite at an Airbnb “castle” owned by a legendary mystery writer, played by Joan Collins. One of them ends up floating in the hot tub. That’s about it.

Everyone treats Joan Collins as a full-blown Mary Sue: “You’re a great mystery writer – we should all listen to you.” What does she actually do? Watch security cameras that most of the cast already know about, while they continue misbehaving anyway.

It’s embarrassing to watch, especially since I’m reasonably sure she bankrolled it. Not worth a watch. Stand well back. Mind the gap. Go watch “Agatha Christie’s 7 Dials” on Netflix.

~Sarge

THE LAST KIDS ON EARTH. Netflix. Series (1hr pilot). (7.2 IMDb) ***
This largely bloodless animated series began with a pilot-style special and ran for two seasons. It’s based on the children’s book series by Max Brallier, with character designs inspired by the illustrations of Douglas Holgate.

The story follows orphan Jack Sullivan as he adjusts to life after an invasion of extra-dimensional monsters and a zombie apocalypse. He soon bands together with a scrappy group of kids who missed the evacuation – along with a loyal monster-dog – forming their own ragtag survival team.

Aimed primarily at the 8–12 crowd, the show still has enough sharp humor and creature-feature flair to entertain adults. The voice cast includes Nick Wolfhard (brother of Finn), Mark Hamill, Keith David, Catherine O’Hara, and Rosario Dawson. Worth a watch – with or without your kids.
~Sarge

AGATHA CHRISTIE’S SEVEN DIALS. Netflix. Series. (6.2 IMDb) **-

There have been a fair few non-Poirot/Marple adaptations recently, and this is certainly one of them.

The cast is solid – Martin Freeman is great, and Mia McKenna-Bruce really shines in the lead role (though Helena Bonham Carter kind of phones in a stock twitchy character). The film doesn’t quite hook you into the mystery, though. It’s not slow, just… not all that engaging. The highlight for me was definitely Mia jumping out of a window to dodge a wedding proposal. On the plus side, it’s only 3 episodes. Many clocks.

It’s probably worth a watch if you’re looking for something to pass the time before the next episode of your favorite show drops.

~Sarge

THE MUPPET SHOW. Disney+. Series. (8.4 IMDb) ****
Or, as I like to think of it, ANTI-MELANIA. They both star a woman who is completely self-obsessed, clinging to a less attractive mate’s position: I mean, of course, the return of … THE MUPPET SHOW!

That’s right, the same old gang at the same old theatre. Minus the legendary Jim Henson and Frank Oz (who is still alive, at time of writing), it actually defies the concern of losing the magic – it’s almost like it never ended. Which is a good thing. Only one episode so far, but it’s off to a good start. Worth a watch!

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

Gillian will be back soon!

Greensite4Mayor.org
Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Back soon, and in the meantime:
 
MAKE ONE CALL. WRITE ONE LETTER. TAKE A WALK IN A PLACE THAT YOU LOVE AND ENJOY THE DAY.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

 
Cheers, 
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
The Upcoming Fire

How do you know if a catastrophic fire is coming? If you live around the Monterey Bay, the answer is not ‘if’ but ‘when?’ Here’s another piece of not-news: you can’t rely on the historic fire return interval to inform the ‘when’ part of the question. Best bet: plan on it coming this summer…are you ready?

Mechanisms

Several things add up to catastrophic wildfire: heat, drought, ignition and wind chief among them. I collected temperature data at 900′ elevation near Davenport from 2008-2020, when the CZU Lightning Complex Fire ate up my data loggers. That first decade had an average of 3 hours above 94F per year and an equal number of hours below 34F.  In 2019 and 2020, there were days and days above 94F with a stretch of many hours above 100F. Since then, we have regularly had heat waves for many days in the mid-90s. It seems to be getting hotter. March 2026 was the warmest March on record across the USA and the driest in most Californians’ lifetimes. Drought fuels wildfires by killing vegetation. In the shrublands and forests, drought kills back portions of plants, making the worst kind of wildfire fuel: dead woody vegetation. Add lots of dead stuff to the heat waves and you have half of the equation for wildfire. Next, we need some source of flame and then wind to feed the flames some oxygen and push the fire along. Wildfire ignition used to be caused by automobiles and backyard barbecue accidents. More recently, it is caused by remnants of summertime hurricanes. With human-caused greenhouse gas emissions filling the skies, the warmer planet holds more moisture aloft and the atmosphere becomes more energy-charged: hurricanes become more frequent and stronger. Recently, pieces of these hurricanes are sweeping from south to north up California during our dry-dry, hot-hot summers. Lightning starts the fires and the hurricane-originated winds get them going.

Directions

Directionality is meaningful for a few wildfire reasons: fire spread and escape routes. Firefighters still rely on historic fire data to predict how fires spread. In Santa Cruz County, it is been from north to south. Because vegetation is moister closer to the ocean, wildfire tends to calm a bit when getting close to the sea, “until it doesn’t” (firefighter joke).

More importantly, plotting an exit strategy is important…even in town. Recent bumper sticker sighting: “nothing ends well when it involves a getaway car.” If you live in town, you’ll need to think about how to flee wildfire on foot or bicycle because chances are there will be too much traffic to get out otherwise. Rural roads are much the same. Take home message: get out quickly when there’s an evacuation order. But how? To where? Do you know where you would go and how you would get there? Plan now!

Go Bag!

Too often, people are delayed in escaping wildfire because of their ‘stuff.’ Do you like ‘stuff?’ Most people do, but which stuff do you really need if, say, all the rest of your stuff is going to burn up in a wildfire? If you have 15 minutes to leave your house, how much of your stuff can you organize enough to fit in your car? Maybe don’t wait for that moment to come. Here’s a link to CALFIRE’s ‘Go Bag’ website replete with a well-informed list of what to take.

Preparing Your Home

Where I live out in the country, my neighbors report having to commit 4 hours a week, year-round, to protecting their homes from wildfire. We do pretty well in the preparation, judging from 2 wildfires and what structures survived. That’s 100′ radius all around every structure that needs vegetation management. That’s more than three quarters of an acre and an acre of vegetation production per year, dried bone dry, is at least 2 tons: lots to manage! Wait a year and do even more! No dead vegetation shall exist in that zone or else it will burn and threaten your home. The Zone 0 recommendation is for the 0 to 5 feet from the exterior wall of your house: not only no dead vegetation but also nothing else that could possibly burn – no cardboard boxes, wood chips, piles of leaves, etc. Speaking of leaves, time to clean off the roof and clean out the gutters! Something oft overlooked: wooden fences or gates that join the house wall – that’s continuous fuel…a wick…a fuse! Replace at least the final section up against the house with inflammable something.

Air Filters

One last thing that would behoove you to prepare for the upcoming wildfire season: air filter reminder! We can be miles and miles from the nearest wildfire but still suffer from the smoke. Inevitably, there’s a run on air filters right then. Don’t be one of those people. The time to save your lungs is now when air filters are available. Studies have indicated that wildfire smoke inhalation has major deleterious health effects…that are avoidable if you seal your house well, stay inside, and run an air filter when (not if) the wildfire smoke comes. Check for smoke ratings and have some backup filters handy for the occasion.

Remember: Only YOU can prepare YOU for wildfires (and vote for those most dedicated to real climate change solutions!)

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, April 14, 2026

From An Article In The New York Times

By engaging in a war of choice in a critical region for global trade and utterly ignoring the probable consequences for the economies of its closest allies, the Trump administration has destroyed the legitimacy of American power,” asserted Anatol Lieven of the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft.

What do I say to this assertion?

TRUE!

The United States of America (actually, our current president, acting as though he, as president, was entitled to make an individual decision that the United States should go to war) has made a huge and consequential mistake.

When someone (an individual or a nation) makes a mistake, the responsible party needs to apologize. And to be effective, an apology needs to be more than simply “verbal.” The apology needs to be accompanied by some sort of action that fully acknowledges the error made, and that demonstrates an effort to show genuine remorse, and some significant effort to set things right.

We, the people of the United States, are bearing the responsibility for the mistake made by our current president. I don’t think there is a way to set things right without an apology accompanied by doing something to make clear that we, the citizens of the United States, do fully understand and apologize for what has been done.

Our Constitution provides a couple of ways for the nation to make such an apology, in a manner that would have a chance, at least, of being accepted by the nations of the world (and particularly our “friends,” our “allies,” those whom have been so dramatically impacted by what has been done).

Who can take such an action? First, our current president’s Cabinet.

Second, The Congress of The United States of America.

Absent action by the Cabinet, there isn’t a way to make the right kind of apology, other than by Congressional action. If the nation wants to recapture the “legitimacy” of our conduct affecting the world, Congress must take action, and “partisan” votes are not going to do the trick.

Action!

Promptly Undertaken!

That might have a chance.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
SURPRISE, NEW YORK PARTY, GENOCIDAL MANIAC, HOSTAGE VIDEO

Back in the news this week — the Epstein Report — as a result of a random press conference called by First Lady Melania Trump, a surprise for everyone including the president himself who claimed to know nothing about it. As Joanna Coles writes on Substack, “Melania Trump, last seen smiling alongside the Easter bunny, emerged briefly on Thursday from her gilded witness protection program to issue a statement about Jeffrey Epstein. Why now? Her documentary ‘Melania,’ a long and frictionless Instagram exercise in image laundering, offered the perfect, hermetically sealed environment to address any lingering questions about proximity, rumor, or denial. A captive audience, a sympathetic frame, and not a whisper of Epstein. One might think the omission was the point.”

Melania’s White House statement denying ties to Jeffrey Epstein and knowledge of his crimes, and calling for a congressional hearing for survivors allowing them to testify before lawmakers and have their stories entered into the congressional record, comes at a time when President Trump and his administration had finally succeeded in moving beyond the controversy with the Iran “excursion” dominating headlines. While lawmakers had complained at the limited release last month of files by the Justice Department, the agency said more time was needed for review to ensure no sensitive information about victims was released. The First Lady didn’t waste any of her time defending her husband, and the White House was blindsided with her admitting that she had partied with Epstein and Ghislaine Maxwell in New York in 1998. Journalist Aaron Rupar wrote on X, “I am not sure why Melania Trump decided to make a statement about Jeffrey Epstein seemingly out of nowhere today, but if the idea was to put the ongoing coverup in the rearview mirror it will backfire spectacularly.”

She denied being a victim of Epstein, to which research paralegal and progressive commentator, RJ Riley, posted on X: “Again, no one asked you if you were Epstein’s victim. That’s a deflection. The actual question is why you and your husband were, at MINIMUM, embedded in the same elite party circuit as a known predator for years, praised him publicly, and only distanced himself after Epstein became radioactive. That’s not chance. So no, a self-written book isn’t evidence, it’s clean up.” Paul Kavanagh, a columnist at the Scottish publication, The National, posted on Bluesky: “Melania Trump is talking about Epstein in order to distract from the Iran war her husband started in order to distract from Epstein.” David Rothkopf on The Daily Beast speculates that Donald Trump has apparently decided that being heavily linked to a notorious sex trafficker, while bad enough to make him want to start a war to distract from it, is not as bad as being seen as a genocidal maniac, behaving like Hitler.

Rothkopf goes on to say that suggesting the president’s wife never had a relationship with Maxwell, seems a stretch, since the internet is flooded with images of the First Lady looking very cozy with Epstein and Maxwell, which raises the questions about her intervention — why? And why now? Is there a pending legal matter in which she is involved? It seems that she would be unable to commandeer the White House stage without approval of and support of the president’s staff, and why would they condone it? Especially in light of Pam Bondi’s firing, she being unable to make the story go away. As delicious as the possibility of Melania’s going rogue may seem, Rothkopf says that is very unlikely since it took place at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue; and he leaves us with the choices of believing the president decided to place Epstein center-stage, or that he was blindsided by his wife because he is the old guy who is no more aware of, or in control of, what goes on in the White House than he is of anything else at the moment.

Jimmy Kimmel, on his show, says that Melania might have highlighted the Epstein scandal out of sheer resentment towards her husband, saying, “He spent the past six weeks trying to bomb this Epstein story out of the headlines. Two days after the ceasefire, she puts it right back on top. She must really hate him. I don’t know how else to explain it. For whatever reason, she didn’t ask. She didn’t give a heads up. She just went right out in front of the cameras and fired away.” To Melania’s demand that lies and rumors about her “cease today,” he ponders if ‘tomorrow’ would be okay, since he needs to catch up on what her concerns are. Melania declared that she is not Epstein’s victim, but Kimmel insisted she meant, “I am my husband’s victim,” and theorizing that the 5+ minute speech was the same one Donald gave to her after the Stormy Daniels brouhaha erupted. Political scientist, Professor Kristoffer Ealy, wrote on Lincon Square, “She spoke for five minutes, reading from a prepared statement, plugged her book, told Congress what investigations to conduct, and walked away without taking a single question. A press conference where you don’t take questions isn’t a press conference — that’s a hostage video with better lighting.

Ealy goes on: “I want to be very clear about something before we go any further. I do not believe this woman. I have not believed this woman for a long time. And it is not because of anything Jeffrey Epstein-related. It is because I have been watching Melania Trump operate for the better part of fifteen years, and what I have observed is a person who lies the way most people breathe — reflexively, efficiently, and without apparent discomfort. The difference between Melania Trump lying and Melania Trump telling the truth is not something you merely hear. It is something you feel. It settles in the room like humidity. And what settled into the White House Grand Foyer on April 9, 2026 was very, very familiar. The media will spend the next several days debating whether her denial was credible. I am not interested in that debate. I am interested in the record. Because the record is long, it is documented, and it has more receipts than a Whole Foods on a Saturday afternoon.”

On The Hartmann ReportThom Hartmann asks “when will the other Melania shoe drop?” He says the great mystery this week, is why Melania Trump would go on TV from the White House and pull a ‘Richard “I am not a crook” Nixon’ for no apparent reason. “That didn’t work out well for Nixon, and it’s unlikely her demands will do anything other than fuel more speculation and a faster circulation of her nudie pictures and photos of her and Jeffrey Epstein. Speculations about what provoked her, run from a woman close to threatening to ‘expose’ her ‘pedophile’ husband, to the possibility of a new book release claiming Melania and Epstein were once involved, to weird theories that Trump asked her to do it to distract from the Iran debacle,” writes Hartmann. “Something very, very weird is going on with this couple (if you could call two people who live and sleep separately a couple). But then, if you were married to Trump, wouldn’t you be a bit on edge, too?

As expected, NBC’s Saturday Night Live’s cold opening ripped into the Melania speech, with two regulars portraying the First Couple in a phone conversation. Melania has called her husband to warn him about her bombshell press conference, saying, “I decided I should do a big random speech completely out of nowhere and say, ‘I am not Epstein’s victim.’ Is that good?” The president replies, “Darling, I gotta admit that sounds a little insane. Who are you…me? Melania, I’d really love to talk to you more, but I have a meeting with, uh, Ronald Reagan.

Oliver Willis, on Daily Kos, provides some details on Melania Trump’s standing in this country, with polling showing the First Lady is netting some of the lowest approval ratings in US history. Despite the White House-backed documentary, ‘Melania,’ which attempted to promote her image around the world, a CNN poll last month showed her favorability rating standing at a -12, a drop from the +3 she had upon her return to the White House in January 2025. This contrasts with second-term First Ladies Michelle Obama and Laura Bush who had a +42 rating, while Nancy Reagan netted a +50; and even Hillary Clinton, who suffered slings and arrows for most of her public life, garnered a +25. CNN data analyst, Harry Enten, notes, “Melania Trump is breaking records in the way that you don’t want to break records — historically awful. The American people don’t really care for her.”

The ‘Melania‘ documentary, costing billionaire Jeff Bezos $75 million, has a 10% rating on Rotten Tomatoes, and is regarded as “shallow, sycophantic and absent a single unguarded moment, a near-two-hour infomercial disguised as a documentary,’ says reviewer Peter Travers. The First Lady’s recent activities might explain her poor standing, starting with her walking with a robot at the White House, touting use of A.I. in education. “This is exactly what Big Tech wants to create: a sense of a society being led by and taught by robots, displacing all of who we are, starting with education,” says AFT President Randi Weingarten. Melania’s recent chairing of a United Nations session on ‘children in conflict’ was frowned upon, in particular for her husband’s Iran war bombing of a school in which 168 children lost their lives. The administration has been blamed for traumatizing children in its anti-immigrant activities and the attacks on LGBTQ+ rights. Oliver Willis writes that Melania’s poor ratings only echo the low ratings she held upon exiting the White House in January 2021, and that historically, unpopular presidents have been unable to rely on public support for first ladies, even while dealing with political headwinds of their own. Donald Trump has had no such luck — his wife is disliked just as much as he is.

With less than 20% of Americans identifying as MAGA Republicans, they continue to support nearly every decision President Donald Trump makes, yet his “contempt” for his most loyal supporters “is getting worse,” argues writer Amanda Marcotte on Substack. “To Trump and his top brass, like JD Vance, feeling like they owe anything to anybody, especially the red-hat yokels who got them into office, is insulting,” she writes. “Their resentment at their own voters for actually expecting results is getting worse, and that’s starting to be reflected in policy choices.” Trump’s deployment of Immigration and Customs Enforcement agents in the nation’s airports to supposedly alleviate staffing shortages sparked by the partial government shutdown also impacts MAGA voters — after all, Trump voters fly, too!

Marcotte says that more revealing, and aggravating, was Trump’s response to questions about rising gas prices, which should have been a predictable outcome once war against Iran was initiated. “Trump and even the Vice President can’t help but sneer with annoyance each time they are asked to care about skyrocketing prices at the pump,” says Marcotte. “Trump even tried to spin that as a good thing, claiming that ‘we make a lot of money’ when gas prices go up. Of course, that ‘we’ does not include approximately 99% of Americans, so he’s basically just telling the rest of us we don’t matter. Including his own voters.” Marcotte’s conclusion? “I think Trump and the rest of the White House really do hate Americans. They view the majority who don’t support the MAGA agenda as bratty liberals who need to be squashed into silence. But they also hold most Trump voters in contempt, seeing them as easily duped morons — which is hard to argue with, honestly!

SFGate columnist, Drew Magary, launched a diatribe against Trump and his war last week, following the TACO president’s chickening-out on destroying the Iranian nation. He congratulates the Iranians for calling Trump’s bluff, and is thankful that we are all still here, though it got a bit dicey. A two-week ceasefire was agreed upon, although things have been iffy, and with JD Vance’s 21-hour negotiations with Iran falling through — provoked by the White House — everything is drifting back to square one. Magary says Trump believed Israeli PM Netanyahu’s pitch that a war would be a cakewalk, even after “human footstool” and Secretary of State Marco Rubio called the plan “b.s.” Every war at its core is a self-inflicted wound, Trump’s wound so wide that the Artemis crew could see it from the dark side of the moon — a decisive loss for the US, with Magary hoping it portends many electoral losses for the orchestrators.

Hawkish politicians who kept the Iranian bogeyman alive for half a century were waiting for a useful idiot to occupy the Oval Office to make the war happen — enter Donald Trump — the best and last chance to make war a reality. Netanyahu convinced Trump that Iran would fold in short order, and that he could seize the Strait of Hormuz, with Iranians greeting the US as liberators — shades of Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld! Didn’t happen! Mojtaba Khamenei took control of everything, gas prices soared, global markets went haywire, and the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps began to charge nations to use the strait, which was free until Trump went off the deep end. Easter Sunday saw Trump screaming curses, throwing a hissy fit, throwing insulting names, and threatening to destroy the entire civilization — no matter that the US was getting low on munitions! Then Russia and China backed Iran, knowing a winner when they see one, as Iran dared Trump to blink. He did so, Iran winning the PR campaign, withTrump complaining the Strait of Hormuz is closed, yet is somehow open. Go figure.

Initially, the administration said Iran could keep its nuclear weapons program, as Trump tried to fish the Obama agreement out of the toilet, but that was transitioned in JD Vance’s negotiations, so expect the sound of flushing once again. As part of the ceasefire agreement, Iran might have received punitive damages from the US for bombing destruction, and with Trump’s negotiating acumen, Iran probably could have gotten Alaska thrown in had they wanted it. Magary accuses Trump of starting this “excursion” for no reason at all, quickly found himself in over his head, then tried to skulk away from it, while the country is stuck with skyrocketing gas bills and a nosediving stock market. Magary says he is outraged and mortified, and is sick to death of living in a country with a ruling party stupid enough to think this war was a good idea, especially when every war in his lifetime has been an unmitigated failure. “I’m sick of the fact that threats of a nuclear holocaust are now routine because our president is a terrorist who has a bowl of oatmeal for a brain. I’m sick of our military professionals having to take orders from politicians who have no idea what they’re doing. And I’m sick of the United States being run by a bunch of absolute losers. Trump lost this war. I hope that, one day soon, he loses everything else,” concludes Magary.

The last word belongs to satirist Andy Borowitz, datelined Tehran: “In its first act of goodwill since the declaration of a ceasefire, on Wednesday Iran permitted a container ship loaded with copies of the Epstein files to pass through the Strait of Hormuz. ‘In recent weeks, the closure of the Strait has cut off the world’s supply of Epstein files,’ and Iranian government statement read. ‘Now, those files will flow freely to the four corners of the globe.’ Although Iran is charging vessels millions for safe passage through the Strait, ‘We are sending the Epstein files through free of charge,’ the statement indicated. The Iranians said they had taken Donald J. Trump’s threat to destroy their civilization ‘very seriously,’ noting, ‘We see what he’s already done to American civilization.‘”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

Dateline: April 10, 2026

Did you know that Santa Cruz has a direct connection to the Folger coffee family? James Athearn Folger II, the owner of J.A. Folger’s Coffee Company, was also a director of the Ocean Shore Railroad, along which the proposed town of “Folger” was to be located. Santa Cruz Trains (an excellent web site for local railroad related history) has an extensive write up on the prospective town of “Folger”, with a map illustrating the intended layout (Clark’s book is cited as a source for the article, by the way).


Former railroad stations live on in place names all over Santa Cruz County, you’ll see references to them scattered all throughout Clark’s book. The Santa Cruz Trains website has a wealth of related historical information (as with this week’s column). It’s amazing to see how many railroads have been operated in this county at one point or another; their history dates back to 1860. If you’re at all interested in Santa Cruz history, you should definitely check it out!

Folger

A former “station” on the Ocean Shore Railroad between Scott Junction and Swanton. Sections 19 & 20, T10S, R3W. The projected town of Folger was laid out by the Shore Line Investment Company in 1908, but never amounted to more than a very small settlement serving as the center for the lumber industry that developed around Little Creek. It was named for J. A. Folger, the so-called “coffee king” of San Francisco, who was the first vice-president of the Ocean Shore Railroad.

At the time he was also the president of J. A. Folger & company, one of the largest and oldest mercantile enterprises on the Pacific Coast…. Outside of his own business Mr. Folger had been personally connected with some of the most important businesses in California and had for years been a leading and public-spirited citizen…. Although Mr. Folger was known as a shrewd and conservative businessman with a long and successful career, it was only natural that he would be one of the enthusiastic investors and officers of anything as dramatic as a new railroad–Wagner (1974, p.17).

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Lies”

“The truth has no defense against a fool determined to believe a lie.”
~Mark Twain

“People never lie so much as after a hunt, during a war or before an election.”
~Otto von Bismarck

“A lie told often enough becomes the truth.”
~Vladimir Lenin

“A lie gets halfway around the world before the truth has a chance to get its pants on.”
~Winston Churchill

“In politics, a lie unanswered becomes truth within 24 hours.”
~Willie Brown

LIES, DAMN LIES, AND STATISTICS… With enough random data points, you can “prove” almost anything…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

April 8 – 14, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… with more on the campaign trail… Steinbruner… BESS… new aquatic center?… RIP Al Hughes… Hayes… Getting to Know Your Place… Patton… The Politics Of Presence… Matlock… morale…crucified…theatrics…infiltration… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… crowds and the point of no return… Quotes on… “Crowds”

...

EARLIEST PHOTO OF DOWNTOWN SANTA CRUZ. This was taken around 1859. It is of course what we now call Pacific, Front, and Mission streets with that Jamba Juice, US Post office and stuff there now. Back then it was Willow, Front and Main Streets.

US Army photo
Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: April 12, 2026

WHEN SHIT YOU DO ENDS UP IN THE NEWS… You can’t have missed that I do fireworks, pretty much any time I can. The company I work with is Pyro Spectaculars by Souza, and we do shows all over the Bay Area, in Hawaii, and in New York. You may have seen the Macy’s 4th of July Fireworks on TV…? Yeah, that’s us 🙂 We’re doing 4th of July in San Francisco this year, and I can’t wait!

Why do I mention this, you ask? Well, this past weekend, Saturday to be specific, CSI (a software company) had a big party in the city and booked us for a fireworks show. It was a BIG show that took 2 days to set up, and then made the news when it went off Saturday night. I’m including a video for you right here. It’s taken from a boat, 800 feet or so from the barge that the fireworks were on. Enjoy the spectacle! It’s from a vantage point most people don’t get. See you in a few days!


~Webmistress

...

STRANGER THINGS (final season). Netflix. Series. (9.3 IMDb) ****

Final season, and once again Will Byers gets absolutely brain-fracked. For the uninitiated: Stranger Things is steeped in the early ’80s, following a quartet of young teens (I was all of 20 when it’s set) doing the usual – playing D&D, blasting a killer soundtrack, biking everywhere unsupervised… and occasionally getting snatched by nightmare creatures from the Upside Down, a vine-choked mirror of their hometown.

They cross paths with Eleven (Millie Bobby Brown), a runaway lab experiment with psychic powers and a deep love of Eggos. From there: more Upside Down lore, bigger and nastier villains, government conspiracies, a mall food court leveled, peak ’80s fashion, coming out, and a truly unfair amount of trauma for poor Will. Season 5 breaks up the cast in teams who each have their own stories – this season Linda “Sarah Conner” Hamilton pops up to give Vecna a run for his money as a “big bad”. Mike’s little sister gets dragged into things, and his mom finally gets to shine as a badass. It neatly cleans up all the loose threads. It’s both satisfying and a little sad to see it end – but no worries, the Duffer Brothers already have more Strangerverse on the way. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

PROJECT HAIL MARY. In theatres. Movie. (8.4 IMDb) ***-

This is hard-science sci-fi that blends in laughs without undercutting the tension. Ryan Gosling – somehow I’d never really noticed him before, sort of Arthur Davrill – plays Ryland Grace, a middle-school science teacher turned astronaut, who wakes up alone on a spaceship light-years from home with zero memory of why he’s there. Slowly, he pieces together that Earth’s survival literally hangs on him – and then he meets an alien whose planet is in just as much trouble. Cue the odd-couple science team: two species, zero common language, and enough physics to make your head spin. Gosling is charmingly competent, the alien is nicely alien (not just a guy in a weird forehead prosthetic), and while the story feels a lot like The Martian, it’s a solid high-stakes ride. I enjoyed it, even with the odd shortcomings. Running 2:36, it didn’t really lag. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE PITT. Hulu, Max. Series. (8.97 IMDb) ***-
Noah Wyle is back in the ER… can George Clooney be far behind?

Set in a brutally busy Pittsburgh ER, a grizzled Wyle leads a rotating pack of residents, interns, and students through near–real-time shifts (one episode = one hour, one season = one day). The writing is sharp, the characters click, and the show pulls no punches on nudity or bodily damage—approach with caution, but it’s worth it. Season two is still rolling out weekly. Now with more ICE!
~Sarge

SCARPETTA. Prime. Series. (5.9 IMDb) **-

This series is about a noted Medical Examiner (Kidman) investigating a murder tied to a string of killings from 25 years ago.

Wait—no. It’s about sibling rivalry that apparently has no expiration date (Kidman/Curtis).

Then again, it’s about the adult niece of a Medical Examiner who can’t let go of her deceased wife and builds an AI replacement.

Any one of these might’ve made for an interesting series—just not all at once. Good cast, so-so mystery, and way too much going on. Pick a lane.

~Sarge

A MURDER BETWEEN FRIENDS. Prime. Movie. (3.5 IMDb) ***-

Half a point for being in focus. Joan Collins fronting for a series – at least according to the end card. Six… “people,” I guess… reunite at an Airbnb “castle” owned by a legendary mystery writer, played by Joan Collins. One of them ends up floating in the hot tub. That’s about it.

Everyone treats Joan Collins as a full-blown Mary Sue: “You’re a great mystery writer – we should all listen to you.” What does she actually do? Watch security cameras that most of the cast already know about, while they continue misbehaving anyway.

It’s embarrassing to watch, especially since I’m reasonably sure she bankrolled it. Not worth a watch. Stand well back. Mind the gap. Go watch “Agatha Christie’s 7 Dials” on Netflix.

~Sarge

THE LAST KIDS ON EARTH. Netflix. Series (1hr pilot). (7.2 IMDb) ***
This largely bloodless animated series began with a pilot-style special and ran for two seasons. It’s based on the children’s book series by Max Brallier, with character designs inspired by the illustrations of Douglas Holgate.

The story follows orphan Jack Sullivan as he adjusts to life after an invasion of extra-dimensional monsters and a zombie apocalypse. He soon bands together with a scrappy group of kids who missed the evacuation – along with a loyal monster-dog – forming their own ragtag survival team.

Aimed primarily at the 8–12 crowd, the show still has enough sharp humor and creature-feature flair to entertain adults. The voice cast includes Nick Wolfhard (brother of Finn), Mark Hamill, Keith David, Catherine O’Hara, and Rosario Dawson. Worth a watch – with or without your kids.
~Sarge

AGATHA CHRISTIE’S SEVEN DIALS. Netflix. Series. (6.2 IMDb) **-

There have been a fair few non-Poirot/Marple adaptations recently, and this is certainly one of them.

The cast is solid – Martin Freeman is great, and Mia McKenna-Bruce really shines in the lead role (though Helena Bonham Carter kind of phones in a stock twitchy character). The film doesn’t quite hook you into the mystery, though. It’s not slow, just… not all that engaging. The highlight for me was definitely Mia jumping out of a window to dodge a wedding proposal. On the plus side, it’s only 3 episodes. Many clocks.

It’s probably worth a watch if you’re looking for something to pass the time before the next episode of your favorite show drops.

~Sarge

THE MUPPET SHOW. Disney+. Series. (8.4 IMDb) ****
Or, as I like to think of it, ANTI-MELANIA. They both star a woman who is completely self-obsessed, clinging to a less attractive mate’s position: I mean, of course, the return of … THE MUPPET SHOW!

That’s right, the same old gang at the same old theatre. Minus the legendary Jim Henson and Frank Oz (who is still alive, at time of writing), it actually defies the concern of losing the magic – it’s almost like it never ended. Which is a good thing. Only one episode so far, but it’s off to a good start. Worth a watch!

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

April 7, 2026

Notes from the Campaign Trail #3

The Democratic Women’s Club candidates’ forum was held last Saturday. Out of the five candidates running for mayor only one was absent, Ryan Coonerty. The only mayoral candidate endorsed by the Democratic Women’s Club was, Ryan Coonerty. You can interpret that decision any way you like. To me, it means that the fix was in.

I realize that the more than 50-year-old DWC is open to males and females and that only one of its long-buried aims is to further Democratic women in government. I also realize that the years when we thought it vital for women to share political power with men has faded; that women don’t inherently make better politicians than men but nonetheless, following four years of a male mayor (Fred Keeley) that yet another male was endorsed for mayor by the DWC, by all the political heavies, including all current city council members prior to any other candidates declaring their candidacy, suggests an indifference to the issue of sex.

Ironically, one of the DWC’s prepared questions asked of all candidates at the forum was: are you a good listener? How would you rate yourself on a scale on one to five? Give an example of your listening skills. I wonder just how carefully members of DWC are listening to the community? My reading of the community is that many, many people are fed up with all the overdevelopment. They feel, as I do, a deep sense of loss when long-time small businesses are bulldozed into oblivion and neighborhoods are overshadowed by big buildings out of all previous scale. Some enablers cite the guilt-tripping falsehood that “we’ve built no housing for the past 50 years” when the US Census shows the city built 11,000 housing units during that time. Others cite the misleading mantra that “we have no choice; this is mandated by the state” when the city approved double the state-required housing units for the last 8-year cycle and already has more than 4,000 housing units in line for the current 8-year cycle and we are only 3 years in.

So, the upcoming election is a watershed moment. Whether the city will be led deeper into an urban chic transformation with upscale entertainment districts, surfing reserves monetized, with open space” activated” depends at least partially on who politically leads the city. We have not seen much spine from the current city council in trying to preserve the familiar, the human scale, the funky, the low-key, the small businesses. When Economic Development refused to extend the lease for Andy’s Bait and Tackle Shop on the Wharf in 2012, I saw the writing on the wall.

If you want a fighter for the equivalent of Andy’s, then you need to support my campaign. Please check out my website at greensite4mayor.org. Volunteer to drop flyers in your neighborhood, ask for a yard sign, donate some $’s (yard signs are $11 each when made at a union shop and I’ll have no other). Don’t sit this one out. The future of our city is at stake.

Greensite4Mayor.org
Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
IS THIS ANOTHER BLUFF?

Maybe you read local news reports last week about New Leaf Energy / Sequoia Enerty LLC filing a pre-application with the California Energy Commission (CEC) for the grid-scale Seahawk Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) project in Watsonville’s working-class neighborhood. Is that such a horrible thing to have happen?  

Do you think it really WILL  happen….or is it a bluff to scare the County Board of Supervisors into buckling to the will of the developer?
 
New Leaf Energy may seek state approval for Minto Road BESS facility | The Pajaronian | Watsonville, CA

Note what Project developer says is the cause of this action:

The County Board of Supervisors in January approved a draft ordinance to regulate new large-scale battery energy storage systems in unincorporated areas, while maintaining local oversight.

Christian said  amendments added Jan. 13 by Board of Supervisors make the Seahawk project “nonviable.”

“Particularly, the requirement of an additional approval by the Board of Supervisors for the transfer of ownership for the project would create a significant hurdle to project financing and is also unprecedented in the energy sector,” Christian said.

Is New Leaf just throwing a tantrum because this requirement would inhibit them from flipping the business?
 
Also, please note the submissive, plaintive attitudes of Supervisor Felipe Hernandez, and PIO Jason Hoppin, mouthpiece for County Executive Officer Nicole Coburn:

Santa Cruz County Supervisor Felipe Hernandez, whose district includes much of Watsonville, called the move “disappointing.”

“We worked so hard on our ordinance to keep our community safe and maintain local control,” he said in a text message. “It’s the strongest BESS ordinance in the United States. We ensured it includes best practices and strong safeguards for our residents. Despite New Leaf considering to opt out, I’m hoping we can come to an agreement with several of the key safety items on the ordinance.”

County spokesman Jason Hoppin said officials have long recognized the possibility of a state review.

“We are hopeful that the CEC and New Leaf will incorporate elements of our proposed ordinance as the project moves forward,” he said in an email. “As originally conceived, the Board’s framework included some of the strongest fire, emergency response and environmental protections of any local ordinance, while helping facilitate a necessary transition to a carbon-free future.”

How can Supervisor Felipe Hernandez make the ludicrous statement that this County’s Draft BESS Ordinance is “the strongest in the United States”???? Is this his re-election narrative?

His claim is not supported by the 2025 US Dept. of Energy’s “Principles and Options for Designing Battery Energy Storage Zoning Ordinances”
 
The Santa Cruz County Draft BESS Ordinance fails to prohibit grid-scale BESS facilities in seismic or high fire-risk areas, unlike BESS ordinances of Solano County.  Battery Energy Storage Systems (BESS) Ordinances: Solano County CA Case StudyI

It also fails to prohibit risky flammable lithium battery technology, unlike the City of Vacaville’s BESS Ordinance. Amelia County, Virginia does not allow grid-scale BESS projects within ONE MILE of a residential (Village development) while Santa Cruz County would allow it with only a 100;setback. Beaumont, California’s Ordinance only allows BESS in areas zoned for manufacturing, and the same for the town of Islip, New York. Santa Cruz County;s BESS Ordinance has no such protective language.
 
Johnson County, Iowa is unique among jurisdictions surveyed in that it requires all power and communications lines that connect BESS to other structures or that connect BESS units to each other to be buried underground “to the extent feasible.”  (page 22 of the Analysis) Santa Cruz County fails to address this at all.

King George County, Virginia only allows grid-scale BESS in areas zoned for industrial use and facilities cannot be visible from any “street, use or building”.

Santa Cruz County fails to restrict grid-scale BESS projects to industrially-zoned areas, and makes no mention of visibility from adjacent residential or commercial areas.  In fact the Seahawk BESS Project at 90 Minto Road (whose developer is leading our County by the nose to exact what is needed to be permitted) is adjacent to the large working-class Diamond Estates subdivision and would be impose visual blight, high EMF and noise, not to mention risk of toxic plumes when thermal runaway occurs.
 

Most, but not all, county or city codes that address energy storage systems specify the zones in which BESS are permitted to be built. page 18  
 
However, Santa Cruz County’s Draft BESS Ordinance identifies only two areas to include in the Combining Zone Ordinance: 90 Minto Road in Watsonville, and parcels adjacent to the Rob Roy Substation just across Freedom Boulevard from Aptos High School. What about industrial zones, such as Substation and natural gas power plant near the Santa Cruz City Landfill on Dimeo Lane? Santa Cruz Energy | Landfill Gas Power Plant in Santa CRUZ, CA

The vast majority of BESS installations in the United States are still lithium-ion (EIA 2023). However, by adopting zoning ordinances that differentiate by technology based on the risk profile and community impacts of different technologies, local jurisdictions can stay ahead of the rapidly changing battery technology landscape and can also send signals to developers to consider other technologies that may better align with the jurisdiction’s preferences (page 22)

 
In my opinion, the Seahawk BESS project developer is taking the action to file the pre-application with the California Energy Commission (CEC) to further bludgeon the County Board of Supervisors into submission and coerce them to remove the language they amended to require that the developer notify the County when the facility changes ownership. Supervisor Koeng asked for that at the January 13, 2026 Board consideration of the BESS Ordinance in order to keep noticed of “bad actors” that might purchase the project in the future. 
 
WHAT DO YOU THINK ABOUT THE FUTURE PLAN OF CAPITOLA MALL’S 1,700 NEW RESIDENTIAL UNITS?
Last month, the Capitola City Council approved rezoning the Capitola Mall for an expansive mixed use development that would include 1,700 new residential units, an 85-room hotel and reduced commercial space.  There will will be housing units 75′ tall, and the hotel will be 85′ tall. 

https://tpgonlinedaily.com/Here is a good article about the issue.

I actually remember attending the public meetings decades ago when the Capitola Mall was first proposed. I remember how the adjacent neighborhood residents opposed the project, voicing traffic and noise concerns and loss of their community character. The Mall happened anyway..and here we are now.
 
What do you think about this? Here is a survey about traffic circulation alternatives:
Capitola Corridor Plan Alternatives Survey
 
WHO CARES IF LOCALS DO NOT WANT THIS NEW TRAFFIC LIGHT IN SOQUEL VILLAGE?
Last Thursday, First District County Supervisor Manu Koenig held a public meeting in Soquel Village to let residents know about the impending new traffic light on Soquel Drive at Robertson Road, replacing the existing three-way stop sign. About 15 people attended, and there may have been some online participants as well. It was somewhat shocking to hear that the County had already identified adding a new traffic light to replace the current three-way stop signs at Robertson Street and Soquel Drive, and has bee awarded $1.6 Million in grant funding by the Santa Cruz County Regional Transportation Commission (RTC).
 
We were told he project has been on the books for about three years, and will go out for bid in May, and construction will begin this August. It is anticipated to take three and a half months to complete.

Why was this the only meeting with the residents to discuss it now?
 
The staff presentation gave no data to justify the need for the $1.6 million traffic light system and re-striping plan, yet the only selling point by County staff was to improve pedestrian safety because admittedly, it will not ease traffic congestion of 21,000 vehicles/day.  
 
Residents of Alimur Mobile Home Park voiced great concern that the entrance to their neighborhood of 500 people was not even included in the design. Right now, motorists will at least make eye contact with exiting drivers there and let them in on the road way. That likely will not happen if a traffic light dictates the scene. One Alimur resident asked that there be a “NO RIGHT TURN ON RED” sign on the eastbound lane of Soquel Drive at Robertson to help protect the safety of her neighbors exiting the Park. “Oh, that’s a great idea!” said Deputy Director of Public Works, Steve Wiesner.  
 
I think there are many other great ideas the public could contribute if given the chance before the Project goes to bid next month. Will the County pause this project to correct the egregious lack of public involvement???
 
I suggested that rather than installing an expensive new traffic light system, try adding pedestrian-activated flashing lights. Mr. Wiesner informed me that is not possible because it would only confuse motorists. Hmmm….even if the flashing lights are red?
 
I also mentioned research I had done regarding the Aptos Village Project Plan and the ineffectiveness of traffic lights spaced too closely together. 
 

How far apart should traffic signals be placed on an arterial?
Traffic signals are used to regulate traffic flow and preserve capacity along arterial routes. The ideal spacing for traffic signals is at least one half-mile apart (2,640 feet), which also corresponds to the preferred spacing of intersections between arterials and collectors. This represents about four to six blocks, depending on the block length. A minimum spacing of one-quarter mile (two to three blocks) should always be maintained.

When the spacing between signals falls below one-quarter mile (1,320 feet), the traffic flow along the route may be disrupted. The ability of the route to carry through traffic will decrease, travel speeds may decrease, and traffic delays and queues may develop at intersections. There is also some evidence from research that placing more than three traffic signals per mile on an arterial increases the traffic accident rate.

 
Apologetically, the County staff said there likely would not be any sidewalks added because “there is not enough money for that.” for the same reason, there will also not be any bike lanes added to Robertson Street.
 
NONE of the people attending the meeting wanted the traffic light and demanded to know the data used to convey its need to the RTC in order to obtain the $1.6 Million to support it. One woman stated a survey on NextDoor indicated 100% disapproval of the idea. 

I pointed out that a few years ago, then-Supervisor John Leopold had nearly been shouted out of the public meeting when he presented the traffic light idea.  He promised the people then that the idea would not be pursued. “The County was aware the light was a controversial topic and had met with great public resistance, yet chose to pursue a grant from the RTC to do it without any public meeting in advance? That is not right.”
 
Supervisor Manu Koenig became visibly angry. “This grant is a once-in-a-lifetime funding opportunity. I can’t be responsible for some agreement made in a dark room!” he steamed. “It wasn’t in a dark room. It was at a meeting like this that was packed with people,” I said. “Thank you, Becky!” he barked, and sternly criticized other people who continued to demand data and to voice complaint about the current traffic light’s disastrous impacts on traffic. Many wanted to know why the meeting was noticed so poorly?
 
The meeting ended. It was clear that holding the meeting was likely a requirement, checking off a box in order to secure the RTC grant for a project Mr. Wiesner said was the County’s top priority project for funding.  
 
I can think of other road projects that would be a better use of that money, can’t you? Maybe some paving and replacement of failing culverts?

Write your thoughts on this to Deputy Director of County Public Works Mr. Steve Wiesner <steve.wiesner@santacruzcountyca.gov> and County Senior Traffic Engineer Mr. Tim Nguyen <tim.nguyen@santacruzcountyca.gov>  or call him at 831-454-2371
 
MORE BIKE LANE BOLLARDS COMING ON SOQUEL DRIVE FOR APTOS
The Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors will consider hiring yet another consultant, this time to help manage the $3.8 Million Grant from the RTC to continue putting bollards along the bike lanes from State Park Drive to Freedom Boulevard in Aptos, while adding sidewalks as well. The last time I checked this Plan, it will require removing on-street parking in the Aptos Village area of Soquel Drive, not even attempting to coordinate with the RTC’s Segment 12 Corridor Plan to put in a 14′-wide pedestrian/cyclist trail also through the area.  
 
Hello? What do local businesses and residents think of this? Who knows…there have been NO public meetings.  
Write Supervisor Kim DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountca.gov> or call 831-454-2200 and ask for a town hall meeting about the Phase 2 Soquel Drive Multi-modal Project.  Why wasn’t this work required to be funded by Barry Swenson Builder as a traffic mitigation for the Aptos Village Project?
 
See Consent Item #43

Discussion
The Request for Proposal (RFP) allows CDI to hire a consultant to manage the Soquel Drive Multimodal Project Phase 2. A project manager is necessary because of the current Public Works staff availability and a tight project timeline. The SCCP grant requires that the Soquel Drive Multimodal Project be ready to list for construction bids within two years. The chosen consultant will be tasked to manage to this deliverable, with the option to extend the management work into the construction phase.

Financial Impact
The project management services being solicited through the RFP for up-to-construction activities, including design, environmental review, permitting, and overall project management, will be funded by the $3.8 million SCCRTC 2025 Consolidated Grant.

 
A NEW AQUATICS CENTER FOR WATSONVILLE AT PINTO LAKE CITY PARK?
The April 14 County Board of Supervisor Consent Agenda Item #44 would approve the County Parks Dept. to move ahead with a feasibility study examining issues to build a new aquatics center at Pinto Lake City Park. The study would cost $120,000 and would be equally funded by the City of Watsonville and Measure Q discretionary funding allocated by Second District County Supervisor Kim DeSerpa.

The City of Watsonville has committed $60,000 to support the study, reflecting the shared regional interest in expanding aquatic recreation opportunities in South County. In addition, Second District Supervisor De Serpa has committed $60,000 in discretionary funding from Measure Q allocation to support the feasibility effort.

I wonder if Supervisor DeSerpa knows about the Watsonville YMCA Aquatics facility? It is a nice place and is centrally located in Watsonville on Sudden Street.

HOW WILL THIS WORK IF NO ONE CAN AFFORD IT?
County CEO Nicole Coburn and staff continue to push forward with the Radio Interoperability Next Gen (RING) communication system that is wildly expensive and will not only place great financial burden upon local fire districts already struggling, but also potentially just not work in a disaster.

Chiefs of these fire districts wrote a letter to the County Board of Supervisors, asking for reconsideration and clearly laying out the facts supporting the problem with the RING system.
 
Chair of the Board, Supervisor Monica Martinez of the Fifth District responded in an almost condescending manner while failing to recognize the real issues presented by the Fire Chiefs: (see pages 49-51).
 
At the April 9 Central Fire District Board meeting, Mr. Jim Frawley, paid consultant for the County to push the RING forward, addressed the Board on the issue during Public Comment. He announced that the County is pursuing three grant funding avenues for the RING Project totaling $10.9 Million. The total cost is anticipated to be more than $28 Million.  
 
He also stated that the Technical Advisory Committee met March 19 with fire agencies and RING contractor EF Johnson staff are now examining issues raised, mostly regarding the VHF system overlay of the RING digital encrypted radios.  
 
Finally, he stated that the governance committee will soon be meeting regularly, and will operate under the Brown Act. That means all meetings are open to the public and will be noticed on the County meeting website. Anyone interested in attending can sign up with the Clerk of the Board to receive automatic notification of meetings.  
 
You can sign up to receive automatic notification of this and other County government meetings here
 
Here is a link to the RING project description and initial financial obligations for each local fire agency: (see page 5)
 
DO YOU REMEMBER THIS LOCAL DATA CENTER & DESAL PLAN?

Do you remember the DeepWater Desalination Project in Moss Landing that was to combine with a data center?
 
Here is a YouTube of the KSBW report about it
 
I think the desalination project got shot down by the State’s new requirement to have all seawater intake be subsurface. DeepWater Desal had enlisted a study from Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution scientists to determine taking the water at 130′ deep would reduce impacts on marine life. 
DeepWater Desal forges ahead with environmental planning.
 
The City of Salinas had partnered with the Project to supply power at lower rate and receive water from the desal project.
 
Interestingly, the Director of the DeepWater Desal Project was, for a time, Ms. Kim Adamson, who had been the General Manager for Soquel Creek Water District for awhile. Current General Manager of Soquel Creek Water Dsitrict, Ms. Melanie Mow-Schumacher, also worked briefly at DeepWater Desal, but returned to working at the District.
 
Deepwater Desal has long been out of the public eye, but expect that to change in 2018.
 
I wonder if any of the data center plans are still active?  
 
COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISOR REMODEL STILL ONE MONTH AWAY FROM COMPLETION
The remodel of the 701 Ocean Street Fifth Floor Board Chambers is still a month from completion, according to the contractor I spoke with at the site. He was just finishing the installation of the floor-to-ceiling bullet-proof glass panels lining the hallway.  

 

Can you imagine carrying these one-inch-thick glass panels up the stairs to the fifth floor? That is indeed what had to be done, since they would not fit in the elevator.

 
“Funding for the $2 million remodel came from the Digital Infrastructure Video Competitor Act/Public Education Government fees that local governments collect from cable franchise providers such as Xfinity. But the funding is reserved exclusively for capital improvements and equipment upgrades that support the broadcast of open government meetings and can’t be spent in any other way.”

Does the complete remodeling of the 5th floor restrooms qualify for enhancing broadcasting of public meetings???  

Hmmmm…..

Consent Item #19 on the 4/14/2026 Board of Supervisor meeting agenda shows that the cost has doubled for services rendered by William Fischer Architects. 

Financial Impact
This amendment increases the total contract value by $34,314.75, from $371,118.83 to $405,433.58. Funding is provided entirely by DIVCA/PEG fees — restricted revenues that may only be used for capital improvements supporting public education, government broadcasting, and digital access. The additional cost is within the current approved project budget and requires no new appropriation.

 

REST IN PEACE, AL HUGHES
I met Al when a handful of Aptos folks were fighting back on the Aptos Village Project in 2015. He was very wise, a man of great principle, and kept a close eye on the construction as it progressed, sadly transforming Aptos Village into an overly-dense subdivision with expensive vacant buildings replacing the once world renowned Post Office Bike Jumps and pump track that our youth had so enjoyed. Al and I also worked together with others in 2020 to convince State Parks to implement much-needed safety improvements on the Aptos Creek Road access to many private residences and the entrance to Nisene Marks State Park. Nisene Marks: A Park Loved to Death
 
Al was an astute and very curious person. He often sent me news bits that I would then further research and post here on Bratton Online. He was also a Ham Radio operator, and had just renewed his license so that we could talk on the air waves for fun and in case of an emergency. Like many others, his land line phone service suffered in big storms.
 
One of his last messages to me was an Aptosia post about speeding on Aptos Village side streets:

PSA: Valencia St near Betty Burger is a residential street, STOP SPEEDING to avoid the Trout Gulch/Soquel Dr light. This is a family neighborhood with kids and pets. You don’t need to go 50 MPH.

He also wrote about Watsonville Police chasing down two youths on illegal e-bikes. Next week, I will write about that, in honor of my good friend, Al.
 
I will miss Al tremendously, and am very grateful to have known him. May he rest in peace, a job well done.
 
MAKE ONE CALL. WRITE ONE LETTER. TAKE A WALK IN A PLACE THAT YOU LOVE AND ENJOY THE DAY.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

 
Cheers,  and Happy Easter,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Getting to Know Your Place

Water

Where does your drinking water come from? This is a good thing to know. For some of us, it comes from the ground, from wells. For many, it is municipal water. Santa Cruz County is a rare county in California in not importing any water from elsewhere. Like other places, Santa Cruzans drink river water, filtered and chemically treated so as not to make people sick. Undue sediment, caused by human carelessness, is filtered out. Fecal bacteria seeping into the streams from pet poop, wildlife feces, and accidental human mishaps gets chlorinated to death. When clean, water is piped to households and comes out the tap. Perhaps we take this for granted. Water becomes a ‘bill.’

Fill a glass with water, gaze at it imagining its source. Take a sip and transport yourself to the place of the water’s origin. Your mind’s eye is taking a sip at the well or a drink from the river, but don’t really do that! Sad that you can’t…

Rain

Precipitation is ultimately the source of drinking water, but where does the rain come from? Mainly, our rain comes from the Pacific Ocean – atmospheric rivers carry the most…the ‘Pineapple Express’ with clouds stretching out towards Hawaii, jetting into California, waving up and down the state. Otherwise, rain mostly comes from the northern Pacific – cold rain showers a few days at a time moving from the north to south. The coastal mountains capture the atmospheric rivers and northern rain fronts, then the clouds race over the central valley and dump a lot of the remainder of their moisture onto the Sierra Nevada.

Since the late 20-teens, we have been seeing regular summer storms, from the South. These are tropical storm or hurricane remnants and the rain comes with lightning. Such is the newfound energy of the atmosphere with global warming. Expect more of this type of ‘unusual’ rain.

The rain isn’t just water, never was. Each raindrop carries things: dust from far away, legacy mercury from California gold mining, ocean salts – even silver!

Step outside. First face West and stretch your mind way out into the ocean, towards Hawaii, the long journey of our most important rains. Then face North-West and envision the spiral-churning storms spinning down towards California spewing chill drizzle. Turn South, feel your heart beats increase – the fear of lightning fire, summer storms, line force winds, future conflagrations…emanating from the gasoline pump, from Fossil Fuels and greenhouse gases – yes, we have caused this phenomenon. We are making the world burn.

Air

We sip the air with our lungs, fueled by plant-derived oxygen mixed and carried by the wind – from where? The Amazon Basin and the oceans are critical sources of our respiratory bliss. Winter air comes as with the rainstorms, from the West to Northwest. Summer air, along our coast, comes from the North, downcoast. Fierce summer winds fan wildfires, mostly blasting from the North to South.

We haven’t forgotten that the air can carry smoke. Some days, it has been difficult to breathe outside and, depending on how well sealed our abodes or workplaces, even inside. If you haven’t purchased one, now is a good time to get a really good air filter for your home this summer: it is too late when the fires come and smoke fills the air.

Notice your breath right now. Imagine the sweet oxygen rich air sweeping from the dense Amazonian rainforest canopy, into the atmosphere, mixed and spread into so many noses, making smiles, charging our electrically sparkling eyes.

Firmament

It supports you like nothing else, the ground beneath you- but what is it? Much of the Monterey Bay is on the Salinian block, riding between the San Andreas Fault to the East and the San Gregorio Fault to the West. We are reminded about plate tectonics when the world goes ‘bump!’ like it did recently: that epicenter was on the Ben Lomond Fault in which the San Lorenzo River mostly runs. The crisscrossing faults are cracks running through the bedrock somewhere down below our butts. I like the granitic bedrock of Ben Lomond Mountain, which also protrudes near Loma Prieta and down in Big Sur. On top of that portion of what used to be part of the Southern Sierra Nevada are sandstones, schists, limestones, and mudstones. There aren’t so many rock types around the Monterey Bay that you can’t figure them out, if you try.

Keep your eye out for rocky outcrops to examine. What does your mind see as you imagine going down, down, down from where you sit right now?

Soil

The geology begets soil, but what kind of soil is around you? Soil is born from the bedrock, weather, rain, water, and plants. The Monterey Bay area has a wealth of soil types. The deep fertile soils of the great river valleys – the Pajaro and the Salinas – are sandy or clay loams, wonderful for agriculture. There are wide marine terraces on either side of the Bay with mainly sandy loams. The center of the Bay at Fort Ord has deep ancient sand dunes. High on the ridges are nearly soil-less rock covered by chaparral: the soils there are thin veins stuck in cracks.

When was the last time you picked up a handful of moist earth…felt it…smelled it? There is rain on the horizon and it might be the last time this rainy season to experience moist soil. Give it a try.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, April 7, 2026

“What might heal if we trade social media debates for real life civic participation?” 

That question has been posed by Brandon Taylor, in an article that you might be able to read online. Just click this link to read it (if possible paywall protections permit that, of course).

Online, Taylor’s article appears under the following headline: “Can We Trade Our Social Media Wars For Something Better?” The hardcopy version of Taylor’s article is titled, “The Politics of Presence.”

I am consistently urging those who might read one or more of my blog postings to “Find Some Friends,” and then get together with those friends, in “real life,” on a regular, in-person basis. Why get together? Well, “civic participation” describes what I think such small groups should be focusing on. Margaret Mead’s injunction – again, often mentioned in these blog postings of mine – point out their civic and political power.

In terms of my own experience, I am not infrequently stopped on the street by someone who tells me how much they have appreciated all that I have done for Santa Cruz and Santa Cruz County, and often mention how I “Saved Lighthouse Field.”

Well, just to be clear, I did work on that effort, and played an important role, but it was the members of The Save Lighthouse Point Association and voters in the City of Santa Cruz who really “Saved Lighthouse Field.”

The Save Lighthouse Point Association, which numbered about twenty-five or so, met in person on a regular basis, and worked together to reverse the unanimous decisions of both the local City Council and the Board of Supervisors, who wanted to turn this jewel-like field on our coast into a massive development that was proposed to include a high-rise hotel, a huge covention center, a shopping center about the same size as the Rancho Del Mar Shopping Center in Aptos, high-rise condo apartments for the wealthy, and seven acres of blacktopped parking.

That was the proposed project, and “everyone” (all the electeds, the Chamber of Commerce, the unions, and other civic groups, absolutely supported this). “Everyone” supported it except for “everyone else,” comprised of the vast majority of the citizens of the City of Santa Cruz. Citizen action saved Lighthouse Field.

Other, later efforts, after I was elected to the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors, similarly demonstrated that small groups of people can change the world (just what Margaret Mead always claimed).

Take it from Brandon Taylor. Or, take it from me. There is nothing more satisfying, more “fun,” than getting together, regularly, and in person, with friends and neighbors, and deciding to change the world, and then working to do just that.

And…. (and I know you know this) the world really does need changing. Now more than ever! At the local level, and at the state, and at the national level, and it’s not going to happen if we wait around for someone else – including our elected officials – to do it!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

ARMAGEDDON, STUPID PEOPLE, VICTORIOUS

The long-standing notion of separating church and state took another blow last week with Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth’s revelation of monthly worship services for military personnel, led by evangelical faith leader Hegseth himself, as reported by The Washington PostPentagon staffers, current officers, former high-ranking military officials, the chaplain corps, and veterans groups expressed concerns the Hegseth is flouting the Constitution by pushing his evangelical beliefs onto service members. One source told the Post, “I don’t approve of cramming your religious faith down people’s throats, and when the top of the chain couches these operations in this hyper-Christian tone, it flies in the face of the freedom of religion that the Constitution enshrines and that our men and women in uniform sign up to defend.” Some critics say Hegseth’s approach may be bad for overall morale, but Pentagon press secretary Kingsley Wilson disputes that contention, insisting, “The prayer undoubtedly improve morale for those who attend. No special treatment or punishment is given as a result of one’s choice to attend these services.”

Military officials have long looked askance at Hegseth’s Jerusalem cross tattooed across his chest, and are unsettled that he wears his evangelical faith on his sleeve, along with his proselytizing comments, especially in connection with the US/Israeli action in Iran. In a press briefing on March 19, the Secretary encouraged viewers to pray for US success in the Middle East, saying, “To the American people, please pray for them everyday on bended knee with your family, in your schools, in your churches, in the name of Jesus Christ.” In a recent worship service, Hegseth called for “overwhelming violence” against Iran, unconcerned about the 2,500+ killed in both Iran and Lebanon, including hundreds of children. Pentagon Pete recently announced that he was downsizing the number of faith codes used in the military, from 200 to 31 in an effort to address “political correctness and secular humanism,” which he believes has afflicted the Chaplain Corps, or the ordained, interfaith clergy supporting service members. The result of this move according to retired Army Major General Randy Manner is that “dozens and dozens” of active-duty chaplains who don’t identify with Hegseth “are being marginalized” and some are “not included in staff meetings.

During the first month of the Iran “excursion,” many service members have reported unsettling rhetoric from their commanders citing the idea of a holy war. Advocate for service members’ constitutional right to religious freedom, the Military Religious Freedom Foundation, reports that it received over 200 calls from active-duty personnel following strikes in Iran, as military leaders spoke of Armageddon to encourage troops to fight. One caller who identifies as a Christian, told the MRFF his commander told troops this was “all part of God’s divine plan,” specifically referencing citations from the Book of Revelation, referring to Armageddon and the “imminent return of Jesus Christ.” The commander is also quoted as saying, “President Trump has been anointed by Jesus to light the signal fire in Iran to cause Armageddon and mark His return to Earth.” Hegseth is a member of the Communion of Reformed Evangelical Churches, an archconservative network co-founded by Doug Wilson, who identifies as a Christian nationalist, and who infiltrated the Pentagon in February with a sermon.

A lawsuit has been filed by Americans for Separation of Church and State over the Pentagon services, and is seeking to compel the Pentagon to hand over internal documents about their cost, attendees, and any complaints raised by employees. A corresponding suit has been filed against the Labor Department, where Secretary Lori Chavez-DeRemer runs her own monthly gatherings inspired by Hegseth’s model. Rachel Laser, president and CEO of Americans United, charges, “Secretaries Hegseth and Chavez-DeRemer are abusing the power of their government positions and taxpayer-funded resources to impose their preferred religion on federal workers. Even if these prayer services are presented as voluntary, there is pressure on federal employees to attend in order to appease their bosses.” At a gathering of Christian broadcasters in February, Hegseth dismissed critics of the Pentagon prayer services, saying, “We hear a lot from the ‘freedom from religion’ crowd. They hate it. The left-wing shrieks, which means we’re right over the target.

The military’s historical approach to faith has been in a more nondenominational manner, but Hegseth’s faith leader, evangelical minister Brooks Potteiger is due to relocate to WashingtonDC to lead a new congregation, encouraged by Hegseth. Potteiger found himself in hot water recently for calling for the death of a Democrat candidate, Texas candidate James Talarico. On the extreme Christian nationalist podcast, Reformation Red Pill, the show’s co-host declared, “I pray that God kills him,” to which Potteiger agreed, “Right. Right. We want him crucified with Christ.” Later, a spokesperson for the organization insisted that the pastor did not ‘call’ for Talarico’s death, but for his Biblical ‘conversion.’ At last week’s prayer service, Hegseth called for “overwhelming violence of action against those who deserve no mercy, that ‘wicked souls’ be ‘delivered to the eternal damnation‘” in the fight against Iran. An unidentified senior Army civilian describes the current situation as “terrifying — if US troops are trained to believe that ‘God is on our side,’ what precludes us from doing anything we want to win?” “It feels like decades worth of progress has been undone in 12 months. It’s heartbreaking and it’s heartbreaking to watch our chaplains try to navigate this,” says an unnamed Air Force general.

President Trump hosted a group of MAGA pastors and religious allies for a luncheon on the Wednesday before Easter, making several off-the-wall remarks during the event — never meant to be seen by the public, so they were quickly deleted from the White House pages, but too late! Bryan Metzger of Business Insider saved the footage, revealing that Trump expressed his true feelings about the Supreme Court hearing he had stormed from earlier in the day. “Republicans, judges, and justices,” Trump ranted. “They always want to show that they’re independent. ‘I don’t care if Trump appointed me, I don’t care, if it doesn’t make any difference to me. I’m voting against him.’ ‘Cause they want to show their independence, you know, stupid people.” The visibly annoyed president then went on to insult French President Macron for not supporting him with the Iran engagement, and implying that Brigitte Macron is a tough cookie. He then took credit for sales of the Bible, saying, “Bible sales are now at the highest number in many decades. And church attendance among young people nearly doubled compared to five years ago.”

Trump then went on to liken himself to a king, complaining about the delay on his ballroom vanity project because a federal judge ordered a halt on construction. “I can’t get a ballroom approved. It’s pretty amazing, right? If I was a king, we’d be doing a lot more. I’m doing a lot, but I could be doing a lot more if I was a king,” he whined. In a confession, he explained why he aligns himself with unsavory characters. “You know, we’re not supposed to be seduced that way, right? But I am. When someone’s nice to me. I love that person. Even if they’re bad people. I couldn’t care less. I’ll fight to the end for them.” Sure, buddy — let’s hear what Pam Bondi has to say about that! Trump’s spiritual adviser, televangelist Paula White-Cain caused a bit of an uproar during the Holy Week luncheon, when she compared the president’s legal battles and assassination attempts the trials endured by Christ. Standing near the president, she said, “Jesus taught so many lessons through his death, burial and resurrection. He showed us great leadership, great transformation requires great sacrifice. And Mr. President, no one has paid the price like you have paid the price. Because he was victorious, you are victorious.”

White-Cain’s praise ended with applause by the attendees, but social media posts identified her remarks as “insanity;” “blasphemous — stunning to see a US Bishop on stage while Paula White compares Trump to Jesus;” “Turning this White House lunch toward the Divine is a campaign prop — it’s theatrical;” “Freaks, liars, charlatans, grifters, criminals — anything but Christians. All of them.” Televangelist Paula has been in contact with Donald Trump since 2002, when he called her after seeing her on TV, and she was in the White House circle in 2019 as an adviser. In 2020, she delivered a sermon calling upon Jesus to “command all satanic pregnancies to miscarry,” and has previously declared the White House as “Holy Ground,” saying that, “to say ‘no’ to President Trump would be saying ‘no’ to God.”

It wasn’t exactly an Easter message, but in March US Secretary of State Rubio said, “Imagine in Iran that instead of spending their wealth, billions of dollars, supporting terrorists or weapons, had spent that money helping the people of Iran, you’d have a much different country.” That quote was voiced on ‘Good Morning America‘ in a discussion on the US “excursion” into Iran, and now available on YouTube. A few days later, President Trump’s Easter luncheon message was that the US has “to take care of one thing: military protection” and isn’t able to provide people in this country with necessities like healthcare and childcare, demanding that states fully fund daycare programs. “We’re fighting wars. We can’t take care of daycare. You gotta let a state take care of daycare, and they should pay for it too. It’s not possible to take care of daycare, Medicaid, Medicare, all these individual things.” Michigan Representative Rashid Tlaib commented about Trump’s statement, “The warmongers in the White House and Congress will always fund death and destruction. They will let people in our country starve and die before they will stop funding wars.”

Attorney Dina Doll’s guest post on MeidasTouch addresses Trump’s grifting, writing, “You didn’t buy the Bible. You didn’t mint the coin. You didn’t sign up for Trump University or bid on the NFTs or book a room at Mar-a-Lago. You’re opted out of every scheme, every hustle, every grift and it didn’t matter. Because while you were watching an illegal war burn through a billion dollars a day and TSA workers suffered because Congress couldn’t find the money to pay them, Trump was doing something quieter. He was taking yours. Trump has grifted his entire life. Now he’s just taking it.” She goes on to say that Trump transferred $1.25 billion in foreign aid to Trump’s Board of Peace, pulling $1 billion from international disaster assistance, $200 million from peacekeeping operations, and $50 million from international organizations. Moneys that Congress had authorized for hurricanes and refugees, moved in Trump’s direction without a congressional vote, into a fund that Trump created by executive order and controls PERSONALLY! Reporters approached the State Department regarding the transfers, but they had “nothing to announce at this time.” Maybe later?

The defining characteristic of the Board of Peace is that Trump controls it forever, naming himself chairman for life with no audits, no transparency requirements, no conflict of interest rules, with countries paying $1 billion into a fund he runs to get a seat at the table. No money has been transferred to Gaza, nothing has been disclosed about its spending, but it has received $1.25 billion of YOUR disaster relief money with no explanations offered. When Trump leaves the White House, he keeps the fund — not a loophole, it’s by design. Attorney Doll reminds us of another pending grift initiated by Trump — the $10 billion lawsuit against the IRS over the leak of his tax records by a contractor. Problem? Trump controls the government  he is suing — he gets to work out the settlement with himself! With Todd Blanche heading the Department of Justice, and Treasury Secretary Bessent’s pen ready to sign the check, we don’t have to purchase cheap trinkets this time — the money wasn’t going to you, or you anyway, so we’ll just skip the transaction! And we don’t have to read a cheap brochure or visit a crappy web page.

President Trump’s dismissals of Attorney General Pam Bondi and Homeland Security Secretary Kristi Noem has sent a clear message to this remaining Cabinet members, that job security is no longer guaranteed. He has become increasingly willing to consider firing top officials who he believes are underperforming, amid deepening frustration with his declining approval ratings and fears of a wipeout in the upcoming midterm elections. “This is a recalibration. There are high expectations that are not being met,” said one Trumper. “It’s just a function of whether he thinks you’re doing your job well. When it comes to this stuff, it’s an audience of one,” said another. CNN reports that beyond Trump’s personal feelings, there are also more conventional concerns in play when it comes to dismissing his top officials — chief among them who might serve as a viable replacement. “I don’t think anybody’s safe. Ever,” said one White House ally. Like Pam Bondi famously shrieked, “The stock market’s over 50,000! Why are you laughing?” Ha-ha!

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

Dateline: April 8, 2026

All the school things means that Thomas is sitting this one out,
and will be back for the next column!

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Crowds”

“Every crowd has a silver lining.”
~P. T. Barnum

“In a live performance, it’s a collaboration with the audience; you ride the ebb and flow of the crowd’s energy. On television, you don’t have that.”
~Jon Batiste

“The mass, whether it be a crowd or an army, is vile.”
~Benito Mussolini

“What I like about Japanese venues is that the front barrier is right up against the stage, so when you’re bending over, they’re right there in front of you. In some European festivals, they’re so paranoid, you need a taxi to go and touch the crowd!”
~Keith Flint

“In New Orleans, we like to interact with the crowd. We don’t like people sitting down.”
~Trombone Shorty

This is a little long, but very, very interesting. At least I think so 🙂 I figured out too late that the video wouldn’t embed, so click the link to watch it on YouTube!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

April 1 – 7, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… with Notes from the Campaign Trail… Steinbruner… LAFCO…Supervisors new digs… Archeologist, please?… Hayes… I Want to Huechera All Over My Yard!… Patton… Why Democracy Needs The Rich. Wow! Matlock… wrong answer…losing money…horseys… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… tribute to Renee Good… Quotes on… “Earthquakes”

...

SALINAS RODEO GROUNDS, 1942. The photo is a bit dark and fuzzy, but so are our memories. This is the Japanese and Japanese-Americans holding camp before they were transported to Manzanar and other prisons.

US Army photo
Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: April 2, 2026

EARTHQUAKE! I am, of course, talking about the very recent one, at 1:41 in the morning, 1.8 miles from my house. It reminded me, again, that I really, REALLY, need to get some bug-out bags made up, as well as anchoring some of our furniture and using museum wax on our displayed tchotchkes. You know – those things that are ALWAYS on the “I really should…” list. I’m working on working on that list, if you know what I mean.


The most ususual effect of this quake for me personally was that I was interviewed in The New York Times(!!!), which is a first for me. I feel like I should make up t-shirts that say “Everything is crooked everywhere.” 😀

If you want to read the article, here’s a link that may or may not get you behind the paywall. If it doesn’t work, and you happen to have a Santa Cruz Public Library Card (You should have one. If you don’t, why on earth don’t you?! I mean, look over on the right at how cute my library card is!!), you have full access to NYT and many other publications if you go to this link and go through a couple of clicks. It is so worth the very minimal effort.

AI READS. I am getting scarily used to being read to by artificial voices. I’m pretty sure that I’ve watched many a YouTube video that I’ve only long afterwards realized was narrated by an AI. The most obvious giveaway, I feel, is the pronounciation of names and place names. In the above referenced New York Times article, for instance, the otherwise very capable artificial narrator mangles my name. I fully expected it to. In fact, I went looking for it for that reason. In English, my name is pronounced like Vanilla-with-a-gun; Gunilla. I’ve been called everything from Granola to Godzilla, but the most frequent mispronounciation I get is GooNEEya, which is understandable in California. One time, when I corrected someone, he responded, “ah, so Italian pronounciation then, not Spanish!” I chuckled, given that it’s a Swedish name (duh!). Back in the Viking days it meant Shieldmaiden, i.e. female warrior…

Anyway, I could yammer… I should get going, though, before this ends up taking another day. For those of you who wondered (thank you!), the memorial last week went off with perfection. My friend’s tree is planted in the Fairy Grove on our property, in a sweet spot where you can sit and visit with her. I have, many times already. Now, we have a huge easter egg hunt planned for tomorrow, so this grandma better hurry up and get ready! Enjoy, and Happy Easter!


~Webmistress

...

PROJECT HAIL MARY. In theatres. Moviee. (8.4 IMDb) ***-

This is hard-science sci-fi that blends in laughs without undercutting the tension. Ryan Gosling – somehow I’d never really noticed him before, sort of Arthur Davrill – plays Ryland Grace, a middle-school science teacher turned astronaut, who wakes up alone on a spaceship light-years from home with zero memory of why he’s there. Slowly, he pieces together that Earth’s survival literally hangs on him – and then he meets an alien whose planet is in just as much trouble. Cue the odd-couple science team: two species, zero common language, and enough physics to make your head spin. Gosling is charmingly competent, the alien is nicely alien (not just a guy in a weird forehead prosthetic), and while the story feels a lot like The Martian, it’s a solid high-stakes ride. I enjoyed it, even with the odd shortcomings. Running 2:36, it didn’t really lag. Definitely worth a watch.

~Sarge

THE PITT. Hulu, Max. Series. (8.97 IMDb) ***-
Noah Wyle is back in the ER… can George Clooney be far behind?

Set in a brutally busy Pittsburgh ER, a grizzled Wyle leads a rotating pack of residents, interns, and students through near–real-time shifts (one episode = one hour, one season = one day). The writing is sharp, the characters click, and the show pulls no punches on nudity or bodily damage—approach with caution, but it’s worth it. Season two is still rolling out weekly. Now with more ICE!
~Sarge

SCARPETTA. Prime. Series. (5.9 IMDb) **-

This series is about a noted Medical Examiner (Kidman) investigating a murder tied to a string of killings from 25 years ago.

Wait—no. It’s about sibling rivalry that apparently has no expiration date (Kidman/Curtis).

Then again, it’s about the adult niece of a Medical Examiner who can’t let go of her deceased wife and builds an AI replacement.

Any one of these might’ve made for an interesting series—just not all at once. Good cast, so-so mystery, and way too much going on. Pick a lane.

~Sarge

A MURDER BETWEEN FRIENDS. Prime. Movie. (3.5 IMDb) ***-

Half a point for being in focus. Joan Collins fronting for a series – at least according to the end card. Six… “people,” I guess… reunite at an Airbnb “castle” owned by a legendary mystery writer, played by Joan Collins. One of them ends up floating in the hot tub. That’s about it.

Everyone treats Joan Collins as a full-blown Mary Sue: “You’re a great mystery writer – we should all listen to you.” What does she actually do? Watch security cameras that most of the cast already know about, while they continue misbehaving anyway.

It’s embarrassing to watch, especially since I’m reasonably sure she bankrolled it. Not worth a watch. Stand well back. Mind the gap. Go watch “Agatha Christie’s 7 Dials” on Netflix.

~Sarge

THE LAST KIDS ON EARTH. Netflix. Series (1hr pilot). (7.2 IMDb) ***
This largely bloodless animated series began with a pilot-style special and ran for two seasons. It’s based on the children’s book series by Max Brallier, with character designs inspired by the illustrations of Douglas Holgate.

The story follows orphan Jack Sullivan as he adjusts to life after an invasion of extra-dimensional monsters and a zombie apocalypse. He soon bands together with a scrappy group of kids who missed the evacuation – along with a loyal monster-dog – forming their own ragtag survival team.

Aimed primarily at the 8–12 crowd, the show still has enough sharp humor and creature-feature flair to entertain adults. The voice cast includes Nick Wolfhard (brother of Finn), Mark Hamill, Keith David, Catherine O’Hara, and Rosario Dawson. Worth a watch – with or without your kids.
~Sarge

AGATHA CHRISTIE’S SEVEN DIALS. Netflix. Series. (6.2 IMDb) **-

There have been a fair few non-Poirot/Marple adaptations recently, and this is certainly one of them.

The cast is solid – Martin Freeman is great, and Mia McKenna-Bruce really shines in the lead role (though Helena Bonham Carter kind of phones in a stock twitchy character). The film doesn’t quite hook you into the mystery, though. It’s not slow, just… not all that engaging. The highlight for me was definitely Mia jumping out of a window to dodge a wedding proposal. On the plus side, it’s only 3 episodes. Many clocks.

It’s probably worth a watch if you’re looking for something to pass the time before the next episode of your favorite show drops.

~Sarge

THE MUPPET SHOW. Disney+. Series. (8.4 IMDb) ****
Or, as I like to think of it, ANTI-MELANIA. They both star a woman who is completely self-obsessed, clinging to a less attractive mate’s position: I mean, of course, the return of … THE MUPPET SHOW!

That’s right, the same old gang at the same old theatre. Minus the legendary Jim Henson and Frank Oz (who is still alive, at time of writing), it actually defies the concern of losing the magic – it’s almost like it never ended. Which is a good thing. Only one episode so far, but it’s off to a good start. Worth a watch!

~Sarge

LA BELLE ET LA BÊTE (1946). Disney+, Max. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ****
Just ran back across this amazing version of Beauty and the Beast (literally haven’t watched it since the early 90’s), with amazing magical settings, and honestly a beast you like so much more than the Prince underneath. There are a number of visuals that have found their way into other lesser films. Jean Marais literally smolders in his cat-like beast. In French with English subtitles. Ça vaut le détour.
~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

March 31, 2026

Notes from the Campaign Trail

Running for political office is not for the faint of heart. At least not for the first time. Maybe it’s easier with professional staff and operatives but for a low-resourced beginner like me it is challenging.

First there are the forms. I’ve never liked forms and there are many. They need to be accurate and timely filed. Some are not self-explanatory and guessing is out. The city clerk is very helpful.

The one big disappointment is the forums. I expected the forums would be a chance to debate the issues. Perhaps if there were fewer than five running for mayor there would be time for some real debate but that doesn’t seem what the various entities want from the candidates.  So far, at the Central Labor Council forum, the SEIU forum and the SantaCruz4Bernie forum we have each been given a two-minute opening statement, a minute to answer each question and a two-minute closing statement, although SC4Bernie allowed a three-minute closing statement, very generous in comparison. As I write, tonight is the Democratic Central Committee forum with a two-minute opening statement, and a “lightning round” of yes or no answers to their questions. That rules out deliberation or nuance, so I hope the questions are along the lines of “do you support ICE?” My observation is that the groups are looking for buzz words to see if you align with them. Each asks for detailed answers to a yard long questionnaire which I am told few ever read.

I accept all forum or interview invitations. Today was an interview with the Realtors, Saturday is the Democratic Women’s Club and next week is a mixer with Santa Cruz YIMBY (Yes In My Backyard). Finding common ground with YIMBY might be difficult although I feel confident in sharing my perspectives on housing.

The print media has more depth and openness. I thought the lengthy Sentinel interviews and in-depth articles that followed did allow for more substance to be shared with the community. Lookout and Santa Cruz Local interviews are coming up next week.

Meanwhile, the issues that compelled me to run for the office of Mayor continue: that the city is way overbuilding at too rapid a pace, surpassing even the state housing mandates; that some city departments, namely Economic Development and the City Manager’s office are expanding at the top at an unsustainable rate while all the park rangers  who kept our parks and open space safe and clean were scrapped; that too many consultants are hired and too many lawsuits are lost due to the city’s inadequate environmental reports; that council seems more and more to rubber stamp whatever management staff presents before them.

None of this is irreversible. It takes new leadership and a new vision.

Greensite4Mayor.org
Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org  Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
LAFCO EXAMINES TROUBLED PAJARO VALLEY HEALTH CARE DISTRICT

The April 1 Santa Cruz County Local Agency Formation Commission (LAFCO) meeting was no joke when discussion turned to the annual report of the Pajaro Valley Health Care District facing an anticipated $23-$25 Million budget shortfall this year.  
 
See item #6a for that report, which was quite vague, but further questioning by Commissioners opened many eyes.
 
LAFCO Director Joe Serrano introduced the item as “this will be quick”, but it wasn’t.  He assured Commissioners at the end of the presentation that he would continue to work with the District and report back.  Commissioner Fred Keeley wanted to know what was meant by “work with”, and what exactly is the purview of LAFCO in this situation?
 
Mr. Serrano stated LAFCO’s responsibility is to ensure good local governance of Special Districts, such as the Pajaro Valley Health Care District.  Mr. Keeley persisted: “Is it our job to save the hospital?”  
 
“It is up to the hospital to find funding but LAFCO can try to help.” said Mr. Serrano.
 
“Does the District have unfettered ability to do a special tax?” Commissioner Keeley wanted to know?  Mr. Serrano did not know, and unfortunately, no representative of the Pajaro Valley Health Care District participated in the meeting to answer such questions.
 
Mr. Serrano explained that if the hospital were to turn over responsibility of the Watsonville Hospital to another agency (such as Kaiser?), LAFCO must dissolve the District.
 
Commissioner Jim Anderson commented that a recent KSBW interview with the Hospital CEO, reporting that people who had stayed away from the Hospital due to immigration fears are now returning for care, so revenues are improving..   He wondered what financial impact the recent cyber attack had on the Hospital? 
  
Mr. Serrano concluded that the financial information provided to LAFCO is linked to actual audit data.  He had no answer regarding the impacts of the cyber attack.

**********
 
I feel LAFCO needs to  re-evaluate the District’s boundaries to include all of the southern portion of Santa Cruz County, as well as the Granite Rock A. R. Wilson Quarry, in the District boundaries.  There are other areas, such as the Aptos Hills where I live,  that were also excluded but should be evaluated for inclusion.

 
In researching Senator Laird’s SB 969, I see that LAFCO was to have developed a sphere of influence for the District within one year of formation.  
SB 969

On January 4, 2023, the Commission did approve the District’s Boundary map  as required by SB 418 and SB 969, within one year of PVHCD’s date of formation,  unless PVHCD was dissolved before that date.
 
However, I feel LAFCO should re-evaluate the PVHCD boundaries to include all areas of southern Santa Cruz County that are currently included within the boundaries of the Aromas Tri-County Fire Department boundaries (approved by your Commission on October 13, 2021), the Granite Rock A. R. Wilson Quarry,  and other areas in the Aptos Hills that were excluded from the District boundaries.
 
On February 4, 2022, the Governor approved the initial SB 418 emergency legislation by Senator Laird to establish the District’s boundaries.  LAFCO was not involved.   In my opinion, the boundaries seem somewhat arbitrary and hastily-drawn:
 

CHAPTER  9. Pajaro Valley Health Care District
32498.5.

 (a) A local hospital district designated as the Pajaro Valley Health Care District is hereby formed within the Counties of Santa Cruz and Monterey. The Pajaro Valley Health Care District may be organized, incorporated, and managed as provided in this division, and may exercise the powers granted or necessarily implied by this division, only if the relevant county board of supervisors chooses to appoint an initial board of directors, as described in Section 32100. All other provisions of this division apply to the Pajaro Valley Health Care District, except as provided in this chapter.

(b) The territory of the district shall be the following area: Situated in the Counties of Santa Cruz and Monterey, State of California; being all the lands within the boundary of the Pajaro Valley Unified School District, excepting the lands to the north and west of the following described line: beginning at a point on the edge of the Pacific Ocean at the intersection with the projected centerline of Aptos Beach Drive; thence along said projected centerline to the intersection of the centerline of Aptos Beach Drive and the centerline of Rio Del Mar Boulevard; thence along the centerline of Rio Del Mar Boulevard in a northeasterly direction to the intersection of the centerline of Rio Del Mar Boulevard and the centerline of Bonita Drive; thence along the centerline of Bonita Drive in a westerly direction to the intersection of the centerline of Bonita Drive and the centerline of Freedom Boulevard; thence along the centerline of Freedom Boulevard in a northerly and easterly direction to the intersection of the centerline of Freedom Boulevard and the centerline of Hames Road; thence along the centerline of Hames Road in an easterly direction to the end of the centerline of Hames Road and the beginning of the centerline of Browns Valley Road; thence along the centerline of Browns Valley Road in a northerly and easterly direction to the end of the centerline of Browns Valley Road and the beginning of the centerline of Hazel Dell Road; thence along the centerline of Hazel Dell Road in an easterly and southerly direction to the intersection of the centerline of Hazel Dell Road and the centerline of Mount Madonna Road; thence along the centerline of Mount Madonna Road in a southerly direction to the intersection of the centerline of Mount Madonna Road and the centerline of Gaffey Road; thence along the centerline of Gaffey Road 1300 feet, more or less, in an easterly direction to a point on the centerline of Gaffey Road; thence leaving the centerline of Gaffey Road 90 feet, more or less, in a northeasterly direction to a point on the Santa Cruz County line.

(c) Following the formation of the district, the Cortese-Knox-Hertzberg Local Government Reorganization Act of 2000 (Division 3 (commencing with Section 56000) of Title 5 of the Government Code) governs any change of organization.

SB-418 Pajaro Valley Health Care District.(2021-2022)
 

 
I have requested that LAFCO examine this issue soon, not only regarding service provided but also revenue increases that could be potentially available that are not being collected now.  I feel this should be addressed also in relation to the District’s requirement to hold district-based elections for governance. By-Zone Elections
 

Furthermore, I have requested that a representative of the Pajaro Valley Health Care District attend the next LAFCO meeting to answer not only the questions posed by Commissioners yesterday, but also the issue of outside partnerships, such as Kaiser Permanente, that exist within the current Watsonville Hospital operations and what other partnerships the District is exploring that could, as Director Serrano, cause LAFCO to dissolve the District.
Exploring Partnerships to Serve the Community Better
 
 
At yesterday’s LAFCO meeting, I presented information from the April 1, 2026 Aptos Times article, discussing the County’s errors in the Measure N Hospital assessment for the $116 Million bond approved by voters in 2025. As a result of that error, 19,000 parcels were overcharged, and 5,000 parcels that should have been charged were not.
 
If any of this is troubling to you, please write Second District Supervisor Kimberly DeSerpa and ask that she follow up on her December 16, 2025 request to Staff for a public report as to how this taxation error happened and how it is being fixed.  Please also thank her for shedding light on it during the meeting, when the issue was tucked away vaguely in the Consent Agenda.

Kimberly DeSerpa <kimberly.deserpa@santacruzcountyca.gov>    Call 831-454-2200
 
If you have thoughts about LAFCO’s role in the Pajaro Valley Health Care District and the Watsonville Hospital situation, please write

Santa Cruz County LAFCO <info@santacruzcountyca.gov>

COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISOR CHAMBER REMODEL…LESS SPACE FOR THE PUBLIC?
Last Monday, the truckload of new furniture for the Board of Supervisor chamber remodel arrived but got stored in the basement for a couple of weeks until the room is ready.
 

New furniture getting delivered for the Board Chamber remodel.

About one-third of the room is dedicated to the Board and staff area.

Take a look at the new larger IT room…it pops out and takes up significant space that was dedicated to public seating.

It seems to me that the overall amount of space for the public seating is less than before…it will be interesting to see when completed…

The next Board of Supervisor meeting is scheduled for Tuesday, April 14 and will be held in the basement Community Room at 701 Ocean Street, Santa Cruz (now called the “North County Government Center”).

Please write the Board of Supervisors and demand that one Board meeting each month be held in the new “South County Government Center” at 500 Westridge Drive, Watsonville.  The large grant the County received to do all the remodel work at 701 Ocean Street (which included bathroom remodels on the 5th Floor) also included installing IT services at the South County Government Center…and should be used to provide equal access to the residents in that area.  The last time the Board held a meeting there (February 10, 2026), the room was full of people from the Watsonville area, speaking their concerns about the Seahawk Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) project planned for 90 Minto Road, Watsonville.
 
Maybe the Supervisors are afraid  the people of Watsonville will show up again to speak…

Write your thoughts: Board of Supervisors <boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov>   or call 831-454-2200.
 
IS THERE AN ARCHAEOLOGIST IN THE HOUSE?
Work has begun at the intersection of Water Street and Branciforte Avenue in Santa Cruz to construct the controversial 831 Water Street Project.  As I watch the large drill rigs burrowing into the soil that once was the Villa de Branciforte, I wonder if there have been any ground penetrating radar used to first scan for possible foundations of those adobes?
 

 
Please contact the City’s Historic Resources Commission and staff liaison and ask what level of archaeologic analysis was performed for the permit approval of the two five-story structures and underground garage project, and if there is any on-site monitoring by a certified archaeologist during ground disturbance work.

Ryan Bane
Senior Planner
831-420-5141
rbane@santacruzca.gov and/or cityplan@santacruzca.gov

Historic Preservation Commission
 
Take a look at the 831 Water Street Project here
 
PUBLIC MEETING PLACE NOW ALL FENCED IN

No one can meet in the town clock area of Santa Cruz, due to the fencing all around.  This matches the “Welcome to Santa Cruz” parklet areas on Ocean Street as motorists enter the City from Highways 17 and 1.  Is that really an inviting image?

 
A GLARING PROBLEM FOR MANY
Do you feel that headlights on new vehicles, especially large pickup trucks are blindingly-bright and hazardous for other motorists?
I do, and many others agree.   Take a look at this survey.
 
Age is not a factor.  Safety certainly is!

Please write your State and Federal Representatives with your thoughts and request that the safety issue be investigated and that the problem of glaringly-bright headlights is remediated in newer vehicles.
 
WRITE ONE LETTER.  MAKE ONE CALL.  ATTEND A PUBLIC MEETING AND ASK QUESTIONS THAT MATTER TO YOU.
MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE THIS WEEK BY DOING JUST ONE THING.

 
Cheers,  and Happy Easter,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
I Want to Huechera All Over My Yard!

There’s a popular myth of the prosperity of individuals who wander disconnected from Nature, who park themselves at intervals in places with which they have no connection, who view the natural world around them as ‘landscaping,’ and are unaffected by ‘it.’ There are two natural elements widely accepted within this make-believe community: “street trees” and “turf.”

The Middle Ground

Those mythological people must be outliers, you suggest, there’s a much more mainstream culture which appreciates nature. The common surroundings of this middle ground consist of what I call ‘mafia plants.’ A man in a black trenchcoat approaches the new tenant, homeowner, or property manager, “Hey,” he says, “I think you need some plants.” And, he offers them 12 types of plants: you know the palette…it’s everywhere you look! “You betta plant these,” he proffers, “or else…” How else can you explain the proliferation of a handful of landscape plants across California’s central coast…where one can easily grow so many hundreds of beautiful landscape plants? The middle proportion of the human population must have its priorities elsewhere!

You Are What You Plant

There are all sorts of arguments against judging people by their landscape. Primary among these are the landless class, who seem to have no control over their surroundings. The renting class and the iterant people…who have been priced out of property ownership, land tending, and civic engagement. To make ends meet, they work so much that they have little time for anything else but survival. In the case that the folks who can afford the time or money for land tending yet choose the mafia plants…well, they might be excused for their ‘other priorities.’ Perhaps they are saving the world in significant other ways. Then there are those who go ‘all in’ with land tending – growing food, stewarding plant diversity, restoring the world around them however they might. These three landscapes contrast highly with one another: weeds and dust, mafia plants, and a bounty of diversity. As you walk around town, notice these patterns and ask yourself – how do these landscapes reflect on the people in the houses?

Focusing on Ground Cover

Among the wealthier class, who so easily pay to cover their foibles, “groundcovers” might help you discern their deeper association with the Earth. I visited a couple in San Mateo who had a very small social space of a back yard: they had plenty of thyme! Everywhere you walked, no matter how late you arrived, you were on thyme. Their yard was a living pun! I have attended barbecues surrounded by garden beds of gravel and pumice with desert plants poking out forebodingly. Parties in backyards have frequently featured people pitched sideways from chairs collapsed into gopher holes in meadows of wildflowers and weeds. Concrete sideyards full of chattering jollies around flickering gas fire pits sitting on patio furniture, gazing into beds of roses erupting from bark chips from ponderosa pines harvested for timber in the Sierra Nevada. These are the major scenes I’ve experienced. No judgement.

Zen Landscape

What is it to be Zen in the landscape of our modern world? Do we revel in the seventeen plant species emerging all on their own from the cracks in the urban tennis court? Or, might we lose any attachment from the landscape – accepting what naturally grows without judgement or involvement? When the flames sunder the homes thus untended, do we say ‘it was always thus?’ When our untended landscape grows and paves over the last of Nature, do we ask ourselves “why does landscape matter?”

Redwood Understory

A fair number of people somehow have come to love living in the redwood forest: these people have a particular challenge with their landscaping, no matter how they feel about ‘fitting in’ or ‘chipping in’ or even ‘not getting in trouble with the mafia (e.g., real estate agents).’ It is very difficult to add to the understory diversity of the redwood forest. Huechera is one of the types of plants one might turn to for redwood forest gardening. This plant is easy to grow, covers the ground, has a variety of colors, is inexpensive, low maintenance, deer resistant, drought resistant, and hardly requires any attention. Perfect! If you feel inspired, you might shout “I want to Huechera All Over My Yard!” Doesn’t that feel good?

An Alternate Reality

Another way we might see the world around us is to see it as us. Supposing we are actually a part of nature, how might the natural world around us reflect that? This would have something to do with how we relate to the things growing along our route to our front door…in our backyard…and in the street trees near our homes. “Ooooh!” you might say, “street trees are public domain! I’m not political!” Well, maybe you aren’t…maybe you don’t vote…maybe it’s better that way. Might it just be, though, that taking the first, is it so radical, step of improving the land around you is also healing you? It might be a selfish act to increase the shade on the pavement around you. The diverse groundcovers you plant might just keep Valley Fever from reaching your lungs. Might you choose a politician who supports Heritage Trees as the best sign that they are actually on ‘our side?’ What do the people you might vote for think about groundcovers? Is that such a terrible question?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, March 31, 2026

Last February, about a month ago, The Wall Street Journal provided a book review of the book that is pictured above. “Wow,” I thought, when I saw that “Bookshelf” column in the paper! I was really stumped. Why does democracy “need the rich?” I have to be honest, and I need to tell you the truth: no good answer sprang immediately to my mind.

At any rate, while I am not a “kill the rich” kind of guy, I have never thought that “democracy” would be in trouble if there weren’t a lot of those “rich” people hanging around, making themselves available for the betterment of our democratic institutions. In fact, if you think back to what some might title the “Months of the Magnificent  Musk,” shortly after our current president took office, in January 2025, the willingness of billionaire Elon Musk to get deeply involved with our democratic government, in Musk’s “hands on” effort to make the government run better, turned out to be the very opposite of inspiring – and the very opposite of helpful. Musk is definitely one of the “rich,” so his involvement with government does not seem to support the thesis expressed in the title of the book.

And it’s not just Musk, either. There is a pretty good case to be made, I think, that the “rich” people whom our current president has brought into government with him – and not to forget our current president himself, who is certainly among “the rich” – have spent most of their time figuring out how our “democracy” can help them, and can make those rich folks even more rich. I don’t know whether you’d agree, but I haven’t seen much impact going the other way.

Well, John O. McGinnis, the author of the book I am profiling, who is the George C. Dix Professor in Constitutional Law, at the Northwestern University Pritzker School of Law, has a very simple answer for any skeptics (like me, and maybe you). Democracy “needs the rich” because [quote] “public policy is heavily shaped by interest groups and bureaucracy. The rich have the freedom to provide alternative perspectives” (emphasis added).

Wow! (My second “wow” in this blog posting!) McGinnis thinks that “the rich” are helping out our “democracy” by generously giving us their “alternative perspectives.” Wow! (third time). I never thought of that!!

Let me give you a more ample outline of McGinnis’ argument by quoting from the book review published in The Journal (emphasis added):

A law professor at Northwestern University and former U.S. Justice Department official, Mr. McGinnis seeks to defend the ultrawealthy from the growing number of accusations leveled against them. Although incomplete, Mr. McGinnis’s argument deserves to be taken seriously.

Who are the rich? If they’re defined by wealth, Mr. McGinnis would include people in the top 0.1% of asset-holders—$61 million and above—as “truly rich.” What matters to the author isn’t how much they are worth, but how free they are to express their views, take risks and support innovative activities.

A highly paid corporate executive or celebrity isn’t necessarily immune to pressures from the marketplace, government regulators or adoring fans. However, someone who has amassed a vast fortune, especially through entrepreneurial skill, Mr. McGinnis argues, has greater freedom to act with impunity or champion unpopular causes. That makes the rich especially valuable in a representative democracy like the U.S., where policy is normally shaped by the play of public opinion, competition among interest groups and the weight of a permanent bureaucracy. The wealthy—and the organizations or politicians they assist—have the means to provide alternative perspectives, typically rooted in the practical realities of building a business rather than in intellectual theories, media stereotypes or government rules.

Arent’ you tempted to say, “Wow,” too?

“Democracy,” at least as commonly understood, is based on the idea that ALL CITIZENS are to be encouraged to “express their views,” and to “provide alternative perspectives” and actually to be engaged in “self-government,” which is what I call what many people, including McGinnis, denominate as “democracy.” In fact, given just how much “the rich” have assumed full, and effective, and defacto control over our government, and over everything our government does, it seems especially important that the “poor,” and just plain-old “average” Americans get personally involved in “politics,” and in political decisionmaking, and come up with “alternative perspectives.”

Talk about someone who truly doesn’t “get it” about “democracy.” Mr. John O. McGinnis really takes the cake.

Wow! 

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

AUDIENCE PARTICIPATION, UNFORGIVABLE, COUNTDOWN

Who would have anticipated that the annual CPACKKK gathering in Texas on March 27 was to give the NO KINGS! rallies an extra boost on the Friday preceding their impressive worldwide Saturday gatherings. Conservative Trump loyalist, Matt Schlapp, attempted to rouse the CPAC crowd by asking if they wished to see impeachment hearings against the president and he was taken aback by the cheers from the assembled group. Schlapp immediately responded, “No! That was the wrong answer!” Presenting the question once more brought forth a mix of responses, providing for an awkward moment and revealing the growing divisions within the Republican Party — in particular over the decision to go to war against Iran. Trump’s ‘America First‘ platform has run aground, getting backlash for not adhering to his emphasis on reducing foreign entanglements.

The president decided against attending the Grapevine gathering, and that combined with the drop in his approval ratings, seems to have affected the attendance seen in previous years. MS NOW reporter, Rosa Flores, saw the usual proliferation of MAGA-hawkers’ booths, but with thin crowds in those  areas. Show host, Chris Jansing of MS NOW, asked Flores what the overall mood was like and the camera showed empty booths and one seller staring at his cellphone. Flores said that in her on-site interviews, most respondents don’t believe the Trump disapproval ratings as seen on Fox News, and that higher oil prices are Biden’s fault, with the Iran “excursion” being “what’s best for America.” CPAC host, Mercedes Schlapp, in her on-stage interview with border czar Tom Homan, asked him to compare the current administration with the Biden years. She then stopped the conversation to face the audience, scolding them with, “I’m not hearing a ‘boo’ when I say ‘Joe Biden,’ people! Come on! We do audience participation here!” That brought jeering from the crowd, but Homan’s mention of the former president as he explained the illegal alien disparities between the two regimes failed to garner a response — probably watching Klan videos on their phones!

Turnout numbers have yet to be confirmed for the NO KINGS! protests but organizers expected as many as nine million would participate for the third event (but eight million ain’t so bad), a marked increase over the June and October events of last year. Minneapolis was the designated flagship city, which attracted over 200,000 demonstrators, who heard speakers Tim WalzBernie SandersIlhan Omar and Jane Fonda, and a special performance by Bruce Springsteen covering his musical tribute to slain protesters Renee Good and Alex Pretti. The 3,300 organized protests across the US, and in several larger cities around the world, prompted White House spokesperson Abigail Jackson to dismiss the event with, “The only people who care about these Trump Derangement Therapy Sessions are the reporters who are paid to cover them.”

Jon Clemence writes on Quora that prior to protest marches, the naysayers claim that “nothing will be achieved, so why bother?” So, Clemence decided to study just how effective such events are, and what is achieved. He found that historically, a 53% success rate of achieving goals through nonviolence — though since 2010 in this digital age, the rate has dropped to about 34%, but nonviolence is the most viable path for systemic change. Researchers found that once mass protests grow to a size of 3.5% of the population (12 million protestors in the context of the US population), the success rate is 100%! Protests provide public pressure that can influence legal and local victories. In 2025, the ACLU took 239 legal actions against the Trump administration and won 64% of cases. Protests like NO KINGS! send a strong signal to business leaders and media executives that remaining loyal to the Trump regime could cost them in terms of business outcomes — losing money!

Protests are an easy entry point, helping people become involved in political activism in other needle-moving ways. Sixty-six percent of RSVPs for last weekends’s NO KINGS! event were from people who live outside of major urban centers. It’s no longer just a ‘liberal’ thing — if it ever was. People in conservative and battleground districts are now pushing back. So, Clemence asks if the NO KINGS! protest will have any effect on the Trump administration? Perhaps not directly, he assumes, but it does not matter as long as it angers the president. However, it does matter as a part of the litany of actions that, taken together, can affect change; it tells anyone in power that supporting Trump is a losing strategy; and, it shows anyone in MAGA who still has a functioning brain that they are also supporting a loser. He challenges anyone to go ahead and tell him that what he and millions of others are doing is pointless — just understand that the data doesn’t agree with that charge.

Among the doubters of the effectiveness of protests are The New York Times, which questioned whether the throngs were diverse enough, the message focused enough, and whether the participants have “mastered the harder work of organizing,” calling the rallies “collective therapy” fretting over the lack of a single demand. Murdoch’s Wall Street Journal’s op-ed by a New York psychotherapist compared the protests to “bad group therapy,” arguing that the protests offer validation without challenging participants’ thinking. The Raw America blog says Rupert’s message is to ‘go home,’ as the mainstream media tells you ‘don’t believe your own eyes,’ in light of the fact that the movement is growing — spreading into Red States, crossing oceans to more than a dozen countries. Raw America believes nobody went home feeling as if they’d just done therapy — they went home feeling like they were part of something real, because they are! The world isn’t confused about what is happening in America. They see it clearly. The only ones who can’t seem to see it are the billionaires who own our media.

Brad Reed of Common Dreams reports that Ezra Levin, co-founder of Indivisible, is calling for a nationwide general strike for May 1, modeled on the day of action residents of Minnesota organized in January against the brutality carried out by federal immigration enforcement officials. Levin appeared at the NO KINGS! rally in Minneapolis, praising protesters in the face of the ICE siege earlier this year, and announcing that Indivisible wishes to replicate it nationwide. “It is a tactical escalation…an economic show of force. We are saying, ‘No business as usual, no work, no school, no shopping.’ We’re going to show up and say we’re putting workers over billionaires and kings. We are going to build on that courage, that sacrifice, to demonstrate that regular people are the greatest threat to fascism in this country.” Indivisible co-founder Leah Greenberg says the goal of a nationwide strike is to send “a clear message: we demand a government that invests in our communities, not one that enriches billionaires, fuels endless war, or deploys masked agents to intimidate our neighbors.”

Many see Trump looking for scapegoats in his cabinet to bail him out of his troubles, with Kristi Noem being the first to fall with revelations of her wild, self-aggrandizing spending in her post as Homeland Security Secretary — her “grifts — er, gifts that keep on giving,” says Lisa Needham at Daily Kos. The $220 million contract for her “horsey ad,” blame for which she tried to shift to the president, sealed her fate. Noem had near-complete authority to waste your tax dollars, however she liked — those glamour shots in front of Mount Rushmore did not come cheap, but money is really no object when you’re playing with house money, says Needham. So, why not soak the taxpayers for as much as possible to get fancy “horseys and flattering makeup“? Renting, transporting, and boarding three ponies for two days cost us $20,000 — ponies from competitive barrel racer champion, Jill Moody, a South Dakotan, and longtime friend and backer of Noem. Four hair stylists based in Washington, DC were flown in, tallied up to $3,800 for the quartet, and South Dakota’s Bombshell Beauty Makeup Studio (a Noem backer) billed us for $2,070, so with this much money to waste, you have to spread it around among friends!

Kristi Noem’s new gig as special envoy for the Shield of the Americas won’t provide her with a bottomless trove of cash, so maybe she’ll have to do with the costumes and paraphernalia leftovers from the Homeland Piracy. And the $50,000 Rolex she was so keen about flashing during her media hit at CECOT prison in El SalvadorDon, Jr. and Eric may have to arm wrestle for that prize. The president is allowing her to retain ten staffers, but it’s a good bet they won’t be traveling in the cowgirl’s private jet. It was painfully obvious the Mount Rushmore video was designed to feature Noem, and that was the real problem in Trump’s view. She made herself the face of DHS, the face of deportations, the face of ICE — okay with Trump as long as her reputation didn’t eclipse his. But it was about Noem — “the most unforgivable sin of all,” says Needham.

Greg Sargent of The New Republic writes that, “On the surface, Trump wants less attention paid to mass deportations. Meanwhile, Stephen Miller is taking new and hidden steps to wreak havoc in the lives of undocumented children and their families.” Sargent asks whether or not Trump has figured out that Miller’s fascist cruelties have become a niggling political liability for him? The Wall Street Journal suggests that the president may be moving to marginalize Miller’s influence, believing that the difficulty can be cured by a few optical tweaks, when the real culprit is a deeper ideological one. The Journal reveals that Trump wants to “lower the profile of his mass deportation efforts,” which are hideously unpopular, wishing voters would view the targets as “bad guys,” and not noncriminal undocumented residents. That Trump is siding with White House Chief of Staff Susie Wiles, is a sign of his political panic and a rebuke to Miller, with Wiles advising that deportations are a liability for the midterm elections. Yet Miller delights in flaunting the administration’s vicious sadism and overt white nationalism, certain that latent majorities are quietly cheering him on.

Sargent writes that the Journal report deserves some skepticism, and bears watching, since Trump mostly wants the ‘appearance’ of an ICE pivot, focusing on ‘criminals’ in GOP ‘messaging,’  as the project fully forges ahead. Stephen Miller recently met with Texas state legislators to discuss the idea of ending state public funding for the education of undocumented children, limiting funding only for kids who are citizens or are lawfully present in the country. The aim of denying public school is to destabilize the lives of undocumented families as another way to encourage them to self-deport, but this would run afoul of a 1982 Supreme Court decision which blocked states from denying public education to the young based on immigration status. The civil rights ruling, Plyler v. Doe, holds that restricting public education violates the Fourteenth Amendment’s enshrinement of equal protection before the law. Naturally, Miller and his anti-immigrant allies are gunning for Plyler in order to provoke another court battle in hopes that our right-wing Supremes would overturn the 1982 ruling.

Such a ruling would be seismic, the issue being whether these kids are to be regarded as equal persons despite being undocumented, relegating them to an unacceptable subclass status. Immigration law scholar Hiroshi Motomura, explains that “the emergence of a permanent subcaste is intolerable within a national constitutional culture based on equality,” which Miller is keen on ending. It’s too early to tell whether Texas lawmakers will do as Miller wishes, or how the high court might rule if that occurred; but if it worked in Miller’s favor, other red states with many immigrant families would be jumping on the bandwagon. Should Miller’s project advance, that opens up another can of worms — Trump’s desire to end birthright citizenship, which clashes with the Fourteenth Amendment’s guarantee that all persons born in the US are automatic citizens.

Pursuing these maliciously profound rulings would result in a constitutional order more ‘hereditary’ and ‘caste-like,’ says legal scholar, Akhil Reed Amar — which is exactly what Trump and Miller want. This is echoed in VP Vance’s suggestion that heritage, not adherence to creedal ideals, makes one an AmericanJamelle Bouie calls Vance’s vision “tiered citizenship” based not on equality of birth but on one’s “connection to the soil and to the dead.” Ned Resnikoff hears hints of this in Secretary of State Marco Rubio’s Western-civilizational-supremacist rhetoric, as well, writes Sargent. “Miller’s true goal is to use immigration as a tool to chisel away at the Fourteenth Amendment, and until he’s ejected from the White House, all our rights are in danger,” says counsel Chris Newman at the National Day Laborer Organizing Network.

Perhaps Miller should watch his actions, since Marin Scotten of The New Republic says he was caught on video letting out a big sigh of boredom during one of Trump’s speeches justifying his “excursion” into Iran. At a recent roundtable in Memphis, attended by Miller, Trump, FBI Director PatelAG Pam Bondi, and SecDef Pete Hegseth, the sigh was seen as an unintentional show of disagreement with the president and his war. But, despite this slip-up, Miller later showed complete agreement with Trump’s crackdown on crime in Memphis and five other cities (which has cost taxpayers nearly $500 million, if you’re keeping score.) Miller added, “What President Trump has done on border security and public safety is a national miracle that will be studied not only for generations but for centuries to come.”

Some anonymous claims by former and current DHS officials accuse Miller of overriding direct orders from Trump, prompting Governor Gavin Newsom to post on X his prediction that Miller is on his way out. His post shared an article by the Daily Mail which alleges that at times Miller holds more power than the president. “START THE COUNTDOWN!!! Stephen Miller is going to be fired!,” Newsom predicted in his post, which was accompanied by an image of Harry Potter villain Voldemort. The Daily Mail report asserts that DHS officials accused Miller of making decisions on the immigration program that caused complete chaos within the department, such as Trump’s directive not to target farm workers in one operation — which Miller then changed. One insider claims that Miller selected Markwayne Mullin to head DHS, to be used as his puppet — no comment by Miller.

Emily Singer, in her post on Daily Kos, believes that the Defense Secretary may be next in line for dismissal, writing, “Pete Hegseth, you in danger, girl!” She reports that last week President Trump laid the groundwork to blame Pistol Pete for the ongoing disaster in Iran, as he said the Secretary convinced him to begin the “excursion,” despite the lack of a coherent rationale. At the Memphis event, Trump bragged about the stock market and the “fantastic” economy, but he “unfortunately” called advisors to discuss possible action in Iran, and Hegseth was “the first one” to recommend the attack. Pointedly, he addressed Hegseth saying, “You said, ‘Let’s do it’ — because you can’t let them have a nuclear weapon.”

Trump has been accused of stock market manipulation as he hints at, lies about, negotiations taking place with Iranian leaders to end the war, a ploy that seems to work for him and his billionaire backers. Iran says it wasn’t dealing with Trump, and the president continues to make threats and carry out limited forays, clearly terrified about the chaos he has unleashed in the world. Polling by CBS/YouGov finds that a majority of Americans think the war is going “very” or “somewhat” poorly, while another 60% disapprove of the conflict altogether. Singer writes that Hegseth should start polishing his resume and reaching out to friends at Fox News, his old stomping grounds prior to his Pentagon appointment.

The president has no qualms about firing officials to make them scapegoats if that is necessary to get the monkeys of his cruel and unpopular agendas off his back — Noem should be a good lesson for the survivors. The administration has seriously considered replacing Hegseth, particularly after the SignalGate fiasco of discussing classified military operations in which a journalist was allowed to be in on the secrets. Now that the war has been publicly laid across Pete’s new Florsheim’s as an advocate of the bombings, he makes a better fall guy than Jared Kushner or Steve Witkoff, even though they are seen to be instrumental in warning about an “imminent” attack by IranSinger concludes that, “If there’s any consolation for Hegseth, it’s that his firing would let him unlock the liquor cabinet he claimed to have shut when he became Secretary of Defense. A scotch on the rocks may be in your future, Pete! At least you have that.

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

Dateline: April 2, 2026

As promised, here’s the follow up entry for “Trail Beautiful”, now a section of the “Skyline to the Sea” trail in Big Basin Redwoods State Park. I’ve walked portions of this trail, and it well deserves the name, running along the top of the canyon above the Waddell Creek Valley. Well worth the mild hike to reach it once you’re there. You’ll have a great view of the valley and the ocean beyond it.

I love Clark’s habit of including contemporary commentary from local newspapers. There were clearly some interesting characters writing for the local papers back when. As a side note, much of Waddell Creek Valley (along with the rest of the county) was clear cut in the late 1800s, what you see now is second-growth forests in large part, with the occasional exception of small areas which were commercially impractical to log. The product of over a century’s worth of careful stewardship by subsequent owners, and somewhat less destructive logging practices by local logging industry leaders realizing that they need a sustainable source of lumber to stay in business.

Trail Beautiful

This Big Basin Redwoods State Park trail seems to have lost its romantic name. It is now considered to be that section of Sequoia Trail which runs northward from Slippery Rock to the upper end of Opal Creek Trail (now a section of Skyline to the Sea Trail).

“We have received a letter from a literary lady asking us by whom and for what purpose the Trail Beautiful so called in the Big Basin was built. We can speak authoritatively on this subject because said trail was opened by and under the direct personal effort and supervision of the editor of this paper before he took up journalistic labors. It was in the early summer of 1895 that this now quite noted trail was cut and graded through the woods for about one and a half miles to what was formerly known as the Lyons tract of timber… [from which] over eight hundred cords of tanbark was cut that year and packed out by trains of pack mules over the Trail Beautiful to the wagon road at the upper end of what is now known as the Slippery Rock. Such was the original incentive and cause of the Trail Beautiful; it simply being the outgrowth of a prosaic commercial venture. Since that first year of its opening it has been used only by hunters and sightseers, and it has become quite famous and popular with the latter through the charm of its gently ascending and descending grades through the deep shadowy woodland. We are quite proud of this trail, laid out by the writer and built partly by his own hands, and our only regret is that a considerable portion of the farther end is not within the confines of the State Park. It all should be, and we hope, it eventually will be.

–Editorial by W. S. Rodgers in Boulder Creek Mountain Echo, July 23, 1904.

Mr. Rodgers had his wish; the entire trail is now within the confines of the State Park. The trail was known as Rodgers Trail until around 1905.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Earthquakes”

“Everything is crooked everywhere.”
~Gunilla Leavitt

“You can no more win a war than you can win an earthquake.”
~Jeannette Rankin

“Whenever an earthquake or tsunami takes thousands of innocent lives, a shocked world talks of little else.”
~Anne M. Mulcahy

“The Oscar sits on some shelf above my desk. If there was an earthquake, I could actually be killed by my own Academy Award.”
~Helen Hunt

“It is not light that we need, but fire; it is not the gentle shower, but thunder. We need the storm, the whirlwind, and the earthquake.”
~Frederick Douglass

My friend Niki Leeman is a very talented singer-songwriter. He’s written a song about me, after all! I think I’ve posted that before, but I’ll post it again some time, as it’s a really good song. This time, however, I’m giving you the song he wrote in honor of Renee Good.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

March 18 – 31, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on why I’m running for Mayor, Part 2 Steinbruner… new County Youth Commission, Santa Cruz transportation… Hayes… Environmental Politics in Polite Company Patton… TDS… Matlock… excursions…supporter list…sleeper cells… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… zippers! Quotes on… “Precision”

...

PACIFIC AVENUE AUGUST 29, 1957. That’s Pacific and Walnut streets. Now we have The Gap, Synergy, and World Market Bazaar plus new light poles. It’s all about progress.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: March 25, 2026

HOLD YOUR FRIENDS CLOSE. This weekend we say goodbye to my best friend, who passed away in December. I’m having the memorial at my house, and I feel like I’m scrambling more than usual. It will all be fine, eventually, I know that from experience, but in the meantime by brain is running like a car being revved to oblivion, while in neutral… lots of noise, but no movement. Losing people sucks. I think I’ve had a lot of death in my life from a fairly early age, but I’m not sure it’s getting easier to deal with. This was also completely out of the blue unexpected, and I’m not sure I’ve really comprehended that she’s gone yet. It will be nice to see people this weekend, and I since do want this event to go smoothly, I better get back to work. Take care, all of you!

~Webmistress

...

THE PITT. Hulu, Max. Series. (8.97 IMDb) ***-
Noah Wyle is back in the ER… can George Clooney be far behind?

Set in a brutally busy Pittsburgh ER, a grizzled Wyle leads a rotating pack of residents, interns, and students through near–real-time shifts (one episode = one hour, one season = one day). The writing is sharp, the characters click, and the show pulls no punches on nudity or bodily damage—approach with caution, but it’s worth it. Season two is still rolling out weekly. Now with more ICE!
~Sarge

SCARPETTA. Prime. Series. (5.9 IMDb) **-

This series is about a noted Medical Examiner (Kidman) investigating a murder tied to a string of killings from 25 years ago.

Wait—no. It’s about sibling rivalry that apparently has no expiration date (Kidman/Curtis).

Then again, it’s about the adult niece of a Medical Examiner who can’t let go of her deceased wife and builds an AI replacement.

Any one of these might’ve made for an interesting series—just not all at once. Good cast, so-so mystery, and way too much going on. Pick a lane.

~Sarge

A MURDER BETWEEN FRIENDS. Prime. Movie. (3.5 IMDb) ***-

Half a point for being in focus. Joan Collins fronting for a series – at least according to the end card. Six… “people,” I guess… reunite at an Airbnb “castle” owned by a legendary mystery writer, played by Joan Collins. One of them ends up floating in the hot tub. That’s about it.

Everyone treats Joan Collins as a full-blown Mary Sue: “You’re a great mystery writer – we should all listen to you.” What does she actually do? Watch security cameras that most of the cast already know about, while they continue misbehaving anyway.

It’s embarrassing to watch, especially since I’m reasonably sure she bankrolled it. Not worth a watch. Stand well back. Mind the gap. Go watch “Agatha Christie’s 7 Dials” on Netflix.

~Sarge

THE LAST KIDS ON EARTH. Netflix. Series (1hr pilot). (7.2 IMDb) ***
This largely bloodless animated series began with a pilot-style special and ran for two seasons. It’s based on the children’s book series by Max Brallier, with character designs inspired by the illustrations of Douglas Holgate.

The story follows orphan Jack Sullivan as he adjusts to life after an invasion of extra-dimensional monsters and a zombie apocalypse. He soon bands together with a scrappy group of kids who missed the evacuation – along with a loyal monster-dog – forming their own ragtag survival team.

Aimed primarily at the 8–12 crowd, the show still has enough sharp humor and creature-feature flair to entertain adults. The voice cast includes Nick Wolfhard (brother of Finn), Mark Hamill, Keith David, Catherine O’Hara, and Rosario Dawson. Worth a watch – with or without your kids.
~Sarge

AGATHA CHRISTIE’S SEVEN DIALS. Netflix. Series. (6.2 IMDb) **-

There have been a fair few non-Poirot/Marple adaptations recently, and this is certainly one of them.

The cast is solid – Martin Freeman is great, and Mia McKenna-Bruce really shines in the lead role (though Helena Bonham Carter kind of phones in a stock twitchy character). The film doesn’t quite hook you into the mystery, though. It’s not slow, just… not all that engaging. The highlight for me was definitely Mia jumping out of a window to dodge a wedding proposal. On the plus side, it’s only 3 episodes. Many clocks.

It’s probably worth a watch if you’re looking for something to pass the time before the next episode of your favorite show drops.

~Sarge

THE MUPPET SHOW. Disney+. Series. (8.4 IMDb) ****
Or, as I like to think of it, ANTI-MELANIA. They both star a woman who is completely self-obsessed, clinging to a less attractive mate’s position: I mean, of course, the return of … THE MUPPET SHOW!

That’s right, the same old gang at the same old theatre. Minus the legendary Jim Henson and Frank Oz (who is still alive, at time of writing), it actually defies the concern of losing the magic – it’s almost like it never ended. Which is a good thing. Only one episode so far, but it’s off to a good start. Worth a watch!

~Sarge

LA BELLE ET LA BÊTE (1946). Disney+, Max. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ****
Just ran back across this amazing version of Beauty and the Beast (literally haven’t watched it since the early 90’s), with amazing magical settings, and honestly a beast you like so much more than the Prince underneath. There are a number of visuals that have found their way into other lesser films. Jean Marais literally smolders in his cat-like beast. In French with English subtitles. Ça vaut le détour.
~Sarge

RIOT WOMEN. BritBox. Series. (8.5 IMDb) ***

In the early ’90s, a musical revolution erupted – one part punk, many parts feminism – spearheaded by bands like Bikini Kill and Bratmobile (<3): "Riot Grrrl". It laid the foundation for bands like L7 and Hole, whose raw energy and unapologetic attitudes reshaped rock music. Fast forward 35 years, and those fierce grrrls are now navigating the challenges of menopause. Enter Riot Women, a series that follows a group of "women of a certain age" who've had it up to here with hot flashes and feeling invisible. What starts as a joke quickly transforms into something more: they decide to start their own band. While only a few episodes are currently available on BritBox (released weekly), the show's got heart, humor, and plenty of punch. If you've ever felt overlooked or dismissed, Riot Women is a riotous reminder that it's never too late to reclaim your voice. Available exclusively on BritBox (via PrimeVideo for me) - worth a watch, so far. ~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

March 23, 2026

Why I am Running for Mayor: The Issues
Background
I have lived in the city of Santa Cruz for 51 years. I’ve been deeply involved in local city politics for 45 years. I have served on two city commissions with three terms as chair. Most of my political work has been on the public side of the podium.
Why run for Mayor?
I decided to run for Mayor to take a stand against the rapid overbuilding of large projects that are overwhelming our infrastructure, our neighborhoods and our town. What we see now is just the beginning. Unless there is a change of direction at City Hall, the City of Santa Cruz will be unrecognizable in a few years.
Overbuilding
This city-driven overbuilding goes way beyond state housing requirements. The city approved the building of double the number of state-required housing units in the last eight-year cycle, mostly at the upper income levels. Those extra housing units do not count towards the current cycle, which runs from 2023-2031.
Slow down!
The city’s website shows that new large housing projects already submitted to the city, either approved or waiting for approval, total more than 4,000 additional housing units. This number exceeds the state-required 3,736 housing units for the entire eight-year cycle ending in 2031.
No Overlay district
The city has also proposed establishing a “ministerial approval overlay district.” This new district would encompass every buildable city parcel currently zoned mixed use or multi-family. Should this proposal pass, public hearings would be eliminated for all projects labeled one hundred percent affordable. This would give city planning staff sole authority to approve projects, without public oversight. The overlay district weakens current heritage tree protection criteria. It allows eight story projects deep into existing neighborhoods. This overreach is neither required by the state, nor necessary to reach our state housing numbers for the current eight-year cycle.
Overbuilding & higher rents
We cannot build our way into affordability.

More housing does not necessarily lead to lower rents. As more market rate housing is built, and more affluent people relocate to Santa Cruz, the income eligibility levels for affordable housing also rise since they are tied to the Area Median Income (AMI). As the AMI rises—it has risen 25% in 3 years—it leaves more low-income workers out of competition for affordable housing.

Affordable housing: priority for local workers
I am running to make absolute certain that affordable housing built in the city is offered first to local workers and local residents. The 2023-24 Civil Grand Jury, of which I was a member, published an investigative report titled “Housing for Whom?” The report documents that the city has no tracking system to ensure existing local preferences for affordable housing are being followed. If elected, I will work to make sure a tracking and verification system is in place, is followed and is audited. Our city by itself cannot provide affordable housing for the whole county and region. Priority must be given to local workers.
Negative fiscal impact
City planning staff has stated—and council has ignored—the fact that new housing results in a net negative fiscal impact over the long term. If the overbuilding continues, the cost of basic services will increase. Getting a doctor’s appointment will be more difficult. Dominican Hospital is overwhelmed right now. Costs for water, sewer and garbage will rise. Traffic congestion will get worse. Overcrowding has negative impacts for people, the infrastructure and the environment.
State take-over of local control
State housing laws have left cities with little control over their own land-use decisions. If elected, I will join other CA cities in pushing back against the state’s unsustainable housing requirements. Our state representatives must hear our concerns and better represent our interests.
Housing built in the last 50 years
Some claim that the city has built no housing for the past 50 years, that these new outsize buildings are just catch-up. That is incorrect. The US Census shows that since 1970; eleven thousand housing units have been built in the city. False claims to justify overbuilding should have no place in land-use decisions. As Mayor, I will base decisions on facts and evidence.
Where is our money going?
There has been a significant increase in the City’s top and middle management employees over the past three years. Padding at the top has in the long run bankrupted some CA cities. If elected, I will examine the ratio of supervisors to workers in the city to see if it aligns with similar cities in CA. I will scrutinize the over-hiring of consultants. I will ensure proper environmental review of projects to avoid unnecessary lawsuits that in the recent past have cost the city hundreds of thousands of dollars.
The environment
I am running to address environmental issues that have taken a back seat in the city’s priorities. We need to re-instate the ranger program in Parks and Recreation to keep our open space lands safe and clean. We are fast losing our heritage trees; three to four hundred are cut down with permit each year in our eleven square mile city. We can do better. We need to address light pollution, a proven human health risk with negative impacts on nocturnal animals, migrating birds and plant life.
Small businesses
If elected, I will support and protect our local small businesses. Too many are being forced out by the bulldozer. After displacement, few can afford the higher rents in the new projects. We are losing a sense of place as long-time local businesses disappear. I will protect our scarce industrial lands for future job growth.
Community safety
I worked as head of Rape Prevention Education at UCSC for thirty years. I know we can do a far better job of response to the high level of reported rape in the city, currently a buried issue. I will prioritize public safety in our parks.

I deplore the actions of ICE and will not support their presence in Santa Cruz.

Leadership
I am a skilled chair of public meetings. I respect all who work in the city at all levels. I respect all members of the public who attend city council meetings. I have a good rapport with current council members and am respected by city staff.
Democratic process
If elected, I would expand civic involvement by encouraging council members to hold regular constituent meetings in their districts. I would end the current requirement that council members can discuss an item only after a motion has been made. I view this requirement as stifling public debate among the council. It makes public comment largely superfluous since motions are pre-prepared with staff.
My pledge
If elected I will work with council members in a leadership role: to redirect staff away from overbuilding; to comply with state laws but no more; to push back against state take-over of local control; to protect our neighborhoods, our infrastructure and our environment with transparency and a more robust democratic process.

See and read more on the website: Greensite4Mayor.org

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
MIDCOUNTY GROUND WATER AGENCY BOARD PAUSES ON ASSESSING PRIVATE WELL OWNERS

Many thanks to Director David Baskin-Green for his common sense and clear-headed thinking at last Thursday’s MidCounty Groundwater Agency Board meeting to pause the action to continue having SCI Consultants devise methods to tax private well owners to get money to operate the State-mandated Agency.

Last year, on St. Patrick’s Day, the SCI Consultant rolled out his plan to a large room at Simpkins Center filled by private well owners, upset at the idea of being taxed for pumping water from their own wells.  Nevertheless, the MGA and SCI Consultants moved forward with further analysis of possible future assessments.

A few of them were also at the MGA meeting last Thursday and spoke, or had written, opposing any future assessments on their private wells.

Representing the City of Santa Cruz, Director Baskin-Green immediately stated: “What is not equitable about the formula we’ve been using?  I motion we continue this item and direct each agency’s executive director to discuss the existing funding formula with their respective governance Boards and return to the next [MGA] meeting with the results of their discussion and decision-making.”  Director Susie O’Hare, also representing the City of Santa Cruz, agreed and added slight amendment.  The vote to approve was nearly unanimous, with one no vote from the newest of the three Private Well Representatives, Keith Gudger.

Immediately, the Program Director, Tim Carson, announced the MGA would need to hire a facilitator to run the next meeting.  Kerching, kerching….  Once again, the reasonable Director David Baskin-Green, joined by Director Marco Romanini (representing Central Water District) said “NO.  We can manage our own discussion, just as we have here tonight.”

What a breath of fresh air!!

There are four jurisdictions working together to meet the State Sustainable Groundwater Management Act (SGMA) planning and reporting requirements to ensure the MidCounty Groundwater Basin is taken care of in terms of quantity and quality of water available by 2040.  Historically, the members pay proportionally to the amount of water pumped from the Basin. The jurisdictions agreed in 2017 during formation that each would fund it’s own projects, but would pay to maintain the necessary administration of the MidCounty Groundwater Agency itself.   Soquel Creek Water District’s share is 70%, Central Water District pays 10%, the City of Santa Cruz pays 10% and the County of Santa Cruz (representing small water companies and other private well owners) pays !0%.  That has worked well, despite causing some financial hardship for Central Water District, leading to a rate increase to pay that bill.

In 2022, MGA received a $7.6 million no-cost-share grant from the Dept. of Water Resources’ SGMA Implementation program to pursue
components of its Groundwater Sustainability Plan.  More than $1.5 million of the 2022 award has funded compliance expenses for monitoring, reporting, and other activities…including consultants.

That allowed the member agencies to skip paying their share for the past couple of years, but not the grant money is mostly spent.  Who knows if the State will be willing to fund more such grants. 

The Staff Report begins on page 47, advising the formation of an Ad Hoc Committee to analyze the assessment options, followed by the Memorandum from the SCI Consultants further explaining the options.

The Memorandum outlines commonly used funding methodologies – including volumetric (extraction-based), land-based
(parcel or acreage), irrigated acreage, and hybrid approaches—and discusses considerations of
proportionality, equity, administrative feasibility, and legal defensibility.

Stay tuned for the next MGA meeting on June 18, 2026 in the Capitola Library Ow Community Room at 6pm.
Will the County convene a meeting with the private well owners before then?  Send your thoughts on this matter to Ms. Sierra Ryan, the County’s executive on the Committee: Sierra Ryan < sierra.ryan@santacruzcontyca.gov >  Under SGMA law, groundwater agencies can assess well owners to cover administration fees.

SOQUEL CREEK WATER DISTRICT BOARD RECOGNIZES LESS PUMPING
The Soquel Creek Water District Board heard a report last Tuesday that less pumping is needed, justifying their revision of baseline levels that influence tier funding rates.  In 2020, that annual pumping volume was 3,900 AcreFeet, but due to customers using less water and finding leaks sooner, the District now anticipates 3,250 Acre-Feet/year  fro the next five years, with actual current production at about 3,000Acre-Feet/year.

How will that affect the rates?  That remains to be seen.  Another rate study is in the works.
Read the Item 6.3 “Water Shortage Contingency” Staff Report. The website has been updated to assist with direct access to items via the left bar item access and is a great improvement!

WHAT IS POSSIBLE FOR SANTA CRUZ TRANSPORTATION?

With recent events regarding the Rail Trail issue, is anything salvageable for public transportation on the rail corridor and otherwise?

Plan to attend the panel discussion this Thursday, March 26 at the Resource Center for Non-Violence (612 Ocean Street, Santa Cruz) at 7pm.

A community conversation is needed about weaving these new technologies into our transportation tapestry. Santa Cruz Personal Rapid Transit (SCPRT)Silicon Valley Clean Cities Coalition (SVCCC), and LoopWorks areorganizing this public forum to discuss whether the promised value of adding robo-taxis and podcars is worth the expected costs.
Does Santa Cruz County need podcars?
Moderator: Stacy Hughes (RCNV trainer)

Panelists:

(Panelist speak as knowledgeable members of our community, not as official representatives of their organizations.)

Occupancy is limited to 200, so register to reserve a seat.

COUNTY SUPERVISORS ESTABLISH NEW YOUTH COMMISSION
The Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors considered forming a new Youth Commission that will advise the Board on matters important to the youth in our Community.  What a great idea to encourage youth to get involved in local government!

Take a look at Item #12

Chapter 2.127 would establish the Youth Commission. The purpose of the commission would be to serve in an advisory capacity to the Board by identifying emerging youth issues, providing input on policies and programs that affect young people, recommending policy improvements, and facilitating dialogue between youth and local government. The proposed Youth Commission would be composed of eleven (11) Santa Cruz County high school students ages 14-18. Each member of the Board would appoint one commissioner from their district, and six additional at-large members representing diverse lived experiences and perspectives within the community. These at-large positions are intended to help ensure representation from youth who may otherwise face barriers to civic participation. The membership would consist of the following members: Eleven (11) high school students between the ages of 14 and 18. Each member of the Board appoints one commissioner from their respective district (5 total). The Board will appoint six (6) at-large members from the following key stakeholder groups:

  • Person of color
  • Person with a physical or learning disability
  • Person living in a rural or unincorporated area
  • Person with an immigrant and/or farmworker family background
  • Person who identifies as low-income
  • Person who identifies as LGBTQ+

Let’s hope the Supervisors pay attention to the recommendations these young folks make.  Remember, former CAO Carlos Palacios disbanded many such Community-based advisory commissions before he retired.

MAKING PROGRESS ON COUNTY SUPERVISOR CHAMBER REMODEL
Progress is seemingly slow but the remodeling work at the 701 Ocean Street Board of Supervisor Chambers is shaping up.  What is not visible in the photos below is the significant pop-out media room.  It seems to me that the public space will be less than before, but it remains to be seen.


When will it be done?

The Board calendar schedules one more meeting in the basement on April 14.  What a shame that in all these months of having their meetings in different places, only two meetings have been held in Watsonville, with one of those at the expansive new South County Government Center at 500 Westridge Drive.  Many people from Watsonville attended that meeting….but not at the other locations that have included Scotts Valley…when the Board approved moving forward with a Draft Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) that will greatly impact Watsonville residents.

By the way, the remodel also included a major re-do of  the 5th floor women’s bathroom, too.

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  ATTEND A PANEL PRESENTATION ON PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION AND ASK QUESTIONS.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers, and Happy Spring!
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Environmental Politics in Polite Company

Is the adage ‘never talk about politics or religion in polite company’ still relevant? I was recently at a social gathering in Santa Cruz, surrounded by amazing, creative people, chatting about a variety of interesting subjects. One person I met had lived in the City for decades and recently moved a bit out of town. I asked them what they thought of the trajectory of downtown Santa Cruz – the pace and intensity of developments, the taller and taller buildings, whether they thought we were heading into an era of more affordable housing due to much more development, and how they thought more development would affect traffic and water supplies. As with everyone I’ve spoken with, they had grave concerns about the transformation of downtown, little faith that affordable housing would result, and were certain that traffic would get worse and water become scarcer. When I asked which politicians they saw as most responsible for pushing the downtown situation, their demeanor quickly changed. They had no idea. They had no opinion about Mayor Keeley. They said they lived in the County now and that City politics no longer concerned them. Disappointing! But maybe I should have taken the sage advice to stay out of such conversations.

City Politics IS Your Concern

It seems to me that most people are ready to talk national politics and ill-prepared to talk local politics. Cities have outsized impacts on large areas of the Earth. As the population becomes more and more concentrated in cities, people in those cities become more isolated from Nature. Those votes and the influence of the city elite and the politicians they often control means that cities are able to suck up water from way beyond their borders and dump their refuse into neighborhoods far away from city residents. Cities define where the roads go and how much traffic there is. After building their power and their donor base in the cities, city politicians often go into leadership at larger geographic scales. As much as all politics is local, most of politics is about your relationship with your most local city.

City Elections

The City of Santa Cruz is about to elect a new Mayor, and there is an interesting line up of candidates. As always, I encourage people to dig deeply into how each candidate has described their environmental platform. The City’s website is a good place to start for links for each candidate. We have Ryan Coonerty, who on his website has said ‘protect our greenbelt and parks.’ While Ryan says he is all about protecting parks, those of us who watched his proudly proclaimed work at making Cotoni Coast Dairies a part of a National Monument have to ask…how was that protecting anything? There is no evidence at all and much to the contrary. And, where was Ryan when a large area of Pogonip was going to be fenced and tilled for a non-profit farming adventure? How about the paving of Arana Gulch? What exactly does he mean by protecting Santa Cruz’ parks? With City streets flowing with pollutants into the Monterey Bay, with underfunded Parks unable to protect the numerous endangered species they oversee, and as overdevelopment stretches local water supplies, why has Ryan chosen such minute foci for his environmental platform? Check out the names on the list of endorsements – see any trends? Looks to me like a who’s who of who’s responsible for regional environmental destruction and overdevelopment of the City of Santa Cruz (with a few exceptions who I look forward to speaking with about this). Of note is that Coonerty is the only one running for mayor who declined the campaign expenditure limit: perhaps he is concerned about being on the ‘correct’ side of environmental destruction in order to look out for his donors’ business interests.

On the other hand, we are offered a number of other candidates including Ami Chen Mills, Chris Krohn, Joy Schendledecker, and Gillian Greensite. Many of us who have worked on environmental protection will recognize most of this lineup. Ami Chen Mills has a (draft?) website that presents a current environmental platform, albeit super-brief: “we must protect heritage trees, biodiversity and crucial ecosystems” and “Yes to protecting biodiversity, water and all life” as well as supporting a Very Important initiative ‘Rights of Nature Santa Cruz.‘ Joy Schendledecker’s website focuses mainly on climate change but includes protecting public land and “green space.” Gillian Greensite emphasizes housing issues, but also names park rangers, heritage trees, and light pollution in list of issues on her website. Chris Krohn’s website is not up yet, but those of us who know him have seen him do much good. Santa Cruz needs all of these candidates on the City Council if we are to have any water for fish, clean runoff, healthy greenbelt habitats thriving with even the most endangered of species, and a more open government that engages its citizens. I hope you join me in having discussions with our networks to elevate a pro-environment candidate to become Santa Cruz Mayor during the June 2nd election.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, March 23, 2026

Wikipedia provides the following definition of “TDS,” which I have used as my title, as seen above:

Trump Derangement Syndrome (TDS) is a pejorative term used to describe negative reactions to U.S. president Donald Trump that are characterized as irrational and disconnected from Trump’s actual policy positions. The term has mainly been used by Trump supporters to discredit criticism of him, as a way of reframing the discussion by suggesting that his opponents are incapable of accurately perceiving the world.

I thought I might make a brief comment on “Trump Derangement Syndrome” since I have been accused of being afflicted by it. Some of my Facebook Friends, too, who have made comments that ended up on my Facebook page, have also been called out as carriers of TDS.

As is so often the case, when arguments over issues of importance occur, accusing the “other side” of something that actually applies to you and “your side” is a well-proven way to defend oneself from criticism. For supporters of our current president to say that Trump critics are “incapable of accurately perceiving the world” is actually humorous, in a way, because a lot of the criticisms of our current president are based on the fact that he frequently says things that, seemingly, don’t actually square with reality – at least reality as most people perceive it.

If you click here, you will be transported to a brief, online comment from the BBC, the theme of which is that our current president has provided contradictory “mixed messages” about the war he started in Iran. I, personally, think it’s pretty accurate to say that these statements, and other statements made by our current president, do not accurately depict the world as the vast majority of the world perceives it. In other words, if there is any “derangement” in our relationship with the current president, the “derangement” is mostly on the president’s side.

I, however, don’t think it’s too helpful to argue about who is the most “deranged,” the president or his critics. To the extent we pursue that approach, we will find ourselves, on both “sides,” slipping around in an increasingly muddy pit full of accusations and responses.

I wrote about our current president in this blog back on January 21st, and suggested that “the people,” to whom the president is legally and constitutionally responsible, need to decide this question: Did we make a mistake in electing him to the presidency?

Back in January, when I published that earlier blog posting, our current president had not yet started a world-altering war with Iran. Now he has. Do we think that what our current president did was a mistake? If so, it was a huge and horrible one. If we think that choosing to begin that war was a mistake – based on what has happened since – then we need to take action to correct that mistake.

I’m suggesting that we – acting through our representatives in the United States Congress – need to deliberate on this question. Seriously! Was it a mistake for our current president to start a war with Iran without obtaining the authority and direction to do so, as the Constitution provides? Was it a mistake, and has that mistake had negative consequences for us (and for the world)?

If our current president’s unilateral action in starting a war with Iran was a huge and consequential mistake, would it make sense to put someone else in charge? The Constitution does provide a mechanism for us to do that, to correct such a mistake, if that’s what we decide it was!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
HELP ME, NO PLAN, THEM BONES, THREE STOOGES

Soon after President Trump and Pete Hegseth launched their “excursion” into Iran, a fundraising email was sent out to MAGA supporters, announcing a “massive and ongoing operation” against that country, with a warning that “Democrats want to see us divided.” It encouraged supporters not to “stay silent at this moment,” and to support Trump personally by supporting US troops in carrying out Trump’s new war. The email begins, “It’s Team Trump, and we’re asking every SINGLE Trump supporter who stands with President Trump and our brave US troops in carrying out this mission to let us know by signing the Official Trump Supporter List NOW.” You guessed it! The “supporter list” is a donation form to send cash for Trump’s campaign cash flow — and to support US troops in the process? Trump is calling attention to our military that he placed in harm’s way, in a supposed bipartisan duty, to link their deployment and military actions to his partisan cash grifting. Hardly ethical, you think?

This is all a part of a Trump call for “Team Effort,” as he asks other countries to help him secure the Hormuz Strait out of responsibility — to do their part to get him out of a jam. The US “decimated” Iran, so they owe us, but then failing to mention that the only thing decimated is the taxpayers’ wallets. The president has alienated other countries with his insults, his disrespectful comments, and has dismissed them and pushed them away with unfair tariffs to the point that his depravity disgusts them — a storm cloud in his own private Idaho, as Bocha Blue writes on the Palmer Report. Trying to turn things around isn’t working for him, as he had no plan to start with. His childlike confusion and misjudgment on tariffs broke the US economy which is now in worse shape with soaring gas prices, and consumer goods becoming less affordable as economic growth hits a downward spiral. And despite the ‘Help me!‘ sign he’s waving, even a red-tipped white cane and dark glasses will do Humpty Trumpy no good.

Bill Palmer says Trump appeared even dumber last week, when he attempted to highlight the fact that he gifted his cabinet members with new shoes — probably from a closeout sale, so sizing didn’t matter. Palmer mentions an interview the president did with Jake Paul, an actor and professional boxer, with an internet presence. Palmer says Paul is also famous for being an idiot, so the interview was likened to a Richard Nixon sit-down with the Three Stooges, who he reminds us were merely actors. In the interview, Trump claimed that as many as seventeen hundred Iranian sleeper cells existed in the US — news that we could have used sooner, exclaims Palmer — so, perhaps TrumpNoem, and Bovino could have used their thugs to smoke out the sleeper cells instead of rounding up Hispanic-looking people and murdering white onlookers. Palmer points to Benjamin Netanyahu for giving Trump the sleeper cell rumor, but that we shouldn’t worry regardless, with Jake Paul’s entry into the case.

Daily Dose of Democracy says the war has finished its third week with no end in sight, even with Trump asking for global ‘partners’ to help secure the Hormuz Strait against a “decimated Iran” to release oil tankers to guarantee the global energy supply. President ‘No New Wars’ Trump thumbed his nose at US intelligence, thanks to ‘Bibi’ Netanyahu, and threatening supposed close allies with an “or else” demand is getting him nowhere in cleaning up his mess. Former US allies are forming new partnerships without us because of the chaos, the instability, and the reckless handling of the Iran conflict. Recently Trump remarked that he would know the Iran war was over when he “feels it in his bones,” but we shouldn’t feel assured since he probably is waiting for his bone spurs to reappear.

Satirist Andy Borowitz offers his take on Trump’s Iran debacle: “Washington – Confirming the suspicions of many in the international community, on Monday Donald J. Trump revealed that intelligence played ‘no role’ in his decision to go to war with Iran. ‘People keep asking me about intelligence,’ he told reporters on Air Force One. ‘I made this call with no intelligence whatsoever. Quite frankly, every decision I’ve ever made in my life I’ve made without intelligence,’ he boasted. ‘Intelligence is for losers.’ Trump added that ‘I don’t trust people who have intelligence, which is why I love Pete.”

Australian Richard Quick posted on Quora: “Alright, this one’s for the MAGA crowd. Sit down, shut up, and pay attention because I’m only going to explain this once and I’m using small words so the flag emoji patriots can follow along. Your boy just let the International Energy Agency announce the biggest emergency oil release in its 50 year history. 400 million barrels. Pooled together from 32 countries. And your lot lost your collective minds like Daddy just saved the world. Let’s do the math that none of you peanuts can do: The world uses about 105 million barrels of oil a day. That means your big beautiful release is less than four days of global supply. That’s not a solution…that’s a long weekend. The entire IEA strategic reserve across all 32 countries is only 1.2 billion barrels, so this one release just burned through a third of the whole planet’s emergency safety net in one go. One crisis. One third of the cupboard…gone.”

Quick continues: “But it gets dumber. Keep up. The Strait of Hormuz is closed. Twenty percent of the world’s oil flows through that strait, right now none is moving. Citigroup estimates somewhere between 11 and 16 million barrels a day is being choked off the market. So even if you’re just trying to plug the gap from the strait, 400 million barrels buys you roughly a month. But it gets dumber. America’s share of this is coming from the Strategic Petroleum Reserve, which only holds 415 million barrels right now. That’s 58% of capacity because your guy never actually refilled the thing despite telling you he did. If the US shoulders the biggest chunk of this release, your tank is basically empty. And then what happens when the NEXT crisis hits? Because there’s always a next one.

Quick’s post adds: “And the US can only physically pump oil out of the reserve at 4.4 million barrels a day, and it takes 13 days from a presidential order before a single barrel reaches the market. So even if they turned on the taps right now, the cavalry doesn’t arrive for two weeks and when it does it can’t keep up with the shortfall. Meanwhile the bloke who started the war that closed the strait in the first place is on local TV In Cincinnati going ‘we’ll reduce it a little bit then fill it up again,’ like he’s talking about the fuel tank on his golf cart. And you clapped. You actually clapped. This isn’t a rescue plan. It’s a press release designed to keep the stock market calm for 48 hours. A band-aid on an arterial bleed. Thirty two countries just torched a third of the world’s emergency oil supply because your president started a war he can’t finish, and if this drags past summer, the cupboard is bare, prices are in triple digits, and there is no Plan B. So, yeah champ, pop a Bud Light. Slap a bumper sticker on it. The adults are definitely in charge.”

HuffPost’s Lee Moran calls our attention to The New York Times‘ editorial board’s damning assessment of Trump’s false claims about the US-Israeli attack on Iran in an opinion piece that warns of the dangers of an ultimate backfire. There’s nothing new about the conflict in the president’s “stream of falsehoods,” since “Lying is standard behavior for Mr. Trump, of course,” the board suggests, noting the 30,000 misleading or untruthful claims from his first term as compiled by The Washington Post. The Times’ board argues that, “Lying about war is uniquely corrosive, creating a culture in which deadly mistakes and even war crimes can become more common, ultimately undermining American values and interests.

The editorial board acknowledges, “There is reasonable debate to have about the wisdom of this war, given what is described as Iran’s ‘murderous’ government and threats to people at home and abroad. But Trump is not making that case, and is just lying about the reasons for the war and about its progress, in an attempt to disguise his poor planning and the war’s questionable basis.” Trump and his MAGA mob have given so many different answers for the various aspects of the incursion, what its actual objectives are, and how long it’s projected to last, that they’ve run out of fingers on which to count motives. Pointing to past conflicts, the board says that Vietnam and Iraq should have reminded leaders that falsehoods can boomerang on the perpetrators who tell them. “Whatever short-term gain Mr. Trump thinks he is getting by lying about the war in Iran is far exceeded by the cost to him, the country, and the world,” the Times concludes.

In one of his unhinged threats to Iran, last week Trump threatened to take out the country’s electrical grid and energy infrastructure “after 48 hours” if they didn’t capitulate and open the Hormuz Strait for oil tanker access. However, the threatened strikes were postponed when Trump announced that talks had made Iran “keen to make a deal.” “Major points of agreement” were said to have been reached, but Iran’s media poured cold water on the president’s announcement, saying there has been no “direct or indirect communication” between parties. After Trump’s post on social media, oil prices declined and the stock market responded positively, but many remained skeptical about the accuracy of the president’s comments. His claim that US envoy Steve Witkoff and son-in-law Jared Kushner were in touch with “a top person” representing Iran for the backchannel talks — not Supreme Leader Mojtaba Khamenei.

President Trump claims that “regime change” is underway in light of the peace talks — an unidentified leader, Trump calling him “the most respected, and the leader,” who gets five days to produce results, or “we’ll just keep bombing our little hearts out.” Khamenei hasn’t been seen since he was selected to take his father’s place, and as far as his control goes, most believe the Revolutionary Guard are calling the shots. Iran’s foreign minister, Abbas Araghchi, says he has spoken to Hakan Fidan, his Turkish counterpart who has served as an intermediary in negotiations between Tehran and Washington, with Trump claiming that it’s difficult to find somebody to talk with since most of the Iranian leadership has been wiped out. John Byrne of Raw America says, “The question of whether this ends well for Iran is open. The US has significant military advantages it hasn’t fully deployed. But what isn’t open is whether this war is going the way Trump promised. It isn’t. And everyday the strait stays closed, Iran’s leverage grows.

Anthony Davis on Substack, says Trump is demented and deluded, and thinks he’s hosting a reality show. Trump developed some “swagger in his real estate dealings, being performative, a little slippery, and often effective,” but that same instinct doesn’t transplant onto international diplomacy. “It doesn’t make you a savvy negotiator — it makes you unreliable, sometimes dangerously so,” says Davis. Therein lies the problem with Trump’s claims that the US is engaged in productive conversations with Iran, with Tehran’s complete denial of any talks. In a real estate deal or on a reality show such as The Apprentice, this might work, but right now, “those decisions are not abstract. The backdrop here is an active conflict: airstrikes, missile attacks, threats to obliterate infrastructure, and warnings of a regional escalation. In that environment, words are not cheap. They are signals. When a president says talks are underway and progress is being made, it suggests de-escalation,” observes Davis.

If those talks don’t exist, the signal is false — it’s destabilizing — and intermediaries trying to broker something real are left to clean up the narrative mess, and Iran has every incentive to dig in further rather than play along with a fiction resembling a reality TV show with no commercial breaks. Davis asserts, “Credibility, in this context, is currency. Not a moral virtue, not even trust in the traditional sense, but predictability. Other actors need to believe that when you say something publicly, it roughly corresponds to reality. That doesn’t mean full transparency — diplomacy often requires secrecy — but it does mean avoiding statements that are flatly contradicted by the other side. When that baseline collapses, every future statement is discounted.” It signals that there may be no real process at all, especially since Trump said just last week that we have no one to talk to since we’ve killed them all.

It is impossible to close a “deal” with a country that insists no deal is being discussed, and if those claims drift from the truth, the cost is embarrassment, confusion, miscalculation, and escalation. Davis concludes, “If there is a path out of a conflict as volatile as this one, it will to be paved with bravado. It will require quiet channels, verifiable steps, and a level of message discipline that resists the urge to declare victory before a conversation has even begun. Anything less isn’t negotiation. It’s performance — and Trump just wants to be the star of the show.”

Even without a resolution on the Iran war, Trump is rubbing his hands together about his next target. Talking to reporters, he said, “Cuba’s a failed nation. Cuba also wants to make a deal and I think we will pretty soon — make a deal or do whatever we have to do. I think something will happen with Cuba pretty quickly.” Being cut off from its oil supply from Venezuela which is  now under US control, the country has had rolling blackouts and suspended air links. Cuba has been existing under a 1960s embargo emplaced by the US, with only hit and miss support from Russia or China, so Trump is ready to carry out a “friendly takeover” of the island as a neighborly gesture to ease their pain — and find Castro’s stash of gold. Thom Hartmann of Raw America says, “We need to understand what’s really happening here. It’s not just foreign policy. It’s a pattern of a president who’s discovered he can use military force without consequence, without congressional pushback, and without a media willing to challenge him. Once a democracy lets that become normal, it’s very hard to walk it back.” See you in C-U-B-A!

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Thomas is traveling and forgot to bring his book. He’ll be back!

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Precision”

“Don’t go in for the “yellowish” if what you need is “yellow”. The attitude called precision is the quality that remarks the accuracy of your demand. Never settle for the less; Go for the exact thing!”
~Israelmore Ayivor

Be precise. A lack of precision is dangerous when the margin of error is small.
~Donald Rumsfeld

Concision in style, precision in thought, decision in life.
~Victor Hugo

In football as in watchmaking, talent and elegance mean nothing without rigour and precision.
~Lionel Messi

Commas in The New Yorker fall with the precision of knives in a circus act, outlining the victim.
~E. B. White

How things work is something that has fascinated me my whole life. I love things that are nifty and clever, and boy does a zipper qualify! Enjoy this video – and any video from Veritasium, for that matter.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

March 11 – 17, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on running for Mayor… Steinbruner… Work on Aptos Bridge… Hayes… A Cotoni Coast Dairies update… Patton… Landlords Are Not The Problem?… Matlock… trapped…nosering…church picnic…dug in… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… ADHD diagnosis in the Holderness family Quotes on… “ADHD”

...

EARLY, EARLY PHOTO OF DOWNTOWN SANTA CRUZ, ca. 1860. This is one of a rare and few photos of very early Santa Cruz. It shows the intersection of what we now know as Pacific, Front and Mission Streets. Back then it was Main and Willow streets. Now we have Jamba Juice, Bank of The West and The U.S. Post Office…that’s progress!!!

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: March 12, 2026

CHECK OUT THE VIDEO FOR THIS WEEK. The Holderness Family are Penn and Kim Holderness, who make really funny parody videos, a little like Weird Al. Theirs are more about their lives, I think, like family and holidays and aging, etc etc. The first one of theirs I remember seeing was their thanksgiving mashup video from ten years ago (how?!?!?!), with the unforgettable hook of Watch me sip my Chardonnay nay, featuring Kim, somewhat unhinged, drinking wine in the woods. They’ve only gotten better as the years have passed, and I guess now they have a podcast (Laugh Lines) as well. This week’s video is from that podcast, namely Kim announcing that she’s been formally diagnosed with ADHD, and subsequent discussion.

As a woman with ADHD, diagnosed late (LATE) in life myself, I relate to soooo many of the things she mentions in this video: imposter syndrome, time blindness, perfectionism, etc etc etc. Personally, one of the things I have the hardest time with is when people express that they think that I “use my ADHD as an excuse”. If you’ve ever had that feeling towards someone, please watch this video, or some other material about it. That’s really not a thing.

Since this column went up so late, the next one is coming in a couple of days!

~Webmistress

...

SCARPETTA. Prime. Series. (5.9 IMDb) **-

This series is about a noted Medical Examiner (Kidman) investigating a murder tied to a string of killings from 25 years ago.

Wait—no. It’s about sibling rivalry that apparently has no expiration date (Kidman/Curtis).

Then again, it’s about the adult niece of a Medical Examiner who can’t let go of her deceased wife and builds an AI replacement.

Any one of these might’ve made for an interesting series—just not all at once. Good cast, so-so mystery, and way too much going on. Pick a lane.

~Sarge

A MURDER BETWEEN FRIENDS. Prime. Movie. (3.5 IMDb) ***-

Half a point for being in focus. Joan Collins fronting for a series – at least according to the end card. Six… “people,” I guess… reunite at an Airbnb “castle” owned by a legendary mystery writer, played by Joan Collins. One of them ends up floating in the hot tub. That’s about it.

Everyone treats Joan Collins as a full-blown Mary Sue: “You’re a great mystery writer – we should all listen to you.” What does she actually do? Watch security cameras that most of the cast already know about, while they continue misbehaving anyway.

It’s embarrassing to watch, especially since I’m reasonably sure she bankrolled it. Not worth a watch. Stand well back. Mind the gap. Go watch “Agatha Christie’s 7 Dials” on Netflix.

~Sarge

THE LAST KIDS ON EARTH. Netflix. Series (1hr pilot). (7.2 IMDb) ***
This largely bloodless animated series began with a pilot-style special and ran for two seasons. It’s based on the children’s book series by Max Brallier, with character designs inspired by the illustrations of Douglas Holgate.

The story follows orphan Jack Sullivan as he adjusts to life after an invasion of extra-dimensional monsters and a zombie apocalypse. He soon bands together with a scrappy group of kids who missed the evacuation – along with a loyal monster-dog – forming their own ragtag survival team.

Aimed primarily at the 8–12 crowd, the show still has enough sharp humor and creature-feature flair to entertain adults. The voice cast includes Nick Wolfhard (brother of Finn), Mark Hamill, Keith David, Catherine O’Hara, and Rosario Dawson. Worth a watch – with or without your kids.
~Sarge

AGATHA CHRISTIE’S SEVEN DIALS. Netflix. Series. (6.2 IMDb) **-

There have been a fair few non-Poirot/Marple adaptations recently, and this is certainly one of them.

The cast is solid – Martin Freeman is great, and Mia McKenna-Bruce really shines in the lead role (though Helena Bonham Carter kind of phones in a stock twitchy character). The film doesn’t quite hook you into the mystery, though. It’s not slow, just… not all that engaging. The highlight for me was definitely Mia jumping out of a window to dodge a wedding proposal. On the plus side, it’s only 3 episodes. Many clocks.

It’s probably worth a watch if you’re looking for something to pass the time before the next episode of your favorite show drops.

~Sarge

THE MUPPET SHOW. Disney+. Series. (8.4 IMDb) ****
Or, as I like to think of it, ANTI-MELANIA. They both star a woman who is completely self-obsessed, clinging to a less attractive mate’s position: I mean, of course, the return of … THE MUPPET SHOW!

That’s right, the same old gang at the same old theatre. Minus the legendary Jim Henson and Frank Oz (who is still alive, at time of writing), it actually defies the concern of losing the magic – it’s almost like it never ended. Which is a good thing. Only one episode so far, but it’s off to a good start. Worth a watch!

~Sarge

LA BELLE ET LA BÊTE (1946). Disney+, Max. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ****
Just ran back across this amazing version of Beauty and the Beast (literally haven’t watched it since the early 90’s), with amazing magical settings, and honestly a beast you like so much more than the Prince underneath. There are a number of visuals that have found their way into other lesser films. Jean Marais literally smolders in his cat-like beast. In French with English subtitles. Ça vaut le détour.
~Sarge

RIOT WOMEN. BritBox. Series. (8.5 IMDb) ***

In the early ’90s, a musical revolution erupted – one part punk, many parts feminism – spearheaded by bands like Bikini Kill and Bratmobile (<3): "Riot Grrrl". It laid the foundation for bands like L7 and Hole, whose raw energy and unapologetic attitudes reshaped rock music. Fast forward 35 years, and those fierce grrrls are now navigating the challenges of menopause. Enter Riot Women, a series that follows a group of "women of a certain age" who've had it up to here with hot flashes and feeling invisible. What starts as a joke quickly transforms into something more: they decide to start their own band. While only a few episodes are currently available on BritBox (released weekly), the show's got heart, humor, and plenty of punch. If you've ever felt overlooked or dismissed, Riot Women is a riotous reminder that it's never too late to reclaim your voice. Available exclusively on BritBox (via PrimeVideo for me) - worth a watch, so far. ~Sarge

COVER-UP. Netflix. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

I was all of eight years old when I first heard about William Calley and the massacre at My Lai. No details, just that someone had destroyed a village. For years I assumed it was a bombing: distant, impersonal. I was today years old when I finally learned just how VERY up-close and personal it actually was. I’ve experienced true tunnel vision only twice in my life. This made it the third.

“Cover-Up” is an extraordinary first-hand (self-)account of the life and career of Seymour Hersh, a journalist hip-deep in some of the most damning exposés of the last half-century – from My Lai to Watergate to Abu Ghraib.

Fair warning: the first quarter focuses on My Lai, and the images and descriptions are brutal enough to send you – perhaps not for the first time – into the streets to protest the Vietnam War.

This is the biography of an irascible reporter who will stop at nothing – for better or worse – to get at the truth. It’s deeply uncomfortable viewing, and absolutely worth it.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

March 9, 2026

GREENSITE for MAYOR!

As you might have read in last week’s issue, I have thrown my hat in the ring and am running for Mayor of the City of Santa Cruz.  The photo above of the current council and Mayor will have at least one change at the end of this year and possibly three. Mayor Keeley is ending his four-year term and has not filed for a second term; council members Scott Newsome and Renee Golder are both running for re-election and both face challengers to their seats.

So, why am I running for Mayor? I’ve lived in the city of Santa Cruz for 51 years. For 46 years, I’ve been actively involved in local politics at the city council level, and with few exceptions, always on the public side of the podium. I’ve experienced how public input is regarded at city hall; have watched closely how decisions are made; have observed the various mayors, how they run meetings and set the agenda. And then there’s the upper management staff. Do they follow policies set by council? Or does the tail wag the dog? With all this experience, I’d like a chance to be on the decision-side of the podium.

I’ve brought many issues before the various councils. The first issue in 1981 involved evaluating the city’s response to rapes reported to the Santa Cruz Police Department (SCPD). This focus evolved from my position as founder of Rape Prevention Education on campus. I was hired by UCSC in 1979 to establish and head this brand-new program, which I did for 30 years. Taking the issue into the community in the 1980’s, led to an organizing drive to put the issue on the ballot. This effort led to the then council adopting the ordinance rather than it going to a public vote. This Ordinance 81-29 mandated the formation of a city commission, the Commission for the Prevention of Violence Against Women. I was appointed by council as a commission member and its first chair. My immediate task was to read and evaluate two years of reported rapes, about 48 redacted reports in all. The results were of grave concern. The quality of investigations was inadequate on many levels. I wrote up recommendations and waited for council to act. I’m still waiting. Fast forward to 2023-24 when I served a year on the Santa Cruz County Civil Grand Jury. One of the investigative topics included an analysis of rapes reported to the SCPD and the city’s handling of the issue. Deja Vue. The current council’s response was a repeat of the council from the mid 1980’s. Apparently, a tourist town does not want rape to be publicly aired.

Other issues that have brought me to city hall on the public side of the podium include the major effort by a small community group, Don’t Morph the Wharf! to stop the city turning the Santa Cruz Municipal Wharf into a Pier 39. Other issues include trying to protect our remaining heritage trees, an effort so far with few successes. I have some ideas on how to change that result. Of course, a mayor is only one of seven; work needs to be collaborative and respectful of staff. But undemocratic patterns have set in and are rarely challenged.

A common pattern at city hall is to prepare and try to defend wholly inadequate environmental reviews of major projects. The public is routinely ignored, leaving the only option to file a lawsuit, which the city usually loses, squandering large amounts of public monies. I believe this pattern can and should be changed.

Speaking of money, from the perspective of 46 years, I note a recent city trend of accelerated hiring at the top management levels, including a plethora of consultants, leaving the boots on the ground workers lean and spread thin. I saw this happen at UCSC over 30 years and now the city on a hill is in the red. The same thing will happen at the city level if this trend continues. Retirement of highly paid public servants can bankrupt a city.

Council members now have districts. I would recommend regular in-person meetings between individual council members and their constituents. Not just a wandering around a room to chat with department heads or put sticky notes on a board but proper town hall meetings.

The biggest issue I see right now is the rampant overbuilding in the city and the gutting of the established built landscape, the loss of a sense of place. Why is this happening; who benefits; what are the myths that keep us acquiescent? I’ll explore more of this next week.

In the meantime, if you are keen to volunteer to help move my campaign forward, email me at greensiteformayor@gmail.com.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
THE POWER OF THE PEOPLE AND BUILDERS REMEDY

Because Chair of the Board Monica Martinez pulled Consent Agenda item #25, a lively debate resulted in good public information at last Tuesday’s Board of Supervisor meeting.
 
Thanks to the good work and sharp eyes of the public, it was discovered via Public Records Act request materials that the State Housing and Community Development (HCD) made an error in the date on a letter certifying the County’s Housing Element that allowed three developers to file applications for significant projects under Builder’s Remedy.
 
Consent Item #25 was pulled to become Regular Agenda Item 9.1, to more closely examine this action:

Direct the Board Chair to send a letter to the Director of the California Department of Housing and Community Development (HCD) requesting that HCD issue a clarification letter confirming that Santa Cruz County’s Housing Element was determined to be in substantial compliance as of March 15, 2024, when HCD completed its substantive review, and take related actions.”

I am reprinting the portion of the Staff Report on this, because it is tricky to find on the Board of Supervisor website, but it truly merits reading…

Discussion
On November 14, 2023, the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors adopted the County’s 2023–2031 Housing Element and authorized the Director of Community Development and Infrastructure to make non-substantive revisions necessary to obtain certification from HCD. The revised Housing Element was submitted to HCD on February 23, 2024, following a required seven-day comment period. The County received HCD’s formal written certification letter on April 23, 2024. That letter was subsequently re-issued and backdated to April 12, 2024, after HCD acknowledged an earlier administrative error related to the County’s Housing Element deadline.

During the period between the completion of HCD’s review and the issuance of the formal certification letter, several developers submitted preliminary applications invoking the “Builder’s Remedy” provision of state housing law. These include proposed projects at 841 Capitola Road, 3500 Paul Sweet Road, and Graham Hill Road. Builder’s Remedy allows certain housing projects to ignore local zoning and General Plan requirements if a jurisdiction does not have a Housing Element in substantial compliance with state law at the time of application.

Documents obtained by residents through Public Records Act (PRA) requests indicate that HCD completed its substantive review of the Housing Element by March 15, 2024 (Attachment A) and verbally informed County staff that the document was ready for certification. Internal communications further indicate that no additional substantive review occurred after that date. However, the official certification letter was not received until April 23, 2024, and was not due to inaction by the County, but rather due to delays caused by HCD.

Based on the emails that were received through a community public records request, it is clear that the County acted in good faith to meet the deadlines set forth by HCD and complied with making any necessary revisions in a timely manner to avoid Builders Remedy. Because the County made a good faith effort and email correspondence indicates that the County was in compliance as of March 15, 2024, the Board Chair is directed to request that HCD backdate certification of Santa Cruz County’s Housing Element to March 15, 2024, with a determination that the County was in substantial compliance, or provide clarification as to why we were not in compliance as of March 15th, given the information provided by HCD via PRA. This action would help resolve ongoing legal and policy questions regarding the applicability of Builder’s Remedy to these projects and provide clearer guidance for future land use decisions

 
What amazed me was the long discussion between Supervisors, with Chair Monica Martinez making a motion delay any action to send a letter to HCD to correct the date on the Housing Element compliance letter.  County Counsel Jason Heath did a good job of scaring the Supervisors into worry about lawsuits from the developer of the 841 Capitola Road project that has already been approved under the Builder’s Remedy restrictions on the County.  He emphasized that the developer has spent alot of money on the project.
 
I was happy to hear Supervisors Cummings and Koenig push back with a second motion to send the letter to HCD right away, and stand up to protect the Community’s interests rather than bowing to the developers.  Supervisor Koenig also eloquently supported that intent.  
 
Members of the public in the audience who had brought forth this issue, with support from Senator Laird and Assemblymembers Addis and Pellerin, sighed with relief when the Board voted 4:1 to approve sending the letter to HCD to request correcting the date on the Housing Element Certification of Compliance, much to the seemingly disgruntled County Counsel Heath’s dismay.  Chair Martinez was the lone dissenting vote.
 
 
What is Builder’s Remedy, anyway? Take a look here.
  
Listen to the amazing discussion on Item 9.1 beginning at about Minute 2:46:00
 
As a “PS” to this report, the amendment to the Housing Element made by the Planning Department Director was to allow ministerial or “by right” development (no discretionary public hearings) of 70+ parcels rezoned to allow  developers of those parcels will have the option to pursue multi-family housing development on a ministerial basis as required by the new statutory language, if the developer is providing 20% of the total units in the project as deed-restricted lower-Income units. One way to achieve that would be to add those additional parcels to the by-right or ministerial overlay zone described in Program H-1C, which applies to seven parcels in the inventory, as indicated by the “-Min” designation next to those parcels in Table 7 of Appendix HE-E (see attached). Staff’s preliminary analysis of this requirement concludes that approximately 27 additional parcels would be eligible for inclusion in the ministerial overlay zone, beyond the seven already flagged as such in the adopted element. The parcels are needed to fill the lower-income “RHNA gap” through rezoning (Program H-1B).”

This was the Board of Supervisor action that will now allow ministerial approval of the seven-story apartment building and 197 townhomes in Aptos, identified as the “Village on the Green” on the County’s Major Projects.
 
 
DO YOU SUPPORT ALLOWING HIGHER SALES TAX?
It sure was refreshing to hear Supervisor Koenig read aloud a section from the County’s General Fund Budgeting Principles when the Board was asked in Consent Agenda Item #19 to support Senator Laird’s tailor-made bill for the County to allow going skirting around ballot measures causing unconstitutionally-high sales tax levels.
 
Listen in at Minute 43:00
 
Here is what the Board voted to support…but with the addition of the County’s Budget Policy to not spend more than it has.

Senate Bill (SB) 1078 (Laird) would allow the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors to ask voters to approve a countywide transactions and use tax of up to 0.5% above California’s current 2% statutory cap on local sales taxes. The bill is needed because all local jurisdictions count toward the statutory cap, and some jurisdictions are within 0.5% of the cap.

SB 1078 does not impose a tax or authorize a vote. It merely gives the Board the authority to authorize a vote. The authority would expire on December 31, 2030.

Discussion
SB 1078 provides the County with a pathway to fiscal flexibility. California law currently limits combined local sales taxes to 2% above the statewide base rate. In jurisdictions that have reached this cap, counties cannot ask voters to approve additional local sales taxes unless the California Legislature grants an exemption. SB 1078 would create such an exemption specifically for Santa Cruz County. These kinds of exemptions have been used in other jurisdictions, and other counties are currently pursuing them to address the extraordinary challenges presented by H.R. 1.

Without new revenue tools, significant reductions in programs and services are likely to occur. SB 1078 does not raise taxes and simply authorizes the County to place a measure before voters. 

Here is that County Budget Policy Supervisor Koenig referenced:

COUNTY OF SANTA CRUZ POLICIES AND PROCEDURES MANUAL GENERAL FUND BUDGETING PRINCIPLES
 
 
FIREFIGHTERS DONATE $150,000 TO HELP REPLACE A CRITICAL WATER TENDER
Many thanks to the South Skyline Firefighters for donating $150,000 to help Santa Cruz County Fire Department purchase a new 3,000-gallon water tender for protecting the rural summit area.  The existing apparatus is aged, and a new one costs $675,657.79.  It is curious that the County Service Area (CSA) 48 assessments do not seemingly cover the full cost, as the 2020 Benefit Assessment report to property owners promised.
 
Many thanks to Supervisor DeSerpa for publicly recognizing the donation that will make a new water tender for rural Santa Cruz County Fire Department in areas that have limited water for fire suppression.
 
Let’s hope that the current CEO Nicole Coburn does not delay the ordering of this new water tender for the summit area.  Historically, CAO Susan Mauriello sat on the funds made available by the Loma Prieta Fire supporters’ donations, delaying for three years the release of funds and order of the new water tender for their community.  It took bold public action by the County Fire Chief to finally force her to procure the new water tender, because their existing one was not functional and the public’s safety was at risk.
 
 
WORK AT THE APTOS CREEK BRIDGE
For the past few weeks, PG&E crews have assembled scaffolding and have been working under the Aptos Creek Bridge, sometimes accompanied by a security guard stationed on the bridge.  Hmmm…what is going on?
 
A quick stop and conversation with a PG&E worker at the site let me know that the crews are sandblasting the 16″ diameter natural gas pipeline attached under the bridge as part of their maintenance program.  Once sandblasted, ultrasound testing will determine the pipe wall thickness integrity for further inspection and eventual re-coating.  It is a tricky job, the fellow said, because all sandblasting material must be suctioned away so as not to land in Aptos Creek, per Fish and Wildlife orders.
 
Whew! Who would know such a large gas pipeline was there? Let’s hope that all goes well on the pipe that seemingly was installed when the Aptos Creek Bridge was built in 1928….nearly 100 years ago.
 


Scaffolding and access stairs for the critical work happening at the Aptos Creek Bridge.

 
HOW CAN YOU KNOW WHEN A BIG PROJECT IS PLANNED FOR YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD?
I recently interviewed Mr. Lee Butler, Director of Planning for the City of Santa Cruz, to discuss what some consider to be shocking changes in the downtown developments.  You can
listen to that February 27 interview (hour #2) here
 
Some listeners later asked how can people know when a big project is planned for their neighborhood, and how can they keep apprised of the proceedings as the permit process moves along?
 
Mr. Butler sent the excellent explanation, featured below.
 

The best way for people to find out about large projects early in the process is to sign up for email alerts.  From our website (www.SantaCruzCA.gov), there is a blue and white “Stay Connected” tab at the bottom right.  You can sign up for email alerts there.  There’s also a link at the very bottom of the homepage.  See below for instructions:
 

  1. Community member can sign up to stay updated from the website (very bottom)

  2.  

  3. Then they can select the topics. We have for project specific for “significant projects” and “Community Development Updates”, along with the commissions.

  4.  

  5. Then as a follow up, after a new project page is created, then . This is new / different from the previous platform of GovAccess notifications.

Many thanks to Mr. Lee Butler for this information.
 
 
MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  SIGN UP TO FOLLOW A PERMIT APPLICATION FILED IN YOUR NEIGHBORHOOD. 
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
A Cotoni Coast Dairies Update

It has been a while since I gave an update on Cotoni Coast Dairies, but I have previously written much about that piece of (unfortunately) federally-owned ‘conservation’ land on Santa Cruz County’s North Coast. In August 2025, BLM staffer Zachary Ormsby had a chance to address the public about the parkland. Here, I present additional perspectives including some more recent developments.

Ch-ch-ch-Changes!

A year ago, as many of us had predicted, the Federal government made yet another of its radical political shifts, affecting the Bureau of Land Management (BLM), which oversees Cotoni Coast Dairies. Just before that transition, California’s BLM director changed. Karen Mouritsen, a Trump appointee who had lasted most of the 4 years of the Biden Administration, had been pressing to maximize public access and denying any funding to take care of the land’s pressing invasive species, wildfire, and erosion issues. Then, in 2024, Joseph Stout was appointed head of the California BLM; Joe had previously been deputy director of BLM but mysteriously left for most of Karen Mouritsen’s term. At the start of their term, the Trump Administration fired the national head of BLM and, as of March 1, 2026, has yet to replace them. Nevertheless, the leaderless BLM has turned its already understaffed offices to resource extraction rather than conservation. The staff in our BLM region now spend much of their time advertising, negotiating, and monitoring leases to extract oil. Luckily, the nonprofit conservation organization Trust for Public Land, which signed the land over to BLM, restricted the property deed, prohibiting oil extraction.

Public Access

Public access is a little less extractive to open space than pumping oil out of the ground, and usually less toxic. Visitor use of natural areas has long been recognized as one of the top threats to species, globally. Nevertheless, at Cotoni Coast Dairies, an area set aside primarily for conservation, BLM (in close partnership with mountain biking sports advocates) has begun development of an extensive trail network through globally significant threatened habitats, disrupting and possibly displacing endangered wildlife species. Sole source government contracts paid these mountain bikers hundreds of thousands of dollars to organize volunteers in transforming a little-known virgin wildland into a recreational park. The nine miles of new trails emanate from a 90-car parking lot replete with two restrooms and a few interpretive signs. Although the park is open sunrise to sunset, the gate to the parking lot is open all of the time. Despite promises to the contrary, the restrooms are locked weekdays even though there are lots of visitors filling the parking lot. The interpretive signs have minimal interpretation of nature but lots of rules. If you don’t speak English, you better have a smart phone (and reception!) if you want to translate the signs, which don’t present even Spanish language translations.  One of the rules is to stay on the marked trails, but there are well worn and often-used roads that aren’t labeled for access but frequently used by mountain bikers. The trails are too narrow and the sides too steep to accommodate mountain bikers comfortably passing hikers. During a recent visit, I experienced a mountain biker who was furious about being interrupted from bombing down the trail…there was nowhere to get off the trail– after a wave of explicatives, red faced and loud, the biker stumbled past me, his embarrassed girlfriend trailing. But, pedestrians far outnumber the barnstorming bikers who are no doubt made all the more angry because their volunteer work hasn’t panned out for their unimpeded high-speed endorphin-laden ‘rad times.’ Such glowering is occasionally interrupted by the too-frequent trailside plastic tacky signs profusely gushing about the generosity of mountain biking volunteers for everything the visitor might experience.

“Innovative” Cattle Grazing

One of the mandates for BLM at Cotoni Coast Dairies was changing the historic livestock regimes to something more innovative and natural resource protection oriented. Up went super expensive high-tech antennae. Cattle were fitted with electronic shock collars designed to train them into grazing within ‘invisible fences.’ Innovative, indeed – especially if there was a grazing PLAN (there isn’t)! As of Spring 2026, this technology remains innovative in one way only: convincing the public that something innovative is happening with the livestock program: otherwise, no one has turned on the switches to make the system active. However, innovative livestock management isn’t the only thing lying dormant on the landscape…

Science-Based Land Management

At the apex of conservation lands are National Monuments, which (logically!) must publish science strategies to support their (also mandated) Management Plans. Being one of many units of the California Coastal National Monument, Cotoni Coast Dairies has such a science strategy underway (or maybe even published and not publicly available) with the help of experts at the US Geologic Survey.

Along with such science-based strategies, BLM is required to update its California Special Status Animal Species list every 5 years. The last one was published in 2019 and the most recent update was due in 2024. Where is it? Not on their website. Have they, as required, worked with the California Department of Fish and Wildlife to collaboratively develop that updated list? Who knows? One thing of interest…the mountain lions on the Central Coast have recently been listed as Endangered by the State of California. As such, pumas should receive priority protection by BLM at Cotoni Coast Dairies, applying Dr. Wilmers’ (UCSC) research findings indicating the importance of protecting large areas from any human visitation whatsoever and planning for wide, forested movement corridors. The emphasis here is on forested areas, which on Cotoni Coast Dairies are being threatened by French broom invasion.

Broom Farming

The BLM at Cotoni Coast Dairies has been officially recognized for their expertise in French broom farming by the Invasive Species Agricultural Association (ISAA). President Rex Fowler, in awarding the distinguished prize noted, “BLM has exceeded expectations both in fostering the health of, and increasing the spread of, the dreaded and most pernicious invasive species French Broom. We look forward to marveling at extensive fields of this excellently invasive pest for generations to come.”

Hillsides of once diverse prairies, stands of majestic coast live oaks, and ridgelines of coastal scrub and maritime chaparral are being overrun by monocultures of French broom at Cotoni Coast Dairies. With a seedbank that lasts 40+ years, the scope of any eventual control program is expanding rapidly. BLM managers’ unsubstantiated smokescreen for corrupt, self-serving sole-source contracts with mountain bikers for spending hundreds of thousands of dollars on visitor use access was the proclamation that ‘there shall be no land management until visitors are flooding the park.’ Well folks – what now? Visitors are flooding the park! Now we hear ‘we must drill baby drill!’

What Next?

There is an opportunity in the current Administration to solve this mess. What?! How so?? The Federal government has been murmuring about dumping federal property: why not give it back? Back to who? How about the Amah Mutsun? California’s land back movement is gaining momentum. Let’s give the land back to the tribal people! Why not?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Tuesday, March 10, 2026

We are in the midst of a housing crisis. At least, most people would say that – and certainly people in my own hometown of Santa Cruz, California. Binyamin Appelbaum, who is the lead writer on economics and business for The New York Times‘ editorial board, wants to assure us that “Landlords Are Not The Problem.”

They’re not? Well, no; they’re not “the” problem; let’s admit it. While some affordable housing advocates would probably disagree – and would have some good points to make – there isn’t, really, some greed-driven National League of Landlords whose sole purpose in life is to make sure that their rentals cost more than those needing housing can afford.

Still, look at the first few paragraphs of Appelbaum’s recent column, and then think about the way he defines the issues (emphasis added):

President Trump relishes a handy scapegoat and, on Wednesday, he picked one to blame for the nation’s housing crisis: investors that are buying large numbers of single-family homes and operating them as rental properties.

Mr. Trump wrote on Truth Social that he was taking steps to prevent such purchases as part of a broader program to make homes affordable again. He said that “people live in homes, not corporations.” He said he’d provide more details in two weeks, when he visits Davos, a Swiss ski resort not known for its affordable housing.

But there’s no need to wait for the details. Landlords are not the cause of the nation’s housing crisis, and any plan that reduces investment in housing is only going to make matters worse.

Appelbaum says that the actual problem is easily understood as an issue of “supply and demand.” According to Appelbaum, building more housing is the answer:

The problem is that the United States does not have enough housing. The hard part is building more. It is certainly easier, and perhaps better politics, to talk about barring investors, or imposing rent controls, or kicking immigrants out of the country, but none of that is going to do the trick. The way to make housing more affordable is to build more housing (emphasis added).

Again, it’s hard to disagree with Appelbaum’s statement. Clearly, building more housing, if that lowered the price, would help solve the problem. However, as I have revealed above, I live in Santa Cruz, California, which has tried to solve its affordable housing crisis by “building more” – and LOTS more has been built, and lots more is in the process of construction. Has the crisis been eliminated? Has the increase in “supply” lowered the price?

The short answer seems to be a very clear: “NO.” Here’s another question, and it’s related: based on our local experience, has the “building more” solution even improved our situation? I believe that most local residents would say (or, more correctly, “admit”) that the housing crisis in our community has not been improved by the very significant increase in housing “supply” that has been foisted upon the community by those who claim that “more housing” means more “affordable housing” – and that specifically includes the California State Legislature and our Governor, who have virtually eliminated local decision-making over land use. Has turning decisions about housing construction to those who want to build “more” led to more “affordable” housing? Nope! Hasn’t been working in my hometown.

In fact, to refocus on Appelbaum’s column, those investors who are buying large numbers of single-family homes and then operating them as rental properties, are, effectively, kicking out lower-income people to make housing available to higher-income people. In other words, they are, in fact, helping to cause our housing crisis, as our current president suggests. To remember something from my blog posting yesterday, this is a particularly anguishing example of how “private equity” impoverishes, rather than enhances, our overall economic situation.

Locally, our so-called “median income” is escalating rapidly. That is a feature of the “housing crisis” that everyone admits exists. As people with higher incomes become those who can afford to rent or buy, the “affordable housing” programs that tie housing assistance to “median income” become less and less effective to help lower income, working people.

To eliminate the crisis, we need to make housing “more affordable,” and simply building more housing doesn’t, in any direct way, have such a price-reducing impact. Maybe some economics course in high school or college told us that when supply is increased the price (inevitably) goes down, but even if that might be true “theoretically,” this isn’t what is happening in our “real world.” What is happening is that the process hailed by Appelbaum is driving out those people who can only afford a housing payment that is 30% or less of the income they receive. And they don’t make enoough in their local employment to pay the rent, or to purchase a home. “More” is not equal to “better,” because “more” does not mean “more affordable.”

“Landlords” are not the problem. That’s what Appelbaum says. Ok. Let’s agree. But let’s also agree that it is “the system” that is the problem. Building more housing doesn’t make housing more affordable unless the price is, somehow, “controlled.” Why is that? Well, in Santa Cruz, there is a much greater demand for housing (it’s a really nice place to live) than there are local folks who can afford the rents (or the purchase price of any new homes constructed). Our current president’s plan, as sketched in by Appelbaum, actually would help reduce prices, which might actually help.

I think that there was a time (post World War II) when housing was seen as a place for families to live, and not as an “investment.” That time has passed. It passed long ago, too. As I was growing up, in Palo Alto, California, my parents moved the family five times. They bought their first home, and then they always sold for more than they had paid, and then moved on to an even nicer place, and that was an “income strategy.” My parents were very clear about that. Buying a home for its investment potential, not (only) for its value as a home, made perfect sense. In fact, “investing” in a home was a “good” investment. Whatever the purchase price, the “selling” price, a few years later, was always more. That is still what’s happening. “Housing” is a good “investment.” Well, most working people aren’t “investing” to produce income for themselves and their family, they’re working for it. And working people are making less, and they can’t keep up with the prices based on those who are investing to make a “profit,” not those who are trying to find a nice place to live.

There are some ways our national government could do something about this. They could, for instance, mobilize federal funding to build housing, making it available at cost to individuals or families who live in the various local communities in which it is constructed, but with a resale price restriction would say that the “selling price,” later on, could not exceed the “purchase price” plus any verified inflation since the date of the purchase. There would have to be some further complexities, undoubtedly, but that’s the idea. That kind of housing would cease being  an “investment,” and be useful only as a place to live. Of course, to fund this kind of solution the federal government would have to raise taxes, but given that the government has been reducing taxes for the most affluent among us, including all of our “billionaires,” there seems to be a pretty easy way to find the money to start this program.

The problem is NOT “landlords.” I’m with Appelbaum on that. The problem is the “system” that has turned residential housing into an “investment,” since that means, as a practical matter, that only the wealthy are able to afford housing. “Price control,” in its various iterations, is needed. “More” does not mean “less expensive.”

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
PROPHETIC CONSPIRACIES, KILLING THE NEWS, CHILD OF PRIVILEGE

Borrowing a line from comedian Steven Wright who said, “The early bird may get the worm, but the second mouse gets the cheese,” we might classify President Donald Trump as the early bird in his June 2025 bombing of Iran’s nuclear facilities. However, as the first mouse, the president is caught in his own trap, as Benjamin Netanyahu sweeps in to claim his prize of deciding who gets credit for initiating the second incursion into Iran — in the planning stages since November. As John Stoehr of The Editorial Board states, our ally put Trump in a no-win situation toward launching an illegal war, though Trump could have condemned Netanyahu after the fact; but, apparently the appeal of being in a war had a greater influence on the commander of the world’s mightiest military. Allowing the foreign head of state to lead him around by the nose has resulted in a plethora reasons for entering into combat, and no matter how unconvincing those reasons put forth by him and his cabinet may be, it still draws attention — in the views of many — that Trump is probably not entirely in charge. It’s like Netanyahu told him, “I couldn’t repair your brakes, so I made your horn louder.”

That viewpoint is problematic for many in Congress who declare that if Trump was not acting in our self-defense, then this is a war of choice which did not receive the consent of that governing body. Now, Trump will have to explain himself, risking his being held accountable for consumer prices, the rocky Wall Street situation, and chaos and destruction all around the Middle East as the war spreads. The best White House rationale for the war is that the US was forced to attack, because if Iran was forced to defend itself against a lone Israeli attack, they would also launch attacks on US facilities in the region. Trump asserted to CNN that in his opinion “Iran was going to attack first if the US didn’t.” If the MAGA crowd has faith in this lie, Trump will have affirmed his dominance. If he’s seen as Netanyahu’s puppet, this will be problematic far beyond the abstract debates in Congress over war powers. The problem the president has initiated for himself is not rooted in high-minded principles like freedom and national sovereignty, but in conspiracy theory and antisemitism — terms given the veneer of respectability by right-wing intellectuals and gullible reporters.

The largely ignored isolationist group, America First Committee, has an unshakeable belief in a global Jewish conspiracy against America, which was beneath the drive to release the Epstein files in the 2024 presidential campaign. Trump represented the God-sent hero to fulfill a prophecy to save America from a secret cabal of powerful Jews involved in sex-trafficking young girls to untouchable elites, with Jeffrey Epstein heading this syndicate. John Stoehr says, “Once reelected, Trump was supposed to bring them all to justice. When he didn’t, he triggered a crisis of faith that can be registered in polling that lumps him in with the rest of the ‘wealthy elites’ who act with impunity for the law — the so-called ‘Epstein class.'” However, these supporters can shift from anti-war to pro-war as smoothly as has the president; but not being rooted in high-minded principles — only Jew-hate — supporters are not going to warm up to the appearance of an American president seeming to take orders from the leader of a Jewish state. Instead, they might see Trump doing to believers in America First what he has done to supporters who demanded the release of the Epstein files. Thus, the president’s lie that he forced Netanyahu’s hand. Yet, this assertion of dominance is compounded by his heel-turn in the Epstein files case — the crisis of faith within MAGA leaves a growing suspicion that instead of destroying the global Jewish conspiracy against America, he has joined it.

The host of Anchor Watch on Lincoln Square, retired Navy commander Bobby Jones, offered his opinion on a week’s worth of warfare with Iran: “It’s important that people understand this is not going to be something that is a shot-term or easy operation to get out from under. If we’re not careful, it’s going to make Afghanistan and Iraq look like a church picnic.” To emphasize the lack of leadership, Jones says, “Depending on which one of the three — Trump, Hegseth, or Rubio — you’re talking to, you get a different justification for why these actions are taking place, which is a telltale sign that strategically, people are not aligned across the board.” Donald Trump’s claims of an imminent Iranian threat are so unbelievable that the Associated Press had given him personal ownership of the fiasco, reporting that Republicans in Congress stopped a war-powers vote last week concluding efforts to end ‘Donald Trump’s war against Iran.’ Pete Hegseth, obviously replaying one of his favorite video games, said, “This was never meant to be a fair fight. And it is not a fair fight. We are punching them while they’re down, which is exactly how it should be.

The Raw America blog reports that as President Trump was threatening Iran with annihilation on Truth Social, the “White House was quietly doing something that should alarm every mayor, police chief, and sheriff in America: blocking the FBI, the Department of Homeland Security, and the National Counterterrorism Center from warning local law enforcement that his war has raised the terror threat on American soil.” The Daily Mail reported that the three agencies had prepared a five-page joint intelligence bulletin entitled ‘A Public Safety Awareness Report: Elevated Threat in the United States During US-Iran Conflict’ to send to state and local authorities. Detailed were elevated threats from Iranian government operatives, Iranian proxies, threats to Jewish and Israeli institutions, and the danger that radicalized individuals of varying ideologies might use as cover for their violence. Local law enforcement will never know how to respond because the bulletin never went out — Department of Homeland Security gave the White House a heads-up beforehand and Trump’s cronies put it on hold.

The White House didn’t deny killing the bulletin, with spokeswoman Abigail Jackson offering that the administration was “ensuring information being disseminated is accurate, up to date, and has been properly vetted.” A senior DHS official slammed the decision with, “They don’t want anything getting out that says what they’re doing in Iran is raising the threat level at home.” Such bulletins are meant to be politically untouched — neutral, fact-based, and issued without White House input. Such speculation was borne out in an Austin, Texas bar after Operation Epic Fury was launched, when a gun-toting supporter of the Iranian regime opened fire, killing three people and wounding fifteen before law enforcement dispatched him. Following the incident, FBI Director Kash Patel placed counterterrorism teams on high alert nationwide. As Raw America says, “The threat is real. The bulletin was real. And the White House sat on it.”

Hegseth’s accusations against the Islamic Republic that it is “hell-bent on prophetic Islamic delusions,” and Rubio’s statement that the country needed to be attacked now because “that entire regime is led by radical clerics who make decisions based on their view of theology, which is an apocalyptic one,” stand in contrast to the executors of the war which phrase the conflict in apocalyptic terms of their own — that they are fulfilling the promises of their own holy books, and that their justice is in fact God’s. As Séamus Malekafzali, journalist and writer focusing on Middle East politics, writes in The Nation, “Both the US and Israel have long asserted the right to commit imperial violence with impunity, while expecting other countries to pay a high price if they do the same. Now that double standard is being applied to the idea of holy war itself. Theocracy, it would seem, is wrong only when some people do it. To play an old trope: ‘The apocalyptic prophecies are coming from inside the house.‘”

The Raw America site exposes the central horror of this moment: “Plainly, we are fighting a war under the direction of a man whose motivations nobody — not his allies, not his Cabinet, not the people who work for him every single day — can fully explain. Trump has made something of a brand out of this. He brags, openly, that nobody knows what he’s going to do because he doesn’t know what he’s going to do. In a previous life, in a different kind of man, that might be strategic ambiguity. In Donald Trump, it is simply the truth.” As for the people around him, Marco Rubio wears the expression of a man who has realized the building is on fire. JD Vance has pivoted so many times he’s lost track of which direction he’s facing. And even Benjamin Netanyahu, after wanting American military action for decades, has the energy of a man attempting to cash a check before the bank changes its mind.

It comes down to one person who understands Trump most clearly — Jared Kushner — who is not in the government but is likely running foreign policy for his father-in-law. Jared collecting a $2B investment from a Saudi-backed fund after leaving office in Trump’s first tenure, earned Trump’s respect, despite not being a pART of the DEAL — or was he? The Donald’s reaction was  blissful unawareness in his expression of satisfaction: “Jared can really work the Arabs. They like Jews to handle the money.” For some — who question what Trump sees in this war — it has nothing to do with strategic interest, security, or regional stability, but something far simpler: what’s in it for him! The oil in Iran (which the Israelis are burning, to his horror), reconstruction money, and Persian Gulf sovereign wealth funds looking for a post-war landscape to invest in. Perhaps Trump can’t explain why he’s taken us to war, but his son-in-law will figure out what it all means and how to profit from it.

As Steve Schmidt tells us in The Warning, “Only a fool would be surprised to discover that Jared Kushner is at the center of a growing scandal around highly sensitive national security matters — a torrent of corruption that follows in the footsteps of Kushner and Trump’s Middle East negotiator, Steve Witkoff.” Schmidt says it is stunning, with no words to adequately describe the depravity of the theft and their betrayal of the USA, as the full details of the sale of America’s most sensitive computer chips to the UAE become known. It is estimated that the Trump and Witkoff families pocketed $187 million and $31 million, respectively, in the sellout of American security, not in a corrupt business deal, but in an act of espionage. While The New York Times detailed Kushner’s $2 billion deal in April 2022, no one seemed to care, but Schmidt calls the corruption so gargantuan that it is beyond comprehension.

Trump has shattered every convention and tradition that requires dignity and integrity, while obliterating the law, duty, responsibility and obligation. Even the honor of being twice-elected to the presidency only bolstered his belief that his temporary power was a license to take, steal, smash, punish, destroy and avenge, with the current term experiencing his unleashing of cruel Gestapo-like secret police to terrorize the American people. Kushner has been an abhorrent contributor to American decline and division over the last eleven years, a sinister and corrupt figure who perfectly represents the fantastical levels of corruption that have engulfed Washington, DC in the Trump years. Schmidt describes Kushner as a soft-handed and fragile-boned child of privilege, whose only skill is the flattery of sociopathic egos. His family’s wealth obscured his mediocrity as he entered Harvard University, before diving into the “jungles of Manhattan” where he continued to prove that any child of an indulgent billionaire parent can make it anywhere…’New York, New York!

Kushner’s failed business decisions found him drifting into the Oval Office with Donald Trump, where they have done more damage to the US than any people since Secession, adding $6.7 trillion to the national debt, but parlaying $2.4 billion in personal income into their pockets. Anything and everything was for sale, with the American people being cut out of the equation, as the government was only for the Trump Crime Syndicate and the MAGA movement, with Kushner serving as an “informal advisor.” The ‘advisor’ was denied a security clearance, failing background investigations, as security officials deemed him untrustworthy and not to be trusted with classified information. Not a problem for father-in-law Don who then gave him the highest level security clearances, leading the classified-briefings-loving Jared to request them more often than any staff member as he began his flitting around the world as an architect of Middle East ‘peace.’ Both Jared and wife, Ivanka Trump, were “mediocrities who were unread, inexperienced, sheltered, arrogant beyond measure, and surprisingly simple fraudsters who didn’t know very much about anything except where to look for money,” says Schmidt.

Understood by most, that the US Congress is a thoroughly broken institution, though shining through is the January 6 Committee which showed what is possible when honorable men and women come together, putting America ahead of political parties and cults of personality. Schmidt says that in this vein, the Kushner payoff deserves scrutiny by Congress, counter intelligence officials, and the media until every detail comes out. Extremist movements are always corrupt and corrupt movements always become extremist movements — the NRA and CPAC being perfect examples of this circumstance. We should all care about knowing the details of what Jared Kushner did to get this money, as well as the reasoning behind Director of National Intelligence’s Tulsi Gabbard locking away in a safe a whistleblower’s report about Kushner.

President Trump has been insisting that he must be personally involved in the process of selecting a new leader in Iran, and that the Iranians are “wasting their time” in considering the 56-year old son of the late AyatollahMojtaba Khamenei, as the likely replacement. Trump said, “We want someone that will bring peace and harmony to Iran — Khamenei’s son is a lightweight. Potential future leaders keep dying — everyone who wants to be leader ends up dead.” There was some political dissension among leaders in Iran about the hereditary selection of the Ayatollah’s son, which resembled a clerical version of the rule of the shah who was toppled in the 1979 Islamic Revolution, but the leadership of the Assembly of Experts were in favor of this appointment for prosecution of the war. So, in the end Mojtaba was chosen to be in charge of Iran’s armed forces and any decision regarding pursuit of Tehran’s nuclear program. The successor has never held any governmental post, either elective or appointive, and he is said to be even more hard-line than his father, which will put him directly in the gunsights of the Israelis, but Iran’s Revolutionary Guard and Lebanon’s Hezbollah both issued statements of support.

Trump’s pronouncement insisting on his involvement in choosing a successor was likely to complicate efforts to end the ongoing conflict, but now that Mojtaba has been selected, our president will view him as a “transitional figure” with a bullseye on his back, even as some Iranians are “chanting for his death.” The Trump administration may be willing to keep the Iranian regime in place if they accede to US demands involving the enrichment of uranium, ending their ballistic missile program, and an end to terrorist proxies around the world. CNN’s Fareed Zakaria termed Mojtaba’s appointment “a very bad sign for the war” in that Iran’s hardliners now have the upper hand, “showing that the Iranian regime is dug in.”

So we’ll just have to wait for a slithering Trump to provide us with an answer or justification for going to war, even as he demands “UNCONDITIONAL SURRENDER!” from the Iranians. Satirist Andy Borowitz offers his take on the new Iranian leader with this: “In a blistering takedown of Iran’s new Supreme Leader, on Sunday Eric Trump claimed that the late Ayatollah’s son was an incompetent idiot who only attained his position through nepotism. ‘The last thing the world needs is yet another total bonehead getting a leg up just because of who his dad is,’ Trump said. ‘If this dope’s last name was Henderson instead of Khamenei, he wouldn’t even be in the conversation.’ He added that giving someone control over massive sums of money just because he had a powerful father is ‘a recipe for disaster.’ ‘What kind of backward country showers someone with riches because of who his dad is?’ Trump asked. ‘All I can say is, congratulations, Iran: you just chose a member of the Lucky Sperm Club.'”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Thomas is traveling and forgot to bring his book. He’ll be back!

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“ADHD”

“Not making it on time to an appointment because your brain has compromised time-management function is an actual limitation, not a character flaw.”
~Penn Holderness

“Procrastination is not Laziness”, I tell him. “It is fear. Call it by its right name, and forgive yourself.”
~Julia Cameron

“The problem is that everyone expects you to be motivated by the same things that motivate others.”
~Jesse J. Anderson

“The ADHD brain is built for responsiveness, for novelty, for meaningful stimulation. It is attuned to cues of interest and urgency, rather than arbitrary deadlines or routines.”
~Ronen Dancziger

“People don’t need to be taught so much as they need to be inspired.”
~Walt Disney

So, at first I was just going to link a funny video from the Holderness Family. The wife, Kim, just got diagnosed with ADHD, and there’s a funny song about it. I lost the link when my laptop crashed, and looking for it, I found this podcast where she makes the “formal” announcement. It’s a really good one, so I’m linking to that instead. Watch all their music videos, they’re hysterical, but do watch this video on ADHD. You might understand me better if you do, just sayin’…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

February 25 – March 10, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… on the Sixth Cycle Housing Element… Steinbruner… BESS, County Fairgrounds, County Budget. Hayes… Naming and Renaming… Patton… Wrecking ball / Don’t Pee On My Leg And Tell Me It’s Raining Matlock… …a comeuppance…a lovely ballroom…refunds…who will? / …closing walls…wag-the-dog…firestorm…blow up… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Ötzi, the Iceman… Quotes on… “War”

...

COMMERCIAL FISHING ON THE SANTA CRUZ WHARF 1906. That’s Steve Ghio with the cap holding a 50 pound deep sea bass. And that is Steve Canepa holding the fish basket. The structures on the right are davits or hoists that were used to haul the boats up out of the water

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: March 4, 2026

DOUBLE-ISH ISSUE THIS WEEK. Yeah, I know. It’s March now! Wild, if you ask me… Don’t forget that we are springing forward this weekend! Starting Sunday, it will be light longer at night… I do love that part of it, even if I’m thrown ALL the way off for days and days after the time change.

Now, onward with this week’s content!

~Webmistress

...

A MURDER BETWEEN FRIENDS. Prime. Movie. (3.5 IMDb) ***-

Half a point for being in focus. Joan Collins fronting for a series – at least according to the end card. Six… “people,” I guess… reunite at an Airbnb “castle” owned by a legendary mystery writer, played by Joan Collins. One of them ends up floating in the hot tub. That’s about it.

Everyone treats Joan Collins as a full-blown Mary Sue: “You’re a great mystery writer – we should all listen to you.” What does she actually do? Watch security cameras that most of the cast already know about, while they continue misbehaving anyway.

It’s embarrassing to watch, especially since I’m reasonably sure she bankrolled it. Not worth a watch. Stand well back. Mind the gap. Go watch “Agatha Christie’s 7 Dials” on Netflix.

~Sarge

THE LAST KIDS ON EARTH. Netflix. Series (1hr pilot). (7.2 IMDb) ***
This largely bloodless animated series began with a pilot-style special and ran for two seasons. It’s based on the children’s book series by Max Brallier, with character designs inspired by the illustrations of Douglas Holgate.

The story follows orphan Jack Sullivan as he adjusts to life after an invasion of extra-dimensional monsters and a zombie apocalypse. He soon bands together with a scrappy group of kids who missed the evacuation – along with a loyal monster-dog – forming their own ragtag survival team.

Aimed primarily at the 8–12 crowd, the show still has enough sharp humor and creature-feature flair to entertain adults. The voice cast includes Nick Wolfhard (brother of Finn), Mark Hamill, Keith David, Catherine O’Hara, and Rosario Dawson. Worth a watch – with or without your kids.
~Sarge

AGATHA CHRISTIE’S SEVEN DIALS. Netflix. Series. (6.2 IMDb) **-

There have been a fair few non-Poirot/Marple adaptations recently, and this is certainly one of them.

The cast is solid – Martin Freeman is great, and Mia McKenna-Bruce really shines in the lead role (though Helena Bonham Carter kind of phones in a stock twitchy character). The film doesn’t quite hook you into the mystery, though. It’s not slow, just… not all that engaging. The highlight for me was definitely Mia jumping out of a window to dodge a wedding proposal. On the plus side, it’s only 3 episodes. Many clocks.

It’s probably worth a watch if you’re looking for something to pass the time before the next episode of your favorite show drops.

~Sarge

THE MUPPET SHOW. Disney+. Series. (8.4 IMDb) ****
Or, as I like to think of it, ANTI-MELANIA. They both star a woman who is completely self-obsessed, clinging to a less attractive mate’s position: I mean, of course, the return of … THE MUPPET SHOW!

That’s right, the same old gang at the same old theatre. Minus the legendary Jim Henson and Frank Oz (who is still alive, at time of writing), it actually defies the concern of losing the magic – it’s almost like it never ended. Which is a good thing. Only one episode so far, but it’s off to a good start. Worth a watch!

~Sarge

LA BELLE ET LA BÊTE (1946). Disney+, Max. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ****
Just ran back across this amazing version of Beauty and the Beast (literally haven’t watched it since the early 90’s), with amazing magical settings, and honestly a beast you like so much more than the Prince underneath. There are a number of visuals that have found their way into other lesser films. Jean Marais literally smolders in his cat-like beast. In French with English subtitles. Ça vaut le détour.
~Sarge

RIOT WOMEN. BritBox. Series. (8.5 IMDb) ***

In the early ’90s, a musical revolution erupted – one part punk, many parts feminism – spearheaded by bands like Bikini Kill and Bratmobile (<3): "Riot Grrrl". It laid the foundation for bands like L7 and Hole, whose raw energy and unapologetic attitudes reshaped rock music. Fast forward 35 years, and those fierce grrrls are now navigating the challenges of menopause. Enter Riot Women, a series that follows a group of "women of a certain age" who've had it up to here with hot flashes and feeling invisible. What starts as a joke quickly transforms into something more: they decide to start their own band. While only a few episodes are currently available on BritBox (released weekly), the show's got heart, humor, and plenty of punch. If you've ever felt overlooked or dismissed, Riot Women is a riotous reminder that it's never too late to reclaim your voice. Available exclusively on BritBox (via PrimeVideo for me) - worth a watch, so far. ~Sarge

COVER-UP. Netflix. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

I was all of eight years old when I first heard about William Calley and the massacre at My Lai. No details, just that someone had destroyed a village. For years I assumed it was a bombing: distant, impersonal. I was today years old when I finally learned just how VERY up-close and personal it actually was. I’ve experienced true tunnel vision only twice in my life. This made it the third.

“Cover-Up” is an extraordinary first-hand (self-)account of the life and career of Seymour Hersh, a journalist hip-deep in some of the most damning exposés of the last half-century – from My Lai to Watergate to Abu Ghraib.

Fair warning: the first quarter focuses on My Lai, and the images and descriptions are brutal enough to send you – perhaps not for the first time – into the streets to protest the Vietnam War.

This is the biography of an irascible reporter who will stop at nothing – for better or worse – to get at the truth. It’s deeply uncomfortable viewing, and absolutely worth it.

~Sarge

PRINCESS BRIDE. Hulu. Movie. (8 IMDb) ****

Meathead made good…

  • Spinal Tap
  • When Harry Met Sally
  • Stand By Me
  • A Few Good Men
  • Misery
  • The. Princess. Effing. Bride.

Undoubtedly, you’ve all heard about the murder of Rob & Michele Reiner, allegedly by their son Nick (who suffered from drug addiction and schizophrenia – not, as the Tangerine Pustule would have you believe, from “T***p Derangement Syndrome”).

Rather than dwell on the sadness, I’d point you to the brightest light Carl Reiner’s boy ever put into the world: The Princess Bride. It’s a film that keeps finding new fans, while never losing the old ones. I read William Goldman’s 1973 novel and was in no way disappointed by Reiner’s loving, pitch-perfect adaptation.

My review? Go watch it again. In this terrible time, belief in the triumph of True Love feels urgently necessary. Worth a watch — again, and again, and again.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

March 3, 2026

I wrote the following piece in 2023. Today I would retitle it as The Future Is Now. The issues discussed are as relevant as ever, if not more so. An additional fact is that in the Fifth Cycle, the city not only met but doubled the required number of housing units. Why do that, given the negative impacts involved with rapid growth? We are two years into the Sixth Cycle and from the projects approved and built since 2023, and the line-up of many more awaiting building permits, plus the unnecessary, staff-proposed Overlay District, the city is poised yet again to overbuild, this time on steroids.

I’m running for Mayor, in part to take on this issue. More on that next week.
~Gillian

Santa Cruz:  The Future

“This is just the beginning” advised the city Planning Director as he presented the Sixth Cycle Housing Element to council on the 12th of December. With few comments and lavish praise for the Director and his team, council unanimously approved the document, launching an ambitious housing growth blueprint for the next eight years.

The number of additional housing units mandated for the city of Santa Cruz by the state agency HCD, Housing and Community Development, is a staggering five times the units mandated for the previous eight-year cycle: 3736 units versus 747 and a far higher increase than for other county cities such as Watsonville or for the county itself.

Few CA cities reached the Fifth Cycle mandated housing goals. Santa Cruz city was among the small six per cent of those that did. Not only reached but exceeded the mandate, especially for the above moderate income housing units. How you view that accomplishment depends on whether you think the more housing the better or whether you think we’ve reached a tipping point of carrying capacity. As for “affordable” housing, to qualify for the Low-Income category, an individual can have an annual income up to $92,500, a number that rises with the rise in the AMI, Area Median Income, a target forever moving upwards as the affluent buy into Santa Cruz.

Nevertheless, the city council enthusiastically accepted the Sixth Cycle with nary an objection or critical comment. Councilmember Sandy Brown did note that the entry regarding Mobile Homes was incorrect, that they are not affordable, and that the entry gave the wrong impression but that was it. Very few members of the public spoke. The majority of the four who spoke were from the housing advocacy group YIMBY. Only one member of the public called the mandated numbers of housing units “excessive” and that the report was being “rubber-stamped” by the council. It was hard to disagree with that assessment. One barrier to a more critically- inclined council is the current practice of council members asking questions of staff and getting answers before the meeting, out of the public arena. So, the community never hears their questions nor the answers. That may be more efficient, but it is less democratic.

One important fact worthy of council comment and discussion yet receiving none was contained in the last paragraph of the Agenda Report. It said, “New housing will increase the City’s tax base, but services provided to new residents generally cause new housing to result in net negative fiscal impacts over the long-term.” (emphasis added). Fora city about to raise taxes due to a projected long-term budget shortfall, ignoring this fact seems fiscally irresponsible. Yes, the state is mandating this new housing but where is the push-back from our city leaders? Where is the strategy discussion on how to engage the state to demand compensation for their required excessive housing requirements? It was a non-issue.

Many other cities are far more critical of the state’s housing mandates than is the city of Santa Cruz. By contrast, our department heads, and by extension our city council seem to embrace and amplify the mandate to build, baby, build. Buried in the long lists of goals, policies and objectives were several entries going above and beyond the requirements.

Consider the following:

  • 1.5e. Present to Council amendments to the City’s ADU regulations regarding owner occupancy to provide greater flexibility to existing and future ADU developments.
  • Policy 3.5 Facilitate new student housing as well as housing for university faculty and staff. My note: this is off-campus housing.
  • 1.6a. Utilize the Planned Development Permit process to facilitate housing development by considering modifications to building setbacks, street standards, lot coverage, lot area, parking and loading, landscaping, open space, uses, and maximum height.
  • 1.3c. Adopt code changes that reduce parking requirements, increase shared parking allowances, and increase off-site parking allowances to further facilitate housing, with the ultimate goal to eliminate parking minimums citywide by January 2028.
  • 1.3g. Adopt zoning changes by January 2027 to align development standards and use allowances with the maximum intensity already allowed under state law, following a comprehensive review. Zoning changes will include heights and lot coverages among other development standards.
  • 6.2d. Adopt an ordinance that expands housing opportunities in single-family zones by amending the Zoning Ordinance to allow the conversion of larger homes to multiple units when doing so would currently exceed limitations on types of housing allowed and would currently exceed density limits.

While this all may be music to YIMBY’s ears, it is a loud raspberry to anyone who has lived in Santa Cruz long enough to wince at this urban, dense, largely affluent make-over into a new place where long-time truly low-income residents are leaving en masse.

The last words to council from the Planning Director were that all this new housing will mean a “more equitable and more sustainable future.” I have my doubts.

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
LARGE FLAMMABLE, EXPLOSIVE BATTERY STORAGE SITES IN APTOS AND WATSONVILLE

Saturday, February 28, there was an event in Pinto Lake City Park, on Green Valley Road in Watsonville, sponsored by the  Stop Lithium BESS is Santa Cruz County. We will be back with more information from this, but in the meantime, you can

Trust and believe that this issue is nowhere near over and done with.

THE COUNTY PICKS AND CHOOSES WHEN IT ENFORCES POLICY
Why would County Planning Staff recommend a developer can slide by offering less affordable housing than what the County Planning Commission recommended? That was a great question that met with Supervisor Koenig ignoring residents of the Beachcomber Mobile Home Park who had waited for hours to speak at the public hearing on the project at 5940 Soquel Avenue Frontage Road, which will add 100 new units with a total of 17 three-story tall buildings towering over them and erasing privacy.

Supervisor Cummings and Supervisor Hernandez wanted 20% affordable, aligning with County Planning Commission recommendations, but the other supervisors rejected that. Supervisor Martinez wanted to know if there could be less than 15% affordable? Supervisor Koenig cautioned that “if we ask for too much, we will get nothing.” County Counsel affirmed the developer could walk away if the Supervisors chose to be too stringent by asking greater that 15% affordable inclusionary units.

The developer and staff insisted only 15% affordable “for-sale” units would pencil out, even though the Planning Commission had recommended 20%. The Planned Unit Development (PUD) approved in 2008 had specified 40% affordable. Supervisor Cummings pressed to support the Planning Commission’s recommendation of 20%, and pointing out that earlier Nexus Studies had determined that for a project like this, where all the affordable units will be dedicated to moderate income buyers, the number should deed 23% of the units affordable.

He pointed out that the developer had provided no actual evidence that 20% inclusionary housing “would not pencil out” for moderate income units.

Supervisor Koenig exposed that the emergency secondary access would be routed through the County Sheriff Center parking lot adjacent, and requested clarification that County workers (likely law enforcement?) would be given priority preference for purchasing the affordable units. The planner confirmed that as true.

This site in Live Oak is next to the former Nigh Lumber Yard (now Marshall’s Roofing). The parcel was approved locally and by the State for a Planned Unit Development (PUD) in 2008 to provide 40% of the 102 units to be affordable. The environmental review of the site back then rendered a mitigated negative declaration.

It has served as a storage yard and office location for a few tow truck companies until recently being cleared, including cutting a couple of large trees where hawks purportedly roosted, and demolishing a permanent structure on the premises, perhaps without a demolition permit.

One man who testified played a recording of the frogs singing at the site. When it rains, the site is alive with frogs and other creatures, due to the ponding that happens there.

“Stormwater drainage at this site cannot be over-emphasized,” said former County Planning Commissioner Michael Guth, calling in to provide history of the parcel, and cautioning the Supervisors about the inadequacy of the proposed on-site bioswale that is supposed to keep all stormwater runoff on-site.

Mr. Sam Nigh testified and provided photos supporting that the area handles great volumes of stormwater from a culvert beneath Highway One that drains the runoff from the former Skyview Drive-In to the area proposed for this 100-unit new subdivision. I also testified to support that, having worked for a few years at Far West Nursery adjacent, and witnessed the entire rear area of the property under 12″ of water when the drain ditch overflowed.

“I won’t vote against an any project with affordable housing,” said Supervisor Cummings after Supervisors Martinez, Koenig and DeSerpa rejected his motion to require 20% inclusionary affordable housing for moderate incomes, “but it just seems that the County picks and chooses when it will follow County policies” he said, having read into the record what the Planning Commission had recommended,.

He was obviously upset that the majority of the Board rejected an opportunity to add more affordable housing rather than siding with the KB Homes developer to do their bidding for maximum profits.

Later, one resident informed me there had been no notice to their adjacent community about the Board was holding a public hearing on this project. “Several had their comments ready, timed to two minutes, but they did not know this was happening today.” Hmmm…….

Who will inform the frogs that the bulldozers will soon arrive?

Here is a link to the meeting video. Click on Item #8

At minute 15:24, listen to the man asking that the Board to do better environmental analysis to consider the frogs. At Minute 19:56, a resident of the Beachcomber Mobile Home Park speaks up. Chair Martinez admonished others who also wanted to speak on the item, informing them they must wait until the item was up for discussion ….which turned out to be hours later.

THE COUNTY BUDGET WILL HAVE A $26.2 MILLION GAP
The County has spent money as if there were no tomorrow…and now “tomorrow” is here, with an anticipated $26.2 Million gap. That was the message delivered by CEO Nicole Coburn and staff to the Board of Supervisors Tuesday. The presentation seemed to point the finger at the HR 1 federal funding cuts, but it was evident the County made some bad decisions on spending in the last few years.

The Covid spending and 2017 storm damage to roads brought about such massive debt, the County opted to take out an unprecedented $90 Million bond to finance paying the bills. Meanwhile, then-CEO Carlos Palacios encouraged many large purchases, such as the new South County Government Center in Watsonville, the building adjacent to the Live Oak Sheriff Center to house the Children’s Mental Health Crisis Center (over-budget and still not open due to licensing problems), and purchase of 38 acres of farmland on Whiting Road to make into hiking trails in Watsonville.

Current CEO Nicole Coburn again mentioned the project under study to build workforce housing on the 701 Ocean Street campus…which would require demolition of the County Court House. Many new hires were initiated to fill staffing gaps, often at higher salary rates “in order to retain qualified workers”.  Hmmm…

The debt service payments on that $90 Million bond is anticipated to be $6.5 Million annually.

In response, the CEO announced that effective February 25, 2026, there is a freeze on all County hiring and staff travel. The Board voted to notify all non-profits currently contracted to receive millions of dollars that the County may not be able to follow through with those payments.

What is next? Stay tuned for March 10 when CEO Coburn will have better numbers. She mentioned there may be a new sales tax in the future. Hmmmm…. Will that pay for more homeless and drug addiction “resources” offered by a multitude of non-profits who don’t seem to be making much of a difference, other than filling their own pockets??? The Board approved adding nearly $6 Million more to two such non-profits (Consent Items #33 and #34):

33. Approve rate agreement with The Camp Recovery Center, LLC in the amount of $4,304,795 to provide withdrawal management, residential, and outpatient programs to adults with substance use disorders, and take related actions (Health Services Agency)

34. Approve first amendment to rate agreement with Encompass Community Services, increasing the amount by $1,062,393 for a total of $8,746,826, to add services for Recovery Residences for adults with substance use disorders, and take related actions (Health Services Agency)

Try taking a look at the salaries of the folks running the County, but sit down…many make over half a Million annually.

Here is a link to the meeting video…click on Item #10: Feb 24, 2026 Board of Supervisors – Regular Meeting – Santa Cruz County, CA

CHANGES AT THE SANTA CRUZ COUNTY FAIRGROUNDS RACETRACK…WILL IT GET SHUT DOWN?
Last week, the Santa Cruz Fairgrounds Board approved a new contract for the race track, with a brand new company from San Jose. Will it be as successful as the former Ocean Speedway tenant, Mr. John Prentice? Will the new tenant be able to tolerate the economic abuse that has frequently been dealt by the Fairgrounds Foundation?

What has many worried is that the contract is only valid for one year. Then what?? It has been no secret that the Fairgrounds CEO does not seem to understand the importance of the race track to many or the economic boost it all brings to Watsonville, placing it on the racing map.

Will the Foundation convince the new CEO that shuttering the racetrack would be best???  Hmmm…  If you or someone you know enjoys the racetrack, please write the Board and let them know. Fair Board Correspondence

A SEA OF PLASTIC AT THE FAIRGROUNDS PARKING LOT…BUT WHY?

Last week, I was surprised to find a sea of thick black plastic covering the area at the western edge of the Santa Cruz County Fairgrounds parking lot, adjacent to a creek that runs into College Lake.

This area has been the subject of much legal wrangling in Fairgrounds Board Closed Session meetings, ever since former Fairgrounds CEO Zeke Fraser allowed Granite construction to dump massive amounts of fill dirt there, taken from the Highway One excavation for the new Capitola Avenue overcrossing a couple of years ago. He claimed he had no idea it was happening, even though he signed an agreement with Granite to allow it..


Here is the edge of the plastic-covered area, and the new drain pipe to carry surface runoff to the creek below.

Here is the outfall for both drain pipes that lead into the creek and College Lake. It was really spouting stormwater from the parking lot, as well as the sea of plastic.

The parking lot “lake” waiting to be drained into the creek via a subsurface culvert.

Is the imported soil contaminated? Last winter, the area was covered in jute and seeded. Hmmm… College Lake is now a source of water for the beach-area agriculture.

Stay tuned.

SIGN UP AND MAKE A DIFFERENCE!

The Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors just proclaimed March as Civil Grand Jury Awareness Month,
highlighting that important role of citizen oversight in local government. The California Constitution mandates each county have a Civil Grand Jury (not to be confused with a Criminal Grand Jury). Nevada is the only other state with such a mandate for citizen oversight of local government.

The County is actively recruiting volunteers for the 2026–2027 term, with information sessions planned for April 2 and 3 to encourage participation in investigating local government, ensuring transparency, and accountability. Find more information and applications here

You can also listen to this February 20 interview with
Mr. Bob Broussard, current Foreperson of the Santa Cruz County Civil Grand Jury.

WRITE ONE LETTER. MAKE ONE CALL. ATTEND A PUBLIC HEARING TO PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENT AND QUALITY OF LIFE. APPLY TO SERVE ON THE SANTA CRUZ COUNTY CIVIL GRAND JURY.

DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Naming and Renaming

Ecologists often note that place names reflect things that have been destroyed. Elk Grove, California, has neither elk nor groves. The Elkhorn Slough likewise is missing its elk. Grizzly Island in the Delta doesn’t have grizzly bears anymore. Oakland is no longer a place full of oaks, and you’d be hard-pressed to find that many oaks in Thousand Oaks. Clear Lake is turbid. Forestville is distinctly unforested. The fine pools for which Los Banos Creek received its name have been replaced by a huge reservoir, which is sometimes unswimmable due to dangerous algal blooms. Examples go on and on. All of these names are recent, all colonist names.

Indigenous Names

Somewhere along the way humans saw fit to keep the indigenous names of places. Soquel is the original people’s name meaning ‘rushing waters’ – Soquel Creek still rushes and that seems a fine name, still. The indigenous name “Aptos” could have meant people, which works still, or ‘meeting of two streams’ which is also true. It might be a good start to start revitalizing the indigenous names of places.

Changing Back

Junipero Serra Peak is being changed back to Pimkolam a shortened version of “pimkoia’m, ti’at aula” the indigenous name for an unknown plant that grows there. Prior to 1950, it was known as Santa Lucia Peak.  Near San Juan Bautista (a terrible name), an important site to local native peoples is now protected and is known by its original name, Juristac.

Other Changes

Without explanation, the current administration is making some seemingly sinister changes to place names. For instance, the highest peak in the USA is appropriately named by indigenous people ‘Denali‘ but the President wants to change it to Mount McKinley. That same someone with power recently also decided to change the name of the Gulf of Mexico to the Gulf of America; I say let’s at least add an ‘s’ to that – the Gulf of the Americas would at least help us to realize that South and Central Americans are Americans, too. If it is becoming more acceptable to change place names, I say let’s go for it – there are lots of other changes and perhaps the next administration can force through a bunch in its first 100 days.

More Changes Needed

I have a particular problem with some place names imposed on locations and wish them changed. Far too many places have the name ‘devil’ in them. Devil’s Gate in Eastern California is one such instance. There are many more. Then there are legions of places named after people who barely deserved to have anywhere named for them. Scotts Valley, for instance: why do we care so much for Hiram Daniel Scott to have his name affixed to the town, still? And, does the town really deserve to be called a ‘valley’ anymore? Davenport, (for ‘Captain John Davenport’ the whaler) for that matter, deserves another name.

And then there are the religious references, so out of date. Santa Cruz makes little sense, anymore, if it ever did. And all those saints, San Lorenzo, San Luis, San Jose, San Francisco – so much potential for renaming there!

Let’s Ask The People

As we thankfully have momentum for recognizing the lands around us as unceded territory of various other peoples, wouldn’t it feel good to begin replacing the colonist imposed names of places with the names given those places by the people who lived there for thousands of years? If there are places without such names, why wouldn’t those representing the tribes play a central role in giving those places appropriate names? Let’s learn together the renaming that needs to take place – it will help bring us together and help more people respect and look anew at the land around us.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

February 23, 2026

The “Opinion” page in the February 19, 2026, edition of The New York Times included an editorial statement by Massimo Calabresi, the title of which reads like this: “Trump Is A Wrecking Ball, And He’s Only Getting Started.”

I am told you can read the whole statement by Calabresi by simply clicking the link that I have just provided, and that no paywall will prevent that. I certainly encourage you to read Calabresi’s statement, and to see what he has to say.

To summarize his main point, Calabresi says that our current president is disturbing (and destroying) the nation’s international relationships, and that “the outlines of his disruption are already clear: the collapse of multilateralism, a shift away from the liberal democratic values established after World War II and an embrace of a might-makes-right approach to national security.”

Our current president is asserting that what he says, and what he thinks should be understood as a statement by the nation itself. Obviously, this is a huge misunderstanding of how the United States has actually organized its government. Our president is charged with carrying out and “executing” the laws and directions of Congress. The “president,” in other words, is supposed to “do what he’s told to do by the Congress,” and it is not his job to tell everyone else what to do, and what to think, and what is what.

Of course, it is absolutely understandable that other nations might not get this. It seems like a lot of our own citizens don’t get it, either – including hundreds of those citizens who are elected Members of Congress, and who have totally abdicated their Constitutional responsibilities.

It is important that “we, the people,” make clear that what our current president is doing, and saying, does not, emphatically, “speak for us” in any official way. Again, it simply must be admitted that we, as citizens, aren’t doing as good a job as we should in making this crystal clear. The “No Kings” protests organized by Indivisible are powerful and important, but our individual responsibility is to insure that our local representatives to Congress say and do what WE want them to do, so the world doesn’t get the wrong impression of our nation.

We need to get a lot more “political,” in other words, if we want to make clear that the current occupant of the White House should be understood for who he actually is – a whack job who is literally taking a wrecking ball not only to our continuing foreign policy goals, but even to our president’s official residence, and is acting like what he happens to think is what “we” think!

Not true, right? If we want other nations to understand us (and not to succumb to the improper idea that the “president,” whenever the president acts or speaks, is always acting and speaking for the nation as a whole), then Congress should enact laws, and issue statements, that make that clear.

What our “Wrecking Ball” of a president is saying, and doing, is not to be interpreted as our own statement of national purpose!

• • – – – • •

Monday, March 2, 2026

#61 / Don’t Pee On My Leg And Tell Me It’s Raining

I have already noted that the State of the Union speech, presented by our current Chief Executive on Tuesday, February 24th, was not noted for any genuine evaluation of where we actually are, right now, as a nation. As I said in that earlier blog posting, CBS found that most of what was asserted by our current president was either flat-out “false,” or “misleading.”

I have not read about anyone renaming that most recent “State of the Union” speech as the “State of Delusion,” but I was tickled to see that a couple of New York Times’ columnists suggested that the speech brought to mind the statement that I have used as my title, today: “Don’t Pee On My Leg And Tell Me It’s Raining.” Another, similar, statement would also work: “Who Do You Believe? Me, Or Your Lying Eyes.”

The Times’ column I am talking about, which ran in the February 27, 2026, edition of the paper, was called, “Trump Has Lost Touch With Reality.” Click on the link to read it. No paywall should prevent you from doing that.

Friends, whatever tenuous connection our Chief Executive has with “Reality,” it is imperative that “we, the people,” don’t succumb to delusions (of either grandeur or misery). We need to be in touch with the “real world,” the world as it actually is, not the world that somebody is trying to pawn off as reality.

Why is that particularly important? It’s important because “we, the people” are actually responsible for what our nation does, and we can’t (properly) blame someone else.

The way we run the country is by electing people who act as our “representatives,” much as lawyers “represent” their clients in court, and in important negotiations.

If you happen to end up with a representative who is not, actually, “representing” you, and who is not doing what you would like that representative to do on your behalf, election time is the time when you can make some changes.

In case you haven’t noticed, there are some alarming signs that our current Chief Executive, and his henchmen, would like to make sure that this doesn’t happen. There are concerted efforts to make sure that the upcoming November elections will result in the elevation to office of people who will do what they’re told (by our current president), as opposed to telling our current president what he is supposed to do, on behalf of their constituents.

This is just one more thing to worry about, right?

Well, true! And there is nothing wrong with worrying about it, but how about getting yourself together with one of those groups across the nation that are working to ensure election integrity? Locally, in Santa Cruz County, I am partial to “Indivisible.” Think about clicking some links! Do something, in other words, don’t just agonize!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...

LAP DOGS, WATCHING A CHILD, PILLARS CRUMBLING

President Trump received his comeuppance from the Supreme Court last week, when they handed back to him his unlawful tariffs on a fool’s gold platter. As Bill Maher joked on his show, the court told him not to mess with the money and he took it very well…NOT! The president called the ruling a disgrace, cursing at the courts. Maher mused, “He’s such a Karen. You know, I mean, everything he does. Everything is always, ‘I want to speak to the manager.’ And the Supreme Court said, ‘We’re the manager.’ After this whole year of tariffs we’ve been going through, have you been thinking to yourself, ‘why didn’t other presidents think of doing this and not confiding in Congress when the Constitution says they have to?’ They did think of it. They thought it was illegal, so they didn’t do it. Now, the president says there are other ways he can get what he wants with the tariffs. I don’t know what they are, but…if you’ve ever been to Washington, DC, and you’ve seen that majestic Supreme Court building, it’s going to make a lovely ballroom.

David McAfee writes on Raw Story that the Supreme Court justices may be fearing for their lives after Donald Trump’s response to their legal smackdown. The impending danger possibility was broached by Temidayo Aganga-Williams, an attorney who served as an investigator for the House J6 Committee, in his appearance on MS NOW, when he was asked about Trump’s response to the court ruling against his acting on a whim. The attorney says the president went personal because he nominated two of the justices, and there could be dangerous consequences. “It’s always about the person. And I think what’s stark is that he cannot hide behind who appointed them. These are folks that he appointed, that he picked, that he shook hands with, nominating them, and espousing how great they are. And even they came down against him. So he has to go down to attacking them personally, which I think is incredibly, incredibly dangerous because it’s one thing to say a judge got it wrong, but when you attack the person, you suggest that the way to rectify this is with that person. And in a world of political violence, I think we get closer to teaching the American people that what they have to do to rectify their needs is not to go through institutions, but instead something far more dangerous. And I think that’s the path we’re down.”

Trump continues to be filled with rage at the six court judges who ruled that he exceeded his authority by imposing tariffs based on a “national emergency,” which then prompted him to immediately institute a global 10% tariff, before he decided to increase the rate to 15% the following day. He lashed out at justices Neil Gorsuch and Amy Coney Barrett in particular, saying their “families should be ashamed” of their decisions, calling them “lap dogs,” “a disgrace to our nation,” and “disloyal to the Constitution.” Joanna Coles of The Daily Beast  said that watching Trump’s news conference was like “watching a child,” threatening to do tariffs anyway. “It absolutely is the mad queen from Alice in Wonderland. ‘Off with their heads, off with their heads.'” Author Michael Wolff commented that “he wears it all on his sleeve…done that for years now,” noting that his erratic strategy can be hard for the opposition to combat. Trump now has a new enemy in Chief Justice John Roberts, in direct contrast to the friendliness seen between the two following last year’s State of the Union speech when all seemed to be peaches and cream.

Attorney Neal Katyal, who successfully argued against Trump’s tariffs before the Supreme Court, argues against the new 15% global tariffs the president wants to impose as problematic. The particular statute Trump wants to use has “no obvious application here,” and, “If he wants sweeping tariffs, he should do the American thing and go to Congress. If his tariffs are such a good idea, he should have no problem persuading Congress. That’s what our Constitution requires,” said Katyal. Democratic strategist Jon Cooper responded that “Trump CANNOT legally impose a global tariff because the US doesn’t meet the clear emergency economic conditions envisioned by Section 122, and if  he tries to invoke it, it would certainly face immediate legal challenges, economic pushback, and potential congressional scrutiny.” Author James Surowiecki called the imposition of global tariffs “just ridiculous,” since Trump has made it clear that his action is for ‘retribution.’ Journalist David Stockman had the most observant solution, saying, “Help…the man needs his meds!!

click here to read the rest (link expands, click it again to collapse)

~

PROTRACTED DISTRACTION, OPEN BETRAYAL, COLD WAR MOMENT

Last MondayNPR’s revelation that their investigation into Trump’s Justice Department showed removal of Epstein files that contain allegations of sexual abuse against Donald Trump — at least 50 pages of FBI interviews with a woman who accused the current president of sexually assaulting her when she was 13 years old — gone! She was interviewed four times, resulting in documents with cross-referencing serial number stamps, which proved to NPR that those pages had vanished. Representative James Comer agreed to investigate and, remarkably, both political parties wanted answers about why the files were hiding Trump’s name. A few days later, The Washington Post reported that the Justice Department was investigating in an internal review to determine if the missing documents were wrongly withheld — Trump’s walls were closing in.

Hillary Clinton, after much fanfare back-and-forth, relented to sit for a closed-door House Oversight Committee deposition last week regarding her ties with Jeffrey Epstein, and the GOP’s attempt at humiliating her was handily turned around by her six-hour ordeal. With The New York Times‘ news that TrumpMelaniaMar-a-Lago and related terms appeared in the Epstein files more than 38,000 times, Clinton accused the committee of using her to distract from Trump’s ties to the accused pedophile/trafficker. The committee scheduled Bill Clinton for his closed-door session on Friday, with not much to show for that deposition, either. But things were working in the background with the Trumpers, and even with Oman’s foreign minister’s statement that negotiations between the US and Iran were making progress, the president later announced that he was “not happy” and would allow more time for discussions. Just hours later, he wagged the dog — he chose war.

Military strikes on Iran began early Saturday morning, as millions of Iranians were commuting to work or dropping kids at schools, without warning. Trump’s video statement calling on Iranian citizens to shelter in place accomplished little, as the first confirmed civilian casualties were at a girls’ elementary school in Minab, near the Strait of Hormuz. Initially, Iran’s state media reported 40 students killed, then 53, and by day’s end 85 killed and 63 wounded, as the detritus was scoured by rescuers. The death toll by morning was over 150. Of course, none of these actions were authorized by the US Congress, and curiously a vote on war powers resolutions had been scheduled to restrict exactly what Trump’s unconstitutional bullying had wrought. So now we are in a regional war caused by a president who is in cahoots with a Justice Department who chose to hide his presence in the Epstein files.

President Trump now faces a political minefield with this second strike on Iran, particularly after his claim that the Iranian nuclear threat was destroyed in June of last year. Conservative and MAGA voters were promised no new foreign wars during his ’24 campaign, and this new adventurism has created a firestorm within his base. According to Politico’s Erin Doherty, “The political damage is substantial and immediate action is necessary.” This global news and information company found in a recent poll that only half of Trump voters would support military action against Iran, with 30 percent opposed. Doherty wrote, “Those fractures, combined with largely unified Democrats, meant Americans broadly did not want an attack on Iran.” An Economist/YouGov poll also confirmed broad public opposition to action in the region. The future seems particularly dire for the GOP as they head into the midterm elections, and even small rebellions within the 2024 coalition will carry hefty consequences. Trump’s support within this coalition was tepid before his decision for war, resulting in a volatile situation depending on the aftermath. Republican strategist Jason Roe said, “The political risk depends on the outcome. If we break Iran without terrorist attacks coming to America or harm coming to allies in the region, it will be a political win for Trump. If this expands into a protracted conflict, or ends up with troops on the ground, it will be a liability.

click here to read the rest (link expands, click it again to collapse)

~

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Thomas will be back next week!

...

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“War”

“The object of war is not to die for your country but to make the other bastard die for his.”
~George S. Patton

“War does not determine who is right – only who is left.”
~Bertrand Russell

“The two most powerful warriors are patience and time.”
~Leo Tolstoy

“I know not with what weapons World War III will be fought, but World War IV will be fought with sticks and stones.”
~Albert Einstein

“Older men declare war. But it is the youth that must fight and die.”
~Herbert Hoover

YouTube has full documentaries, and a lot of them! This one, about Ötzi, the Iceman is fascinating! Do give it a watch!


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

February 18 – 24, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… Council Losing Public Trust… Steinbruner… Aptos Post Office Bike Jumps… Hayes… Mycorrhizal Meanderings… Patton… Stammtisch… Matlock… …not savages…not animals…not aliens… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… Marbles! Quotes on… “Charity”

...

SANTA CRUZ BEACH FRONTAGE 1960. Lots for sale, and it’s hard to believe that development hadn’t hit harder along West Cliff Drive by 1960. This is long before The Dream Inn and the Sea and Sand Inn and what seems like hundreds of cookie cutter apartments covered and defaced every square foot of this photo.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: February 18, 2026

IT’S OFFICIAL! As of this column, we are switched over to the new email notification list. If you have any questions or comments regarding this, please email me! Now on to more improvements…

NOT MUCH TODAY. I don’t have much to talk about today, and I’m working on being OK with that. Some days are just how they are, you know? I will leave you in the hands of our lovely contributors, and I’ll see you next week!

~Webmistress

...

THE LAST KIDS ON EARTH. Netflix. Series (1hr pilot). (7.2 IMDb) ***
This largely bloodless animated series began with a pilot-style special and ran for two seasons. It’s based on the children’s book series by Max Brallier, with character designs inspired by the illustrations of Douglas Holgate.

The story follows orphan Jack Sullivan as he adjusts to life after an invasion of extra-dimensional monsters and a zombie apocalypse. He soon bands together with a scrappy group of kids who missed the evacuation – along with a loyal monster-dog – forming their own ragtag survival team.

Aimed primarily at the 8–12 crowd, the show still has enough sharp humor and creature-feature flair to entertain adults. The voice cast includes Nick Wolfhard (brother of Finn), Mark Hamill, Keith David, Catherine O’Hara, and Rosario Dawson. Worth a watch – with or without your kids.
~Sarge

AGATHA CHRISTIE’S SEVEN DIALS. Netflix. Series. (6.2 IMDb) **-

There have been a fair few non-Poirot/Marple adaptations recently, and this is certainly one of them.

The cast is solid – Martin Freeman is great, and Mia McKenna-Bruce really shines in the lead role (though Helena Bonham Carter kind of phones in a stock twitchy character). The film doesn’t quite hook you into the mystery, though. It’s not slow, just… not all that engaging. The highlight for me was definitely Mia jumping out of a window to dodge a wedding proposal. On the plus side, it’s only 3 episodes. Many clocks.

It’s probably worth a watch if you’re looking for something to pass the time before the next episode of your favorite show drops.

~Sarge

THE MUPPET SHOW. Disney+. Series. (8.4 IMDb) ****
Or, as I like to think of it, ANTI-MELANIA. They both star a woman who is completely self-obsessed, clinging to a less attractive mate’s position: I mean, of course, the return of … THE MUPPET SHOW!

That’s right, the same old gang at the same old theatre. Minus the legendary Jim Henson and Frank Oz (who is still alive, at time of writing), it actually defies the concern of losing the magic – it’s almost like it never ended. Which is a good thing. Only one episode so far, but it’s off to a good start. Worth a watch!

~Sarge

LA BELLE ET LA BÊTE (1946). Disney+, Max. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ****
Just ran back across this amazing version of Beauty and the Beast (literally haven’t watched it since the early 90’s), with amazing magical settings, and honestly a beast you like so much more than the Prince underneath. There are a number of visuals that have found their way into other lesser films. Jean Marais literally smolders in his cat-like beast. In French with English subtitles. Ça vaut le détour.
~Sarge

RIOT WOMEN. BritBox. Series. (8.5 IMDb) ***

In the early ’90s, a musical revolution erupted – one part punk, many parts feminism – spearheaded by bands like Bikini Kill and Bratmobile (<3): "Riot Grrrl". It laid the foundation for bands like L7 and Hole, whose raw energy and unapologetic attitudes reshaped rock music. Fast forward 35 years, and those fierce grrrls are now navigating the challenges of menopause. Enter Riot Women, a series that follows a group of "women of a certain age" who've had it up to here with hot flashes and feeling invisible. What starts as a joke quickly transforms into something more: they decide to start their own band. While only a few episodes are currently available on BritBox (released weekly), the show's got heart, humor, and plenty of punch. If you've ever felt overlooked or dismissed, Riot Women is a riotous reminder that it's never too late to reclaim your voice. Available exclusively on BritBox (via PrimeVideo for me) - worth a watch, so far. ~Sarge

COVER-UP. Netflix. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

I was all of eight years old when I first heard about William Calley and the massacre at My Lai. No details, just that someone had destroyed a village. For years I assumed it was a bombing: distant, impersonal. I was today years old when I finally learned just how VERY up-close and personal it actually was. I’ve experienced true tunnel vision only twice in my life. This made it the third.

“Cover-Up” is an extraordinary first-hand (self-)account of the life and career of Seymour Hersh, a journalist hip-deep in some of the most damning exposés of the last half-century – from My Lai to Watergate to Abu Ghraib.

Fair warning: the first quarter focuses on My Lai, and the images and descriptions are brutal enough to send you – perhaps not for the first time – into the streets to protest the Vietnam War.

This is the biography of an irascible reporter who will stop at nothing – for better or worse – to get at the truth. It’s deeply uncomfortable viewing, and absolutely worth it.

~Sarge

PRINCESS BRIDE. Hulu. Movie. (8 IMDb) ****

Meathead made good…

  • Spinal Tap
  • When Harry Met Sally
  • Stand By Me
  • A Few Good Men
  • Misery
  • The. Princess. Effing. Bride.

Undoubtedly, you’ve all heard about the murder of Rob & Michele Reiner, allegedly by their son Nick (who suffered from drug addiction and schizophrenia – not, as the Tangerine Pustule would have you believe, from “T***p Derangement Syndrome”).

Rather than dwell on the sadness, I’d point you to the brightest light Carl Reiner’s boy ever put into the world: The Princess Bride. It’s a film that keeps finding new fans, while never losing the old ones. I read William Goldman’s 1973 novel and was in no way disappointed by Reiner’s loving, pitch-perfect adaptation.

My review? Go watch it again. In this terrible time, belief in the triumph of True Love feels urgently necessary. Worth a watch — again, and again, and again.

~Sarge

JAY KELLY. Netflix. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ***

Jay Kelly opens with a whiff of Day for Night by Truffaut, and plays like a confession muttered into a drink at closing time. It’s a film about old age not as wisdom earned, but as damage tallied: friendships undervalued, moments lost in a “life lived stupid”. On that note it was very personal for me. There’s no grand reckoning here, no cinematic redemption arc, just the quiet, gnawing regret of realizing that time didn’t betray you; you squandered it yourself. Also, a touch of Rashomon in how a memory is different depending on who’s recounting it. George Clooney, Adam Sandler, Laura Dern, and a very old Stacy Keach. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus, broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

February 17, 2026

Council Losing Public Trust

I did not plan on being at city council last week until I read the city manager’s letter to council, attached to the agenda as an Addendum, meaning no council or public discussion.

The letter was alarming, such a violation of public trust. I had to go speak.

The letter was city management’s update to the Resolution passed by council on October 20th2024. That Resolution mandated the city manager and city attorney prepare an ordinance to enact a tracking verification system to ensure that affordable housing in the city is allocated to give first preference to city residents and workers who drive long distances to their jobs in Santa Cruz city. Such preferences have long been on the books but never tracked, verified, or likely followed. The city publishes positive numbers about local occupancy, but they are county-wide, anecdotal, and not based on a checking/verification system.

A week before the November 5 election, the council voted on a Resolution introduced by council members Trigueiro and O’ Hara, initiated by the signers of the letter at the end of this piece. This October 28 Resolution was a council mandate that a system of tracking, verifying and implementing city local and local worker preferences and those facing displacement be written into an ordinance covering all affordable housing.

On that basis, and that basis alone I voted for Measure C, a tax on city property owners to fund affordable housing.  I want my tax money for affordable housing  going to local workers, not for non-city people without local jobs, however deserving they may be.

When council approved the Resolution, that action secured my support and silence. I assumed management would do what council mandated them to do. That is, until I saw the staff Addendum to the February 10 meeting.

The staff Addendum was a one-page letter. It would be worth reading in a Politic or Civics class. Compare and contrast it to the directives of the Resolution. It is disturbing to see management change council policy in such an easy manner. Disturbing to see waste of money on a consultant. Disturbing to see the issue punted off to a council sub-committee. And most disturbing of all: not one council member noticed anything amiss.

The following letter was sent to the mayor and council on behalf of the listed people. It summarizes the abuse of power and asks for a re-set. If you want to add your voice, write council at citycouncil@cityofsantacruz.gov

February 16, 2026
Mayor and City Council
Santa Cruz City Hall
809 Center Street, CA 96060
[delivered electronically]

Dear Mayor and City Councilmembers,

Action by your Council on October 28, 2025, directed the city manager and city attorney to prepare an Ordinance from the Resolution which passed unanimously by Council on that date. Also, to return in January with a cost estimate for implementing a verification and tracking system for the preferences detailed in the Resolution.

However, the recent Information Report from staff, dated January 21 and attached as an Addendum to the council agenda of 2/10/26 raises more questions than it answers regarding progress to implement the October 28 Council directive.

Specifically,

  • The Information Report mis-states the council directive from October 28, 2025. Council did not direct staff to “investigate the process” but rather to “prepare an ordinance. ‘
  • It is not clear why staff is re-evaluating existing preference policies. Recent changes to FEHA do not affect local worker or resident preferences, including those facing displacement.
  • The Information Report language limits the development of an ordinance to a revised inclusionary housing ordinance. However, the Resolution passed by council mandates that it apply to all affordable housing developments, including those supported by the City’s Affordable Housing Trust Fund.

The statement in the Information Report that 92% of tenants in the four 100% affordable housing projects completed over the past two years met the existing local preference policy for the city and county is neither reliable nor valid without a monitoring and verification system in place.

We call on the Mayor and City Council to ensure that its significant action last October is fully implemented, for the sake of community well-being, trust in local leadership and government, and progress toward fairness and justice for all.

Best regards,

Gillian Greensite
Bruce Van Allen
Rick Longinotti
Len Beyea
Lisa Ekström
Lira Filippini
John Hall
Russell Brutsché
Randa Solick
Mary Alice Susca
Judith Weaver

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...

Becky is out this week, and I’m choosing to add a video and re-run her piece on the Aptos Post Office Bike Jumps. Do watch the video! There are many more on YouTube, if you are interested. It is truly sad and messed up how they got rid of such a community resource.
~Webmistress

REBUILD THE WORLD-FAMOUS APTOS POST OFFICE BIKE JUMPS
On the day after President’s Day in 2015, Swenson Builders bulldozed the world-famous Aptos Post Office Bike Jumps in Aptos Village without any permits.  The people were promised the Aptos Village Project would include an active recreation space in the Village as a mitigation for destroying the amazing hub that drew people from the world over, and where local youth gained skills that catapulted them as professional athletes. [A Half-Acre of Glory]

Now we learn that the County Parks Director, Jeff Gaffney, single-handedly rejected any such space, even though the promised “Park parcel” had garnered many, many concessions favoring Swenson Builders.

Is it too late to insist that the youth of the area get to have an active recreation area again?  Contact Second District Supervisor Kim DeSerpa and ask her to help make it all happen.  Call 831-454-2200, or email Kimberly DeSerpa <second.district@santacruzcountyca.gov>

Our youth deserve another wonderful place, such as was the Aptos Post Office Bike Jumps, and volunteers stand at the ready to make it happen…if Supervisor DeSerpa will help

MAKE ONE CALL. WRITE ONE LETTER. INSIST ON SPANISH TRANSLATION WITHOUT ASKING AT COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISOR MEETINGS.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...
Mycorrhizal Meanderings

On February 5, the upper foot of soil surrounding the Monterey Bay was dry, but now it is wet. For weeks, during the time of year when our Mediterranean climate should have been at its wettest, the rain had stopped and the sun’s radiance warmed as if it were summer. Shallow soiled areas of prairie turned drought-stressed reds and purples, grasses stopped gaining height and started blossoming. Redwoods and pines wafted clouds of yellow pollen, carried far in the rare warm breeze. Mushrooms and mosses withered and dried. Dust blew off of unimproved roads and farm fields. And then the rains returned.

Oscillating Unpredictability

Climate change models suggest that we should come to expect the unexpected, waves of hotter and hotter drought interspersed with deluge and destruction. Will being a Mediterranean climate area mean anything anymore in the future? (next time you vote, even in a local election, you are making a choice in this pro-mayhem or pro-life dichotomy) This year marks the 3rd time since 1986 with such a dry hot period during the time of year when it should be the wettest and coolest. All have been recent. How does Life adapt? I wonder about the fungal webs that are crucial to the forests and shrublands around the Monterey Bay.

Natural Fungal Flux

The rhythm of fungi is easy to see if only you look for chanterelles. This bright orange tasty mushroom pushes through leaf duff a while after the ground gets wet. Wetter years make for more mushrooms. Prolonged moisture and not-too-cold weather makes for the biggest crops. Eventually, they get tired and as spring progresses, they disappear until the following wet season. Other mushrooms have their time in this cycle, some preceding the rains by a bit with the shortening days…others bounce out at the first raindrops…and still others wait for the warmth and drying of summer. Peak mushroom diversity used to be typically in that middle zone, in January, when the landscape had long been very wet and the days quite short and cool.

Dependency

The handful of oak species in our region along with the redwoods, pines, and firs require fungal communities to survive. So, too, do the manzanitas and madrones. In the orchards, almonds, apples, pears, hazelnuts, walnuts and so much more likewise depend on fungi to do their foraging. These trees have no root hairs to soak up nutrients and water; instead, they have evolved roots engineered to house fungi. Trees supply fungi sugars and fungal webs spread out through the ground, supplying trees nutrients and water. Dr. Tom Parker at San Francisco State University discovered 250 species of fungi under a single manzanita bush. We know very little about which fungi do what for who.

Under My Oak

I planted two coast live oaks in my yard, and one has been very evidently nurturing an interesting fungus. Dead Man’s Foot is a kind of puff bally thing that sticks a large, 6-inch or so, stumpy dark brown ugly ill-formed mass out of the leaf litter in the late spring. Some suggest a shallow burial with an emergent rotting foot, but it doesn’t smell unpleasant. As I mow grasses short each spring, this area doesn’t need much attention, except to rake up oak leaves. The grass barely grows and other weeds are missing – the place is nearly bare: the dead man’s foot is delivering every bit of nutrient to this fast-growing oak. Nearby, another oak planted at the same time doesn’t have these phenomena: it grows more slowly, is emersed in tall grass and weeds, and doesn’t have any fungi popping up in its understory (yet!).

What Happens

How will the climate change driven droughts and deluges affect fungi and the life that depends on them? There are a suite of fungi that follow wildfire, but will they withstand more frequent and more severe fires? Will the succession of winter fungi that are used to long, cool, moist winters survive winters that are less predictable? How will the forests and shrublands fare if their fungal foundations are shaken? How will we even know?

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Monday, February 16, 2026

I was born in 1943. Something else of importance happened that year, as I found out from an article in the December 20, 2025, edition of The New York Times. Here’s a link to the article I am talking about, “A Weekly Gathering for Those Who Fled The Nazis Ends After 82 Years.”

A brief excerpt is below:

In 1943, two artist friends who fled the Nazis and landed in New York City decided to host a weekly meeting with other refugees. At this Stammtisch, as they called it, they could talk freely, in German, about art and politics and the culture they missed from home.

Week after week, the Stammtisch moved around the many German restaurants on the Upper East Side. And it kept going, even after the war ended and one of the founders died. And when their regular restaurants began to close, they met in a nearby apartment, and then another, and another.

For 82 years, they spoke German together virtually every week until last Saturday, when the Oskar Maria Graf Stammtisch finally decided to disband.

If the paywall policies of The Times don’t prevent you from doing so, I am recommending that you read the article. It can be (and should be) an inspiration. You can, as I have mentioned before, get free access to The Times if you happen to be able to obtain a library card from the Santa Cruz County Library.

Your individual personal power, added to the personal power of other persons, can make it possible for you to change the world. And I hope you don’t doubt that! Our actions do, in fact, change the world – both when we act individually and when we act with others. If we want to do the latter – which is really what people need to do, if they are serious – then we need to get together in a group, meet regularly (weekly is best), and meet in person. I keep insisting on this, since I have personally experienced the power of this kind of activity in my own life, and the difference that this kind of collective activity has made in the life of the community where I live. I know that this formula works.

The challenges ahead for our nation, state, and local community are really daunting. And since they are, we really do need to “Find Some Friends” and “Think Like A Lion.” Reading about the Stammtisch profiled in The Times was truly inspirational to me.

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
COOKED, BLING, CORRUPTED, DIOS MIO!

If only this headline from The Onion were true: “Terrified Conservatives Lose Ability To Speak English After Exposure To Bad Bunny Performance — ‘Dios Mio!’ Cry Millions of Panicking Republicans.” Conservatives are struggling in their ranks over Puerto Rican superstar Bad Bunny’s Super Bowl performance as they observe President Trump’s criticism of him and his stage act in light of the rapidly dwindling loss of Hispanic voters. Trump termed the all-Spanish language performance an “affront” to the country and “one of the worst of the worst,” also echoed by many in his MAGA entourage. “It makes no sense, is an affront to the greatness of America, and doesn’t represent our standards of Success, Creativity, or Excellence. Nobody understands a word this guy is saying,” read the president’s Truth Social post. Caroline Sunshine, a deputy communications director in Trump’s presidential campaign, also a staffer who later worked in his first term in office, lauded Bad Bunny for featuring an actual wedding ceremony onstage, saying, “Unpopular but interesting take: there was only one Super Bowl halftime show this year that highlighted the institution of marriage. And it wasn’t the Turning Point halftime show.”

The late Charlie Kirk’s conservative group, Turning Point USA, staged an alternative halftime show featuring Kid Rock, that was solidly panned by most, and it was whispered about that Trump was a viewer of the entire Bad Bunny presentation, which gave rise to his irate foaming at the mouth commentary. Harrison Fields, a former Trump staffer provided no mention of Bad Bunny, but felt it noteworthy to mention his Puerto Rico-born grandmother as a full American citizen, who happened to vote for Trump. Republicans are grimacing at Trump’s disgorging of anti-Latino gibberish with his disapproval rating among Latinos hovering at 70 percent, according to the Pew Research Center. Republican strategist and Trump critic, Mike Madrid, questions the calculus of fighting over Bad Bunny in front of tens of millions of Americans. “If the Republicans don’t stop hemorrhaging with young, male Latinos thirty years old and younger, they’re cooked,” says Madrid. “This shows that they’re not even aware of the size of the problem they have.”

On the face of it, the Super Bowl show was less political than BB’s acceptance speech at the Grammy Awards, when he denounced Immigration and Customs Enforcement. “Before I say thanks to God, I’m going to say: ICE out, we’re not savages. We’re not animals. We’re not aliens.” As might be expected, the veins on the necks of the MAGA faithful stood out as they voiced their condemnation en masse, but conservatives were divided on the Super Bowl presentation. Conservative commentator and sports journalist, Emily Austin was impressed that Bad Bunny, carrying a US flag, led a parade of flag bearers with flags from the Western Hemisphere — which garnered Austin’s disapproval with followers, unsubscribing from her posts. In her defense, she responded, “Not everyone who loves America and loves our President thinks the same way on everything. Different perspectives and shared love of our country is our strength.” Conservative media star Meghan McCain also defended the performance in a post on X, saying, “Everything in life doesn’t have to be ruined by politics. I’m sorry, but I just genuinely question your taste level if you didn’t enjoy the Bad Bunny halftime show.”

Most people consider the conclusion of football season coinciding with the Super Bowl victor being decided — except for Donald Trump, who continued the celebration by pardoning five former NFL players for various criminal convictions, including drug trafficking and perjury. White House pardon czar, Alice Marie Johnson, posted on social media, “As football reminds us, excellence is built on grit, grace, and the courage to rise again. So is our nation. Grateful to @POTUS for his continued commitment to second chances. Mercy changes lives.” Now the four survivors can look forward to winning again, something the president hopes is in his future. Recently, the White House published an ‘article’ attempting to assure some unnamed people that Donald Trump is winning. It should be obvious — if you’re winning you don’t have to explain why, and there should be no need to dissuade voters from panicking, a lie which is done only when you’re losing. And Trump is losing.

Except that our golden boy did manage to pick up more bling last week, another trophy invented just for the occasion of naming him ‘Undisputed Champion of Beautiful Clean Coal.’ Lobbyists from the pro-coal organization, the Washington Coal Club, were on hand to present the winning trophy as the president signed an order requiring the Department of Defense to buy billions of dollars worth of coal-fired energy. As Lisa Needham of Daily Kos writes, “Nothing like using the full force of government to prop up a dying industry, right? And hey, if it comes with a cool trophy, all the better.” Needham says this seems to be the only thing the Coal group has done lately, having a dead website, and $23,192 in assets according to ProPublica. She discloses that the organization gave out another “doofus-y” award in 2017, a lifetime achievement award to Robert Murray, a coal company CEO and climate change denier whose company declared bankruptcy in 2019.

Needham feels that Trump is a worthy successor to Murray’s Lifetime award, but Washington Coal Club felt the need to create a new one for a very special boy. Trump’s ego hardly needs a boost, nor does he need encouragement to promote coal usage, though it’s apparent that the country doesn’t want it. Throwing open public lands for private companies to bid on for mining was a total bust, and as utility companies decommission their coal burning plants, Trump has tried to force one to stay open, which will result in higher consumer costs. Needham concludes by saying, “It’s fitting that Trump is falling all over himself to accept an award as champion of something that doesn’t really exist, but Trump will always be a champion, and no one can take that fake award away from him.”

After all is said and done, the coal trophy might be of some consequence as we find that the administration has now unravelled most of the climate change regulations — not a voter-driven subject by any stretch of the imagination. However, Democrats are attempting to make a case about Trump’s links to powerful interests, and in particular Big Oil, in light of his campaign ask for a billion dollars from the industry in the lead-up to the 2024 election. About the president’s move to repeal the ‘endangerment finding,’ the notable legal finding that climate change is a threat to the public, Senator Sheldon Whitehouse made the terse comment, “Corrupted.” The finding is/was the underpinning of the country’s climate rules, and in particular those rules governing cars and trucks – wiped out like the oil on a crankcase dipstick. Senator Chuck Schumer describes the dissolution of the rules as a “corrupt giveaway to Big Oil, an industry which has worked tirelessly to undermine rules that protect against emissions, and now that they have their guy in the White House, they are taking their biggest swing yet.”

Gas powered vehicles can now be expected to bolster the consumption of oil-based fuels, with the auto industry relaxing their shift toward EVs to meet required standards. Senator Ed Markey told The Hill that the change is “just another payback by the Trump administration to the oil, gas and coal industry.” Get ready to preview the all-new Trump coal-fired autos coming to a dealer near you! In his announcement, Trump said, “We are officially terminating the so-called ‘endangerment finding,’ a disastrous Obama-era policy that severely damaged the American auto industry and massively drove up prices for American consumers,” as he scoffed at environmental and health concerns, calling them “a giant scam.” Representative Sean Casten told The Hill that in spite of Trump and his MAGA backers, the US will still make climate progress in the coming years. “We are decarbonizing in spite of this setback, because markets want cheap stuff, and cheap stuff is clean stuff.” Casten believes the pace is slowed because of subsidization of Trump’s buddies, who will not be able to compete in the market, but the absence of leadership remains depressing.

Feef, a contributor on Quora brings to our attention an advertisement for Brits who might wish to ship baggage ahead in order to travel light to the USA. The ad asks, “Moving to the USA?,” as it provides a link to get a shipping quote. Clicking on the comments section of the company’s website, we find quite a collection of interesting opinions: “Maybe after the lobotomy but for now I’ll pass…thanks!,” “Yes please, can’t wait. I have friends in El Salvador,” “North Korea sounds more appetising at the moment to be honest, thanks though,” “Did you know Canada is lovely and sane?,” “This is brilliant, thank you I need a laugh,” “Yep. Can’t wait to move to Gilead,” “Just packing my black shirt and some books to burn, I’ll be right over,” “Yeah great idea…why did I not think of that before?,” and “The US has plenty of its own baggage; it doesn’t need mine too.” Risky decision? Sure! But as Neil Simon said, “If no one ever took risks, Michelangelo would have painted the Sistine Chapel floor.”

Much of the snark above may have to do with a news story about an Irish citizen with legal permission to work in the US, who has spent nearly five months in a Texas ICE detention facility. Seamus Culleton describes the conditions in the “modern-day concentration camp” in an interview that details widespread illness, and competition for food as the meals are small and everybody’s always hungry and tired. Toilets and showers are described as “completely nasty” since they are very rarely cleaned. Most detainees fear for their safety and their very lives, with security staff being accused of killing people — “you don’t know what’s going to happen here on a day-to-day basis…it’s a nightmare,” Culleton says. Married to an American citizen, he has been in the country for nearly 20 years, and despite holding a valid work permit, and being in the final stages of receiving a green card — with no criminal record — he was detained by ICE as he drove to work. Ireland’s Department of Foreign Affairs is engaging “at a senior level” with the US about Culleton’s case, and the Irish prime minister has plans to raise it directly with President Trump in a March meeting. As is often heard: “This is Trump’s vision for America, folks. Any questions?

Canada no longer has any questions about trade with the US. As Thom Hartmann writes on Raw America, “Economist Dean Baker summed it up perfectly: Trump negates trade pacts with Canada and then gets upset when Canada looks elsewhere for partnerships. Kick your allies in the teeth, then complain when they find a better deal.” The president has turned his attention to our northern neighbor again, to make demands that would be laughable if they weren’t coming from our irrational Oval Office occupant. In a Truth Social post , he has threatened to block the opening of the new Gordie Howe Bridge connecting Windsor to Detroit unless Canada hands over partial ownership — the $5.7 project being funded by Canada’s taxpayers, who expect to recoup the costs through tolls. Trump also claimed that Xi Jinping would “terminate ALL ice hockey being played in Canada” if Prime Minister Carney completes the trade deal with ChinaCatherine McKenna, former environment minister, summed it all up with, “It’s all a grift.”

In a guest article on MeidasTouchCalifornia Representative Ami Bera writes that he is torn, as a member of Congress, on his obligation to attend the upcoming State of the Union address by President Trump. Bera has decided to make this year different after watching the president “run roughshod over the Constitution, display utter disregard for Congress, and openly engage in corruption as he and his family use the office to enrich themselves and tarnish this country that I love. I will not give him the dignity of my presence at the State of the Union.” He calls Trump a troll, who will spend his time at the podium trolling Democrats and Republicans alike, making outrageous and inflammatory statements. “I expect him to make outright lies and exaggerations, boastfully talk about his brilliance, and stare down my Republican colleagues until they stand, applaud feverishly, and demonstrate their fealty to this malignant narcissist.” Bera still believes that America is that “shining city on a hill,” believing that “who we are as a nation is reflected in our Pledge of Allegiance,” wishing that only if the president believed these words. “Donald Trump does not define the United States of America. We do.” Inscribe this message on that empty seat!

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust.

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

Back to North County this week (and next, when I discuss “Trail Beautiful“), and a bit of local and statewide history – the genesis of the California State Parks system can be traced to a meeting held in Santa Cruz in 1900, at which the Sempervirens Club (now the Sempervirens Fund) was founded. California’s coastal redwoods have been inspiring people for over 125 years, appropriately so.


I’ve noticed a fair amount of entries referencing locations inside Big Basin Redwoods Park. I wonder if this is a result of the author’s conversations with my Auntie,Hulda Hoover McLean. She grew up living in the Waddell Creek Valley (now a part of that park, extending down to Waddell Creek Beach), aka “The Ranch” (my family’s name for the property), and was quite a historian herself – not to mention she lived through 70 years of its history by the mid-1980s.

Slippery Rock

Located on Trail Beautiful in Big Basin Redwoods Park. Slippery Rock is a descriptive name that has been applied to rocks in streams, particularly those treacherously smooth, but in this case it was applied to an exposed sandstone rock formation, described by Meadows as an exposed Slab of Miocene sandstone about 200 yards long and 100 yards wide, tilted at an angle of about 30 degrees towards the south…. A conspicuous landmark often mentioned in early accounts of [Big] Basin.–Meadows (1950, p.34)

   Slippery Rock Memorial   

State Historical Landmark No. 827 is located on Trail Beautiful in Big Basin Redwoods State Park to memorialize the Sempervirens Club:

A group of conservationists led by Andrew P. Hill camped at the base of Slippery Rock on May 15, 1900, and formed the Sempervirens Club to preserve the redwoods of Big Basin.

Their efforts resulted in deeding 3,500 acres of primeval forest to the State of California on September 20, 1902. This marked the beginning of the California state park system.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Charity”

“Cheerfulness is a very great help in fostering the virtue of charity. Cheerfulness itself is a virtue.”
~Lawrence G. Lovasik

“A rich man without charity is a rogue; and perhaps it would be no difficult matter to prove that he is also a fool.”
~Henry Fielding

“True charity is the desire to be useful to others with no thought of recompense.”
~Emanuel Swedenborg

“If you haven’t got any charity in your heart, you have the worst kind of heart trouble.”
~Bob Hope

“Charity begins at home but should not end there.”
~Thomas Fuller

I love these “how it’s made” type of videos… sometimes it’s pretty much just as I thought, and sometimes I find my imagination being way off! If you ever wondered, here’s how marbles are made…


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment

February 11 – 17, 2026

Highlights this week:

Greensite… back next week… Steinbruner… BESS ordinance… Watsonville housing… Hayes… back soon… Patton… “Nationalizing” Our Voting System? Matlock… who we are…infection…condition…second opinion… Eagan… Subconscious Comics and Deep Cover … Webmistress serves you… medieval knitter’s guild… Quotes on… “Knitting”

...

SEA BEACH HOTEL. This gorgeous hotel was built in the 1870s and had 170 rooms. Rumor has it that Presidents Benjamin Harrison and Teddy Roosevelt stayed there. It burned down (and up) on June 12, 1912.

Covello & Covello Historical photo collection.

Additional information always welcome: email photo@brattononline.com


If you want to pitch in to
keep this work of passion going,
we are ever so grateful!

...

Dateline: February 14, 2026

I KNIT, THEREFORE I AM… You probably already know that I’m a knitter, crocheter, crafter, what have you. It’s almost compulsive. I swear that it has helped keep me sane for years and years, and it’s cheaper than therapy! I’m working on figuring out how to get back to teaching knitting, whether that will mean classes locally, classes online, or a YouTube channel. I’ll let you know what’s going on as it happens! Meanwhile, check out the video this week for some fascinating knitting history.

AMERICAN HUMANIST ASSOCIATION is an organization supported by, among others, one of my favorite content creators, Monte Mader. AHA are having an event on May 2nd called the American Empathy Project, which is basically getting people to organize community volunteer events in the following six different categories:

Food Over Cruelty
Our leaders are using child hunger as a political weapon, making it harder for families to afford the groceries they need. Pack easy, shelf-stable meal kits for a local food pantry, making comforting food available in a stress-free format!

Conservation Over Cruelty
Plastic producers take no responsibility for the impacts of plastic pollution on either human or non-human communities. Clean up litter in areas where it’ll be most disruptive to either human or non-human wellbeing. Reuse or recycle what you can!

Affirmation Over Cruelty
Our leaders are demonizing LGBTQ+ youth rather than making life more affordable. Host a gender-affirming clothing and supply drive informed by your community’s specific needs.

Care Over Cruelty
Our leaders have gutted subsidies that help millions of our neighbors afford basic healthcare. Write letters to Congress and local legislators asking them to retire medical debt — and use grant funding to cancel 100x medical debt!

Welcoming Over Cruelty
Our leaders are throwing immigrants in inhumane camps, tearing families apart, and terrorizing our communities. It’s not right. Gather everyday supplies based around your community’s needs, and deliver them to families impacted by ICE activity.

Respect Over Cruelty
Leaders within our culture of capitalism judge worth by productivity, leaving our elders ignored, undervalued, and isolated. Lead a “joy drive” for a local senior center — put together a fun collaborative activity and enjoy it with your local elders!

They are giving out $100,000 in ~$1000 grants to people who organize these events. You can apply for a grant on the website if you want to organize, and you can donate, become a member, or just attend one of the events.

As Becky always says, “Just do something!” I’ve applied for a grant for a food drive, and I’ll keep you posted on that as well.

I’m done for now, see you later this week!

~Webmistress

...

AGATHA CHRISTIE’S SEVEN DIALS. Netflix. Series. (6.2 IMDb) **-

There have been a fair few non-Poirot/Marple adaptations recently, and this is certainly one of them.

The cast is solid – Martin Freeman is great, and Mia McKenna-Bruce really shines in the lead role (though Helena Bonham Carter kind of phones in a stock twitchy character). The film doesn’t quite hook you into the mystery, though. It’s not slow, just… not all that engaging. The highlight for me was definitely Mia jumping out of a window to dodge a wedding proposal. On the plus side, it’s only 3 episodes. Many clocks.

It’s probably worth a watch if you’re looking for something to pass the time before the next episode of your favorite show drops.

~Sarge

THE MUPPET SHOW. Disney+. Series. (8.4 IMDb) ****
Or, as I like to think of it, ANTI-MELANIA. They both star a woman who is completely self-obsessed, clinging to a less attractive mate’s position: I mean, of course, the return of … THE MUPPET SHOW!

That’s right, the same old gang at the same old theatre. Minus the legendary Jim Henson and Frank Oz (who is still alive, at time of writing), it actually defies the concern of losing the magic – it’s almost like it never ended. Which is a good thing. Only one episode so far, but it’s off to a good start. Worth a watch!

~Sarge

LA BELLE ET LA BÊTE (1946). Disney+, Max. Movie. (7.4 IMDb) ****
Just ran back across this amazing version of Beauty and the Beast (literally haven’t watched it since the early 90’s), with amazing magical settings, and honestly a beast you like so much more than the Prince underneath. There are a number of visuals that have found their way into other lesser films. Jean Marais literally smolders in his cat-like beast. In French with English subtitles. Ça vaut le détour.
~Sarge

RIOT WOMEN. BritBox. Series. (8.5 IMDb) ***

In the early ’90s, a musical revolution erupted – one part punk, many parts feminism – spearheaded by bands like Bikini Kill and Bratmobile (<3): "Riot Grrrl". It laid the foundation for bands like L7 and Hole, whose raw energy and unapologetic attitudes reshaped rock music. Fast forward 35 years, and those fierce grrrls are now navigating the challenges of menopause. Enter Riot Women, a series that follows a group of "women of a certain age" who've had it up to here with hot flashes and feeling invisible. What starts as a joke quickly transforms into something more: they decide to start their own band. While only a few episodes are currently available on BritBox (released weekly), the show's got heart, humor, and plenty of punch. If you've ever felt overlooked or dismissed, Riot Women is a riotous reminder that it's never too late to reclaim your voice. Available exclusively on BritBox (via PrimeVideo for me) - worth a watch, so far. ~Sarge

COVER-UP. Netflix. Movie. (7.5 IMDb) ****

I was all of eight years old when I first heard about William Calley and the massacre at My Lai. No details, just that someone had destroyed a village. For years I assumed it was a bombing: distant, impersonal. I was today years old when I finally learned just how VERY up-close and personal it actually was. I’ve experienced true tunnel vision only twice in my life. This made it the third.

“Cover-Up” is an extraordinary first-hand (self-)account of the life and career of Seymour Hersh, a journalist hip-deep in some of the most damning exposés of the last half-century – from My Lai to Watergate to Abu Ghraib.

Fair warning: the first quarter focuses on My Lai, and the images and descriptions are brutal enough to send you – perhaps not for the first time – into the streets to protest the Vietnam War.

This is the biography of an irascible reporter who will stop at nothing – for better or worse – to get at the truth. It’s deeply uncomfortable viewing, and absolutely worth it.

~Sarge

PRINCESS BRIDE. Hulu. Movie. (8 IMDb) ****

Meathead made good…

  • Spinal Tap
  • When Harry Met Sally
  • Stand By Me
  • A Few Good Men
  • Misery
  • The. Princess. Effing. Bride.

Undoubtedly, you’ve all heard about the murder of Rob & Michele Reiner, allegedly by their son Nick (who suffered from drug addiction and schizophrenia – not, as the Tangerine Pustule would have you believe, from “T***p Derangement Syndrome”).

Rather than dwell on the sadness, I’d point you to the brightest light Carl Reiner’s boy ever put into the world: The Princess Bride. It’s a film that keeps finding new fans, while never losing the old ones. I read William Goldman’s 1973 novel and was in no way disappointed by Reiner’s loving, pitch-perfect adaptation.

My review? Go watch it again. In this terrible time, belief in the triumph of True Love feels urgently necessary. Worth a watch — again, and again, and again.

~Sarge

JAY KELLY. Netflix. Movie. (6.6 IMDb) ***

Jay Kelly opens with a whiff of Day for Night by Truffaut, and plays like a confession muttered into a drink at closing time. It’s a film about old age not as wisdom earned, but as damage tallied: friendships undervalued, moments lost in a “life lived stupid”. On that note it was very personal for me. There’s no grand reckoning here, no cinematic redemption arc, just the quiet, gnawing regret of realizing that time didn’t betray you; you squandered it yourself. Also, a touch of Rashomon in how a memory is different depending on who’s recounting it. George Clooney, Adam Sandler, Laura Dern, and a very old Stacy Keach. Worth a watch.

~Sarge

WHEN WE WENT MAD! PrimeTV. Movie. (7.1 IMDb) ***-

A loving tribute to MAD Magazine – the publication (starting in 1952) that taught several generations how to distrust authority, mock sincerity, and never, ever respect a straight face. This film rounds up the Usual Gang of Idiots for one last glorious food fight. Mixing interviews with MAD’s brilliant artists, writers, and editors alongside famous readers who clearly had their brains permanently rewired by Alfred E. Neuman, it charts the magazine’s outsized influence on comedy, politics, and general American smartassery. What emerges is less a tidy history than a celebration of joyful vandalism: a reminder that MAD didn’t just parody culture, it trained its readers to question it, break it, and laugh while doing so. Honestly, the modern world could use an antivirus like MAD again. Worth a watch (and a back cover fold-in).

~Sarge

Sarge, aka Jeffery Sargent, cut his teeth on the Golden Age of Hollywoood on TV and with regular trips to the Sash Mill. Film classes, then, at Cabrillo with Morton Marcus broadened his scope – he found he preferred Keaton over Chaplin, and Akira Kurosawa was his Yoda. Sarge spent 15 years working in Special Effects, on everything from Starship Troopers to Battlestar Galactica. He is a staunch geek who has a weak spot for Cozy Mysteries and loathes “Reality” shows. While he doesn’t care for the unrelenting banal horror of “True Crime”, he licks his lips over a twist like the end of Chinatown.

Email Sarge at JeffLSargent@gmail.com

...

I have it on good authority that Gillian will be back next week!

Gillian Greensite is a long time local activist, a member of Save Our Big Trees and the Santa Cruz chapter of IDA, International Dark Sky Association  http://darksky.org    Plus she’s an avid ocean swimmer, hiker and lover of all things wild.

...
MONTEREY COUNTY MONTHLY REPORT ON VISTRA BATTERY FIRE…NOT MUCH

“That was the shortest report I’ve given” declared Ms. Kelsey Scanlon, Director of Monterey County Dept. of Emergency Management when she gave a report about the Moss Landing Battery Fire CleanUp work to the Board of Supervisors on February 3.  Indeed, it was a nothing-report, with again a promise that more information is coming on March 17.

Many people, including me, had waited for for over four hours for the Item #10 to come up for review.  One family with small children gave up, and spoke during a different item, just to be heard before leaving. The woman asked for property tax refunds from the County so that her family can financially survive, due to being forced to relocate due to adverse health impacts that linger in the area as a result of the catastrophic fire.

County of Monterey Board of Supervisors on 2026-02-03 9:00 AM

Listen to what she said at Minute 4:13. Listen to the faux report beginning at Minute 4:26

The Board vowed to place the upcoming promised report scheduled for March 17 closer to the 1:30pm agenda time.  Let’s hope so.
If you have a question or issue you want to make sure the EPA and other expert parties answer, write to:
Kelsey Scanlon <scanlonk@countyofmonterey.gov>

SANTA CRUZ COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISORS FAIL TO MAKE SPANISH TRANSLATION AVAILABLE, EVEN WHEN REQUESTED
Many people near the proposed 90 Minto Road Battery Energy Storage System (BESS) facility are upset that they have not received notice from the County and do not want 300 cargo containers full of  flammable toxic lithium batteries in their neighborhood.

You may remember that last month, the Board of Supervisors chose to approve moving forward with this project and the County’s draft rules that would allow it when the meeting was held in Scotts Valley….very inconvenient for Watsonville working folks to attend.

Many people lined up to speak both in person and remotely at the February 10 Board of Supervisor meeting, held in Watsonville, to voice their concerns and opposition to the proposed large lithium BESS project.  However, any who had thought there would be Spanish translation were potentially barred from speaking, due to lack of translation service or any announcement that it could be available…but only if requested.

Even though I had timely requested translation be available for the meeting, Board Chair and Clerk of the Board let me know the day before the meeting that my request, which I had made on behalf of others, was denied.

Here it is…

“As stated on the agenda, Spanish language translation is available on an as needed basis. Spanish speakers requiring assistance should make advance arrangements with our office, either by visiting us in person, sending an email to COBStaff@santacruzcountyca.gov or by calling our office at (831) 454-2323.

We offer standby translation for anyone wishing to participate/make comment during the meeting. As we have discussed previously, this is a service we arrange for every meeting, regardless of if we receive requests. We have bilingual guidance documents posted near the agenda and at the podium explaining that this service is available and providing guidance on how to utilize it. Using this service does not reduce the time allotted to the speaker. This translation service will be available during tomorrow’s meeting for anyone wishing to use it.

Other translation methods (such as having someone on hand for ongoing simultaneous translation of the entire meeting) would require an additional investment of funds, which could be taken up by the Board during the upcoming budget process. Thank you.”

The Clerk did NOT make any announcement during the meeting regarding translation being available. 

There were many people there who had never been to a Board meeting.  Some spoke “on behalf of the entire Latino Community” to voice opposition to the 90 Minto Road facility and risky lithium BESS technology.

Afterward, I sent my thoughts to the Board and Clerk:

Dear Ms. Rezzato, Chair Martinez and Board of Supervisors,
Thank you for this response and information.  
 
It is disappointing that the Board would demand people who need this help, and may be very timid about asking for it, to be denied the translation automatically, without asking.  
 
In my opinion, this is disrespectful and dismissive of the tense and uncertain times Spanish speakers are experiencing in our Community, and only adds one more thing as a barrier for their voices to be heard on matters that are important to them. 
 
I hope the Board will reconsider.
 
Sincerely
Becky Steinbruner

 

Please contact the Board of Supervisors with your thoughts on this.  Call 831-454-2200 or email the Board of Supervisors at boardofsupervisors@santacruzcountyca.gov.

THESE ARE THE FOLKS THAT COULD APPROVE REMOVING PRODUCTIVE FARMLAND
The County Agricultural Policy Advisory Commission (APAC) will be asked in the near future to review the County Draft BESS Ordinance.  this means consideration of recommendation to take 37 acres of important farmland out of production and allow the 90 Minto Road BESS facility,  chopping down the apple orchard and plopping down in 300 metal cargo containers full of flammable, explosive lithium batteries there instead. 

Attend the APAC meeting this Thursday, February 19 at the Aptos Village Park Lions Community Center (100 Aptos Creek Road).
Agricultural Policy Advisory Commission

Please let them know you support agriculture remaining strong in our County, and that the 1978 voter-approved Measure J and County Policy mandates the land be preserved.

Here is why it is important to demand the APAC uphold Measure J:

Between 1955-1978, 15,000-25,000 acres of agricultural land in Santa Cruz County was converted to non-agricultural use, at the rate of 50 – 1,000 acres annually.

After Measure J was approved by the voters in 1978, the rate of agricultural land conversion to non-agricultural use has averaged 30-70 acres/year. 
From 1984 -2,000, State Farmland Mapping & Monitoring Program (FMMP) has identified conversion of agricultural land in Santa Cruz County to non-agricultural uses to be 1,500 – 3,000 acres over 40 years.

[here is a link to the 2004 FMMP Report, stating the purpose and goals of the farmland mapping requirement by the legislature]

Page 5:

 

The FMMP was established in 1982 in response to what was by then a critical need for data on the nature, location, and extent of farmland, grazing land, and urban built-up areas in the State. Government Code §65570 mandates FMMP to biennially report to the Legislature on the conversion of farmland and grazing land, and to provide maps and data to local government and the public. 
 
The FMMP was also directed to prepare and maintain an automated map and database system to record and report changes in the use of agricultural lands. It was the intent of the Legislature and a broad coalition of building, business, government, and conservation interests that FMMP be non-regulatory, and provide a consistent and impartial analysis of agricultural land use and change in California. With this in mind, FMMP provides basic data from which observations and analyses can be made in the land use planning process. The FMMP’s legislative authority and mandate are detailed in Appendix A. 
 
 
Legislative bills mandating monitoring farmland conversion are discussed on page 7 and also  page 11:

Statistics and Reports 

Government Code §65570 requires FMMP to collect and report land use acreage and conversion data by June 30 of each even-numbered year. Analysis of the GIS data is conducted on a county-by-county basis, which in turn is summarized into regional and statewide tables. The raw data, summaries, and a descriptive analysis of change occurring during the two-year period are compiled to create the California Farmland Conversion Report. 

Pages 16-19 describe “Prime Farmland”, “Farmland of State Importance” (which includes the College Lake ag soils, according to the USDA-NRCS and Farmland of Statewide Importance does not have any restrictions regarding permeability or rooting depth.)  and “Farmland of Local Importance”.

Here is something to investigate regarding the County’s practice of agricultural land conversion and approvals, in coordination with the FMMP process.  I believe the County Agricultural Policy Advisory Commission (APAC) is the same as the LAC referenced below:

(page 19)
Farmland of Local Importance is initially identified by a local advisory committee (LAC) convened in each county by FMMP in cooperation with the NRCS and the county board of supervisors. LAC membership is very similar to the map reviewer list in Part V of this document. Authority to recommend changes to the category of Farmland of Local Importance rests with the board of supervisors in each county. 
 
The FMMP presents each draft map to the board of supervisors for their review. After the presentation of this map, the board of supervisors has a 90- day review period in which to request any needed modifications. An extension may be granted upon request. The board of supervisors may then approve or disapprove the Farmland of Local Importance category. 
 
The FMMP will accept the recommendation of the board of supervisors if it is consistent with the general program guidelines. If no action is initiated by the county to identify or adopt a Farmland of Local Importance definition within a year of contact by FMMP, the county will be deemed to have no adopted definition for Farmland of Local Importance. 
 
Any revision to the initial board of supervisors’ action on Farmland of Local Importance will require 30-day written notice to FMMP and members of the LAC. This process may require reconvening of the LAC. County definitions of Farmland of Local Importance are contained in Appendix C. 

CAN’T WE JUST FIGHT IT?
Many thanks to County Planning Commissioner Luke Rizutto for asking why the County just goes along with being whipped by the State Housing & Community Development (HCD) to build 4,600+ new units in the next four years.  Known as “RHNA” or Regional Hoousing Needs Allocation, the County is under pressure to quickly approve large projects, potentially eliminating public hearings.

Listen to the discussion about the County General Plan Update.

Commissioner Rizutto had many good solutions.

COURT RULES CITY OF WATSONVILLE CANNOT PLAN HOUSING NEAR THE AIRPORT
Watsonville Pilots successfully challenged the City of Watsonville for including large residential development next to the airport as part of the 2050 General Plan Update, failing to comply with aeronautical safety mandates.
Take a look at what the City has planned.

“In a sweeping decision that reinforces long-standing airport safety protections, a Santa Cruz County Superior Court judge has ruled decisively in favor of the Watsonville Pilots Association (WPA), finding that the City of Watsonville unlawfully approved development projects near Watsonville Municipal Airport without complying with state aeronautical law and prior court orders.

The court traced a long history of litigation between WPA and the city, noting that both the Superior Court and the Sixth District Court of Appeal previously ruled—in 2008, 2010, and again in 2014—that Watsonville must incorporate state aeronautical safety criteria as nondiscretionary standards in its planning documents.”

Court Hands Major Victory to Watsonville Pilots Association in Airport Land-Use Dispute

It is critical that the Airport remain intact and compliant because it becomes the lifeline for the entire County in times of major disasters. In my opinion, it should be financially supported by the County.

Contact the Watsonville City Council with your thoughts: City Council | Watsonville

YOU WON’T FIND WHAT YOU DON’T LOOK FOR
Listen in to hear what Dr. Wang’s examination of the EPA-led response to the Moss Landing Battery Fire.

Listen in from your computer or smart device to Santa Cruz Voice.com Fridays, 2:06pm-4pm Pacific Time from anywhere in the world.

Guests on February 13 “Community Matters” featured:

First Hour: Dr. Xiaoliang Wang,  Director for Atmospheric Sciences Graduate Program at the University of Nevada, Reno
In addition to conducting miner training to reduce respirable dust and crystalline silica exposure and to improve respiratory protection, Dr. Wang is the principal investigator of projects to study lithium-ion battery fire emissions and suppression, vehicle tailpipe and non-tailpipe (brake, tire) pollutants. https://www.dri.edu/directory/xiaoliang-wang/

Dr. Wang spoke at the State Fire Marshal Battery Energy Safety Symposium  in Sacramento last July about his work related to the Moss Landing Battery Fire . (His presentation was included in the final panel group) : https://osfm.fire.ca.gov/what-we-do/code-development-and-analysis/battery-energy-storage-systems?utm_source=chatgpt.com

Second Hour: (first 30 minutes)Update on Santa Cruz County BESS Draft Ordinance…what happened at the February 10 Board of Supervisor meeting? Listeneres are encouraged to call in and join the discussion.

(final 30 minutes)  The story of a local resident who has presented compelling information to authorities for help…and nothing happened.  What should people know about “the system”?

The program will be recorded and posted on the
Santa Cruz Voice website  under “Community Matters” by the end of the day.

REBUILD THE WORLD-FAMOUS APTOS POST OFFICE BIKE JUMPS
On the day after President’s Day in 2015, Swenson Builders bulldozed the world-famous Aptos Post Office Bike Jumps in Aptos Village without any permits.  The people were promised the Aptos Village Project would include an active recreation space in the Village as a mitigation for destroying the amazing hub that drew people from the world over, and where local youth gained skills that catapulted them as professional athletes. [A Half-Acre of Glory]

Now we learn that the County Parks Director, Jeff Gaffney, single-handedly rejected any such space, even though the promised “Park parcel” had garnered many, many concessions favoring Swenson Builders.

Is it too late to insist that the youth of the area get to have an active recreation area again?  Contact Second District Supervisor Kim DeSerpa and ask her to help make it all happen.  Call 831-454-2200, or email Kimberly DeSerpa <second.district@santacruzcountyca.gov>

Our youth deserve another wonderful place, such as was the Aptos Post Office Bike Jumps, and volunteers stand at the ready to make it happen…if Supervisor DeSerpa will help

MAKE ONE CALL.  WRITE ONE LETTER.  INSIST ON SPANISH TRANSLATION WITHOUT ASKING AT COUNTY BOARD OF SUPERVISOR MEETINGS.
DO ONE THING THIS WEEK AND MAKE A BIG DIFFERENCE.

Cheers,
Becky

Becky Steinbruner is a 30+ year resident of Aptos. She has fought for water, fire, emergency preparedness, and for road repair. She ran for Second District County Supervisor in 2016 on a shoestring and got nearly 20% of the votes. She ran again in 2020 on a slightly bigger shoestring and got 1/3 of the votes.

Email Becky at KI6TKB@yahoo.com

...

Back next week.

Grey Hayes is a fervent speaker for all things wild, and his occupations have included land stewardship with UC Natural Reserves, large-scale monitoring and strategic planning with The Nature Conservancy, professional education with the Elkhorn Slough National Estuarine Research Reserve, and teaching undergraduates at UC Santa Cruz. Visit his website at: www.greyhayes.net

Email Grey at coastalprairie@aol.com

...

Saturday, February 7, 2026

Our current president has proposed that the United States should “nationalize” its voting system. Click this link to hear the president’s spokesperson, Karoline Leavitt, talk about that idea. Click right here to read a New York Times’ article that disscusses the topic. This link, which will also access an article from The Times, advises that the president’s scheme would represent a “doubling down on unsubstantiated claims that U.S. elections are rigged.”

I think it’s pretty obvious that the proposal to have our current president “take over” all elections in the United States would be a big step towards tyranny, and I am just a bit worried that some will think that such a “nationalized” voting system would be acceptable.

Let me point out that the nation we live in is called “The United States” for a reason. While governmental efforts to deal with our main problems – and to pursue our main goals – have more and more become “nationalized,” with the federal government more and more playing a primary role, even in areas in which “local control” (like education) has always been prized, the nation was founded upon the idea that state governments are primary. Our national government is a “second layer” government. The states are the “first layer,” closer to the people and more susceptible to democratic control.

It is always hard – it’s a challenge – to maintain citizen control over “government,” even in the best of times, and yet maintaining our system of democratic self-government depends on the practical ability of “the people” to make sure that “the government” actually does what the people want. The smaller the unit of government, the easier it is to achieve that democratic goal.

In the end, we won’t maintain a system of “self-government” if we, as citizens, are not personally and directly involved in participating in, and closely supervising, the actual operations of government.

I was a local government official for twenty years (elected to serve in that capacity five times). I know, from personal experience, that it is possible for elected officials to be both responsive to those citizen-voters who put them into office, and to be “in charge” of key governmental decisions. But it does take work! As one example of what I’m talking about, let me report that before every meeting of the Santa Cruz County Board of Supervisors (the Board met, basically, on a weekly basis, and I maintained this practice during the entire twenty years I was in office), I held an open public meeting to receive comments from anyone who wanted to speak to their elected representative directly. Anyone could come and speak to me, face to face – and they did. I handed out the agenda for the upcoming Board meeting, and let those in attendance ask questions, and make comments. That’s one way that I kept in touch with the ordinary people in my community who are supposed to be “in charge” of the government – the government that is supposed to do what “we, the people,” want it to do.

Elected officials who let non-elected governmental bureaucracies set the agenda and implement policy are not doing their job. But…. let’s not fault those elected officials for their dereliction. We, the people, are the ones who are mainly derelict, if we let unelected bureaucrats make all the big decisions.

“Nationalizing” our elections would be a big step in the wrong direction. Let’s not allow ourselves be fooled!

Gary Patton is a former Santa Cruz County Supervisor (20 years) and an attorney for individuals and community groups on land use and environmental issues. The opinions expressed are Mr. Patton’s. You can read and subscribe to his daily blog at www.gapatton.net

Email Gary at gapatton@mac.com

...
VENALITY, VANITY, HATRED, HUBRIS, FARCE, FASCISM

Follow the bouncing ball if you dare: Trump’s Truth Social post depicting the Obamas as apes went from 1) A ‘Lion King‘ meme, so stop being such sensitive you snowflakes, 2) A young, rogue staffer is to blame, 3) The President posted it without viewing it in its entirety, but no apology is forthcoming because the portion about the 2020 Big Lie Election Conspiracy is true. And there you have it — a despicable presentation by shameless, malignant racists. Roxane Gay on Bluesky punches back with her take: 1) It was not an accident, 2) It was not a staffer, 3) While the president may have dementia, his racism is not due to dementia, 4) He isn’t sorry; he means every racist thought he shares, 5) His base agrees with him, 6) He will do it again, 7) No one in power will hold him accountable.

Anthony Davis also fires back on his Substack post entitled ‘This Is Exactly Who We Are,’ subtitled, ‘Trump’s post depicting the Obamas as apes is not new.’ He writes, “Every time Donald Trump does something overtly racist, a familiar chorus rises up from pundits, politicians, and the professionally aghast: ‘This is not who we are as Americans.’ It’s a comforting phrase. It reassures the speaker that the rot is external, temporary, an infection rather than a condition. And yet, after nearly a decade of Trump’s racial provocations — rewarded, normalized, and repeatedly excused — the line sounds less like a moral claim and more like a lie we tell ourselves to avoid reckoning with reality. Trump’s repost of a video depicting Barack and Michelle Obama as apes should have been disqualifying on its face. The imagery is not subtle. It draws on one of the oldest racist tropes in Western history, a dehumanizing comparison used to justify enslavement, segregation, and violence. That the targets were the country’s first Black president and First Lady only sharpened the insult. This was not edgy humor or political satire. It was naked racial contempt.

Elliot Kirschner prefaces his Through the Fog post on Substack with ‘venality and vanity, hatred and hubris, and farce and fascism.’ He questions whether we are able to take in the scale of this miserable tableau as we seesaw “between the ridiculous and the reprehensible, feeling the urge to both laugh and cry, recoil and bear witness.” His worry is that one of the most enduring failures of the MAGA era has been the inability of everyone to find an aperture wide enough to let in the full extent of Trump’s moral, psychological, constitutional, temperamental unfitness for the office of president. Kirschner concludes that, “He would fail even the lowest bar for any role of significance or power in a fair, decent, and just society. We have never seen in a president such a toxic mixture of petulance, pettiness, puerility, and perversity. Metaphors struggle to keep pace. Whatever bounds of credulity we inherited from past generations are stretched to a breaking point by what is before us now.”

As authoritarianism expert, Ruth Ben-Ghiat, writes in her New York Times essay, “Trump is falling into the same trap that has undone authoritarian-minded leaders throughout history — he believes his own hype, despite declining approval ratings.” Ben-Ghiat, author of ‘Strongmen: Mussolini to the Present’, has followed strongman megalomania and observed the adverse effects it has on leaders and their governments, and in her lectures at New York University, she describes the phenomenon as “autocratic backfire.” Trump has fallen into this trap by cutting himself off from expert advice and objective feedback, then “doubling down and engaging in even riskier behavior.” Ben-Ghiat sees the result in “a disillusioned population that loses faith in the leader and elites who begin to rethink their support,” citing Italian dictator Benito Mussolini and Russian President Vladimir Putin as historical examples of the pattern she sees emerging around Donald Trump. Drawing parallels between Trump and past dictators, she notes that the president’s pompous self-praise echoes a fascist slogan from Mussolini’s Italy: “Mussolini is always right.”

Garry Kasparov writes on his ‘The Next Move‘ blog that though we are seeing the evisceration of the American news media with its alarming headlines and push notifications amid eroding journalistic standards, his personal antidote to being overwhelmed is in reading history. While this doesn’t guarantee a happy ending for the present situation, it can provide structure to strategies to be drawn from those who experienced similarities in the past. Authoritarians try to cultivate a sense of aimlessness by committing outrage after outrage, normalizing transgressions and numbing the senses — a new Watergate every hour, as Kasparov terms it. Though consequences are in short supply at present, we can only hope that the same fates await Trump and his MAGA crooks that befell Tricky Dick Nixon and his covert operatives.

Trump’s range of destruction and debasement is purposely overwhelming — the chaos serves his quest for power, to stay on the offensive, to move fast and break things such as doors, windows, bones, and skulls with no apologies. Never let the opposition gain a foothold and keep those federal forces on the march into local communities such as Minneapolis, and ignore the voices of dissent. The president did make a concession by replacing the Nazi-like Bovino with Border Czar Homan in the Twin Cities area, who then announced that 700 ICE agents would be sent packing — only 2,000 more to go, points out Jimmy Kimmel! In his monologue, Kimmel said, “Never in my lifetime did I imagine that we’d be celebrating a troop withdrawal from Minnesota, but 700 agents, as we speak, are packing up their 48″ waist, 28″ inch inseam Carhartt pants and their XXL Punisher T-shirts and heading home. Get ready, 700 moms of ICE agents. Your boys are coming back home to the basement.” And we might conclude that if the moms don’t lock the basement doors, her Proud Boy(s) will be using their baseball bats and flag staffs to disrupt the midterm elections.

The Lincoln Project sarcastically commended Trump for “firing the guy who walked like a Nazi, talked like a Nazi, and even dressed like a Nazi after he oversaw his SECOND murder in January. Kudos, fatso. You did the thing everybody else would’ve done a month ago. Second, we’d like to express our (expected) disappointment with Trump’s follow-up hire, Tom Homan. Also known as the only guy in this administration who gives Trump a run for his money as the most corrupt person in Washington. Come on, Tom. $50,000 in a fast food bag? From undercover agents? On video? And your defense is ‘I didn’t do it’? No wonder you’re in this bonehead administration. Seriously, though. Did Trump have to hire another criminal to head this thing up? Did he have to take the most dysfunctional and deadly area of our government and say, ‘Yeah, put the bribery guy in charge’?”

Satirist Andy Borowitz had to get in on this one: “As part of the DHS drawdown from Minneapolis, on Thursday Tom Homan ordered all 700 ICE agents leaving the city to return their signing bonuses to him in a paper bag. In a memo sent to all departing officers, the border czar instructed them to place $50,000 in a paper bag from the restaurant chain Cava, and meet him in the DHS parking lot after sundown. ‘And make sure no one’s freaking filming us,’ he added. While some ICE agents grumbled about transferring their signing bonuses to Homan, he sternly reminded them, ‘Taking away people’s freedom isn’t free.'”

Nick Turse on The Intercept has an unsettling story about the use of the ace of spades playing card — popularly known as a ‘death card‘ — by ICE officers in Eagle County, Colorado. Motor vehicles were discovered on the roadside, engines idling, hazard light flashing, and no occupants or drivers nearby. Family members arrived at the scene to discover that loved ones had been stopped by the notorious ‘fake traffic stops‘ used by ICE agents who then leave behind a customized ace of spades that read ‘ICE Denver Field Office‘ in place of the abducted vehicle occupants. “Leaving behind a racist death card after targeting Latino workers is an act of intimidation. This is not about public safety. It is about fear and control. It’s rooted in a very long history of racial violence,” said president Alex Sánchez of Voces Unitas, an immigrant rights group. “We are disgusted by ICE’s actions in Eagle County.”

During the Vietnam WarUS troops were known to embellish corpses with ‘death cards,’ and the US Playing Card Company furnished thousands of these cards free to servicemen who requested them. Alex Sánchez has been given identical cards found by two different families, with the impression that the cards appear to be designed solely for use by the Denver ICE agents. A DHS spokesperson told the local NBC affiliate that the ICE Office of Professional Responsibility will “conduct a thorough investigation and will take appropriate and swift action.” One federal official pointed out that the ace of spades, in Spades, is the trump card and it’s possible the death card is an homage to President Trump — “these guys are not too subtle, to be honest.” Colorado’s Senator John Hickenlooper denounced the ICE calling cards since they have a history of being used by white supremacist groups for intimidation.

Uh oh. Somebody’s about to get audited,” Sha Val posted on Bluesky after Illinois Representative Jonathan Jackson prayed to God to improve the president’s moral failings, with Trump standing just a few feet away after he had addressed the gathering at the bipartisan National Prayer Breakfast. Jackson prayed that God might open the president’s heart to greater compassion as he stood behind the representative, eyes cast down with pure venom in his closed heart, his eyebrows raising as if had been scolded. Jackson was applauded for his courage to call out the president amid the gathering of religious and political leaders with one observer saying, “This brave man has single-handedly salvaged what little was left of any genuine spirituality at the breakfast.”. “This is speaking truth to power in the best tradition of MLK,” applauded retired librarian morereading.” “Of course, we’ll hear about it in a late night rant,” posted Bluesky user Sure Bongiovi. “When you’re almost 80, old ducks rarely change their ways, especially malignant dementia-addled narcissistic ones.” “Representative Jackson: ‘We pray that you lead this president to greater levels of compassion,'” wrote Illinois State professor Yusuf Sarfati. “God: ‘Sorry, that’s above my pay grade.'”

A writer on Quora posted: “Trump has been vile since birth, and parading it for decades as a well-known public figure, MAGA seeing exactly what we see in Trump — the difference is they love it! So it’s best to face up to certain realities: MAGA worships Trump because of, not in spite of how vile he is; no amount of proof in the vileness area, not even some unlikely smoking gun surfacing from the recent flood of Epstein files, is going to dissuade the worshippers.” It’s pointless to expect MAGA’s regretfulness, since they are the ones most responsible for our current state. If the political pendulum swings one more time, we may yet save our democracy. If it doesn’t, worshipping Trump may soon become what is expected of all of us — only in public, of course.

In his analysis, The Guardian’s Washington bureau chief, David Smith, says Trump exposed the religious right’s “devil’s pact” in his performance at the National Prayer Breakfast, hurling insults at political enemies, taking swipes at “transgender insanity,” and quoting right-wing evangelist, Baptist Robert Jeffries. Trump hasn’t forgotten that Jeffries praised him, saying, “He may not be as good with the Bible as some of them. He may not have read the Bible as much as some of them. In fact, he may not have ever read the Bible, but he will be a much stronger messenger for us and he will get things done that no other man has the ability to get done.” Trump boasted, “You know, I didn’t want to admit anything, but that was very interesting and I think we’ve gotten more done than anybody could have ever gotten done.” So sayeth the religious right’s chosen instrument to turn the tide against liberal, godless America. Oh, and don’t worry about those shards of the Ten Commandments strewn in the pathway!

Emily Singer of Daily Kos covered the recent press conference in defense of Donald Trump’s “partying” — as Deputy Attorney General Todd Blanche debased himself — with Jeffrey Epstein and underaged girls that were trafficked. Blanche offered that it wasn’t a crime to “party,” nor is it “a crime to email with Mr. Epstein.” Trump and his wife, once close friends of Epstein, are referenced more than 38,000 times in files released so far according to The New York Times. Despite Blanche’s discounting that Trump’s actions aren’t necessarily a crime, on a basic human level, it looks horrible to have been a close associate of Epstein, traveling to his party island steeped in criminality. Democratic Representative Robert Garcia called Blanche’s comments “gross and sick” and he owes an apology to all the survivors who are seeking justice. Singer says, “Ultimately, the latest dump of Epstein files looks really bad for Trump and the people he surrounds himself with. And Blanche’s tone-deaf defense won’t do anything to change that.”

Andy Borowitz gets the last word on the Epstein affair as seen across the pond: “King Charles III of the United Kingdom announced on Tuesday that he was cancelling his upcoming trip to the United States and would send his disgraced brother, Andrew Mountbatten Windsor, in his place. Charles gave no reason for the abrupt cancellation, saying only that Andrew was a ‘better fit’ for a visit to Donald J. Trump. ‘I’m sure they’ll have plenty to reminisce about,’ Charles said. ‘And if they run out of activities, Trump can always give Andrew a Sharpie and put him to work redacting those bloody files.'”

Dale Matlock, a Santa Cruz County resident since 1968, is the former owner of The Print Gallery, a screenprinting establishment. He is an adherent of The George Vermosky school of journalism, and a follower of too many news shows, newspapers, and political publications, and a some-time resident of Moloka’i, Hawaii, U.S.A., serving on the Board of Directors of Kepuhi Beach Resort. Email: cornerspot14@yahoo.com
 

...

Each week, I will feature a selection of interesting and historically significant places in Santa Cruz County from the 1986 edition of Donald Thomas Clark‘s wonderful book, “Santa Cruz County Place Names: A Geographical Dictionary“, published by the Santa Cruz Historical Trust. Note: for reasons of brevity, sources are usually dropped when I reproduce an entry. You can always email me if you’re curious, or, even better, buy a copy of the book!

   “Nuggets” If I find something topically relevant, but not necessarily directly related to the week’s selection, you’ll see it under the Nuggets heading.

Enjoy, and see you next week!

Did you know that La Selva Beach was originally called, “Rob Roy?” I didn’t! I’m guessing the local high mucky mucks back in 1935 thought the former was a much more marketable name for a California Beach Town.

I picked a second entry related to this, because I’ve always been fascinated by how certain words and phrases can outlive the context of their origins by many years. It’s fascinating to me that in 1985, 50 years later, Santa Cruz County Sheriff’s deputies were still using the name of a long gone Highway 1 turn off referring to the town’s old name (changed in 1935) as a point of reference. I wonder if that’s still true today, another 40 years later? If you know a deputy (or are one), let me know!

...
Rob Roy

The present day community of La Selva Beach was originally known as Rob Roy and was given that name by David W. Batchelor, a real estate developer from Petaluma, who in 1925 purchased 270 acres from the College of Santa Clara and developed a seaside community. In his history of La Selva Beach Batchelor’s son writes “Being a Scotsman, he chose a Scottish name for his new development naming it Rob Roy after a famous highland chief. All the roads had Scottish names also.”–Batchelor (1984, p.5).

   Rob Roy Junction        

Travelers to the 1925-1935 community of Rob Roy turned off the Santa Cruz-Watsonville Highway (Highway 1) at its intersection with San Andreas Road. This became known in time as Rob Roy Junction. Rob Roy no longer exists (see La Selva Beach), and the intersection has been lost to the drastic changes in the highway – now divided and realigned; but the name lingers on, particularly among sheriff’s deputies who use the name as a point of reference.

Thomas Leavitt is the husbandy thing to our illustrious webmistress. A resident of Santa Cruz (now part time) since 1993, his interests include history, technology, and community organizing. He started the world’s first self-service web hosting company, WebCom, located at 903 Pacific in May of 1994. He’s been part of too many community organizations to mention, and ran for City Council in the early aughts.

Email Thomas at ThomLeavitt@gmail.com

...

“Knitting”

“There are twice as many knitters as golfers in North America. Still, if you walk into any airport in North America, you can find a golf magazine but not a knitting magazine, even though you can’t golf on a plane.”
~Stephanie Pearl-McPhee

“I watch my wife knitting, and it’s like watching close-up magic to me.”
~Michael McKean

“I did this scene in ‘Lars and the Real Girl’ where I was in a room full of old ladies who were knitting, and it was an all-day scene, so they showed me how. It was one of the most relaxing days of my life.”
~Ryan Gosling

“I started knitting in the Congress, and it was a scandal – like, big scandal.”
~Laura Esquivel

“I have written some songs, but I would really call what I’ve done poetry at the end of the day, because I’ll sit with my guitar for hours and hours on end for, like, a week and then I won’t touch it for a month. I also just have no confidence. And you know what? I don’t have time, because I’d rather be doing other things, like knitting.”
~Amanda Seyfried

Medieval knitting guilds… they were a thing! I meanm, guilds were for most forms of craftsmen – carpenters, builders, smiths, jewelers, bakers – you name it. This lady has done some interesting research, so go ahead and spend the roughly 15 minutes if you have them 🙂

If you are truly interested, there’s a master knitter program that exists in the US to this day, managed by TKGA (The Knitting Guild Association) since they started it in 1987.


COLUMN COMMUNICATIONS. Subscriptions: Subscribe to the Bulletin! You’ll get a weekly email notice the instant the column goes online. (Anywhere from Monday afternoon through Thursday or sometimes as late as Friday!), and the occasional scoop. Always free and confidential.

Direct questions and comments to webmistress@BrattonOnline.com
(Gunilla Leavitt)

...

Deep Cover

Posted in Weekly Articles | Leave a comment